WO2021166900A1 - Organic electroluminescent element, organic el display device, and organic el lighting - Google Patents

Organic electroluminescent element, organic el display device, and organic el lighting Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021166900A1
WO2021166900A1 PCT/JP2021/005683 JP2021005683W WO2021166900A1 WO 2021166900 A1 WO2021166900 A1 WO 2021166900A1 JP 2021005683 W JP2021005683 W JP 2021005683W WO 2021166900 A1 WO2021166900 A1 WO 2021166900A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
substituent
ring
formula
light emitting
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2021/005683
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
良子 梶山
延軍 李
中井 敏光
一毅 岡部
Original Assignee
三菱ケミカル株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 三菱ケミカル株式会社 filed Critical 三菱ケミカル株式会社
Priority to CN202180015866.8A priority Critical patent/CN115136339A/en
Priority to KR1020227027066A priority patent/KR20220143826A/en
Priority to JP2022501902A priority patent/JPWO2021166900A1/ja
Publication of WO2021166900A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021166900A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/10Organic polymers or oligomers
    • H10K85/111Organic polymers or oligomers comprising aromatic, heteroaromatic, or aryl chains, e.g. polyaniline, polyphenylene or polyphenylene vinylene
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21SNON-PORTABLE LIGHTING DEVICES; SYSTEMS THEREOF; VEHICLE LIGHTING DEVICES SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE EXTERIORS
    • F21S2/00Systems of lighting devices, not provided for in main groups F21S4/00 - F21S10/00 or F21S19/00, e.g. of modular construction
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09FDISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
    • G09F9/00Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements
    • G09F9/30Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements in which the desired character or characters are formed by combining individual elements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K50/00Organic light-emitting devices
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K50/00Organic light-emitting devices
    • H10K50/10OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED]
    • H10K50/11OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED] characterised by the electroluminescent [EL] layers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K50/00Organic light-emitting devices
    • H10K50/10OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED]
    • H10K50/14Carrier transporting layers
    • H10K50/15Hole transporting layers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K59/00Integrated devices, or assemblies of multiple devices, comprising at least one organic light-emitting element covered by group H10K50/00
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/30Coordination compounds
    • H10K85/321Metal complexes comprising a group IIIA element, e.g. Tris (8-hydroxyquinoline) gallium [Gaq3]
    • H10K85/322Metal complexes comprising a group IIIA element, e.g. Tris (8-hydroxyquinoline) gallium [Gaq3] comprising boron
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/30Coordination compounds
    • H10K85/341Transition metal complexes, e.g. Ru(II)polypyridine complexes
    • H10K85/342Transition metal complexes, e.g. Ru(II)polypyridine complexes comprising iridium
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/60Organic compounds having low molecular weight
    • H10K85/649Aromatic compounds comprising a hetero atom
    • H10K85/654Aromatic compounds comprising a hetero atom comprising only nitrogen as heteroatom
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/60Organic compounds having low molecular weight
    • H10K85/649Aromatic compounds comprising a hetero atom
    • H10K85/657Polycyclic condensed heteroaromatic hydrocarbons
    • H10K85/6572Polycyclic condensed heteroaromatic hydrocarbons comprising only nitrogen in the heteroaromatic polycondensed ring system, e.g. phenanthroline or carbazole
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21YINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES F21K, F21L, F21S and F21V, RELATING TO THE FORM OR THE KIND OF THE LIGHT SOURCES OR OF THE COLOUR OF THE LIGHT EMITTED
    • F21Y2115/00Light-generating elements of semiconductor light sources
    • F21Y2115/10Light-emitting diodes [LED]
    • F21Y2115/15Organic light-emitting diodes [OLED]

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an organic electroluminescent element, an organic EL display device having the organic electroluminescent element, and organic EL lighting.
  • Examples of the method for forming the organic layer in the organic electroluminescent device include a vacuum vapor deposition method and a wet film deposition method. Since the vacuum vapor deposition method is easy to stack, it has the advantages of improving charge injection from the anode and / or cathode and facilitating containment of excitons in the light emitting layer. On the other hand, the wet film forming method does not require a vacuum process, it is easy to increase the area, and by using a coating liquid in which a plurality of materials having various functions are mixed, a plurality of materials having various functions can be easily obtained. There are advantages such as being able to form a layer containing the above materials. However, since the wet film deposition method is difficult to stack, the drive stability is inferior to that of the device by the vacuum vapor deposition method, and the drive stability has not reached the practical level except for a part.
  • Patent Document 1 discloses an organic EL produced by laminating a plurality of layers by a wet film forming method.
  • the stacking by the conventional wet film formation method has a problem in the hole transport efficiency between the laminated layers, for example, the light emitting layer and the hole transport layer.
  • Patent Document 1 discloses that the host compound of the light emitting layer should have a structure common to that of the compound constituting the hole transport layer from the viewpoint of charge transport.
  • the disclosed structure is only a small part, and it is not clear what other structure can exert this effect.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide an organic electroluminescent device having high brightness and long drive life.
  • an organic electroluminescent element having an anode, a cathode, and an organic layer between the anode and the cathode on a substrate
  • the present inventor has a light emitting layer in which the organic layer is adjacent to a hole transport layer and a hole transport layer.
  • the gist of the present invention is as follows [1] to [19].
  • An organic electroluminescent device having an anode, a cathode, and an organic layer between the anode and the cathode on a substrate, wherein the organic layer is adjacent to a hole transport layer and the hole transport layer. At least one of the materials contained in the hole transport layer and at least one of the materials contained in the light emitting layer both have the same partial structure A represented by the following formula (31).
  • An organic electroluminescent element having.
  • Ring HA represents an aromatic heterocycle of a monocyclic ring or a 2-6 condensed ring which may have a substituent.
  • the benzene ring in formula (31) may have a substituent.
  • Ar 0 is an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent and Represents a monovalent group in which a plurality of two or more groups selected from aromatic heterocyclic groups which may have a substituent are linked.
  • n1 represents an integer less than or equal to the number in which Ar 0 can be replaced with 0 or ring HA. When n1 is 2 or more, a plurality of Ar 0s may be the same or different.
  • Ar 0 and n1 are synonymous with those in the equation (31).
  • the benzene ring in the formulas (33) to (35) may have a substituent.
  • X and Y each independently represent a C atom or an N atom. When X and Y are C atoms, Ar 0 may be bonded.
  • A represents a partial structure A.
  • G represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group that may have a substituent, or an N atom.
  • Ar 2 may have a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or a substituent.
  • a divalent group in which a plurality of two or more groups selected from a good divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group and a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent are directly or via a linking group are linked.
  • Ar 20 is directly bonded, has a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, or a plurality of divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent are linked. Represents a divalent group.
  • the G is a group consisting of any of a benzene ring which may have a substituent, a fluorene ring which may have a substituent, and a spirofluorene ring which may have a substituent.
  • the organic electric field light emitting element according to [5].
  • A is synonymous with A in the above formula (1).
  • Q represents -C (R 5 ) (R 6 )-, -N (R 7 )-or -C (R 11 ) (R 12 ) -C (R 13 ) (R 14 )-.
  • R 1 to R 4 each independently represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, or an aralkyl group which may have a substituent.
  • R 5 to R 7 and R 11 to R 14 may independently have an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, and a substituent.
  • a and b are independently integers of 0 to 4.
  • c1 to c5 are independently integers of 0 to 3. However, at least one of c3 and c5 is 1 or more.
  • d1 to d4 are independently integers of 1 to 4. When there are a plurality of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and R 4 in the repeating unit, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and R 4 may be the same or different. )
  • X and Y each independently represent a C atom or an N atom.
  • the ring having X, Y and N corresponds to the ring HA in the formula (31).
  • Ar 1 is a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group in which two or more divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent are linked.
  • Ar 3 and Ar 4 may independently have an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or a substituent.
  • the structure bonded to the ring HA is a benzene ring. * Represents the binding site with G.
  • X, Y, and * are synonymous with those in the above equation (15).
  • the ring having X, Y and N corresponds to ring HA as in the formula (15).
  • Ar 1 ' is the direct bond or the formula (15) represents the residue of a case structure of bonding to the ring of HA
  • Ar 1 is a benzene ring.
  • Ar 3 ', Ar 4', in the hydrogen atom or each said formula (15) represents the residue of a case structure that binds to Ar 3, Ar 4 rings HA is a benzene ring.
  • Ar 13 represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group which does not contain a partial structure A and may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent.
  • Ar 14 may have a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or a substituent.
  • a divalent group in which a plurality of two or more groups selected from a good divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group and a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent are directly or via a linking group are linked.
  • the light emitting layer contains a low molecular weight compound having the partial structure A, and the low molecular weight compound is a compound having a molecular weight of 5,000 or less represented by any of the following formulas (10) to (12).
  • the organic electric field light emitting element according to [1] to [11].
  • A is the partial structure A.
  • B represents a single bond or any substructure.
  • na, nb and nc represent integers from 1 to 5.
  • the plurality of A, B, and AB may be the same or different.
  • HA represents any of the trivalent aromatic heterocyclic groups represented by the following structural formulas (10A-a), (10A-b) and (10A-c).
  • Xa 1 , Ya 1 , and Za 1 each independently have a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, which may have a substituent, or a carbon which may have a substituent.
  • Each of Xa 2 , Ya 2 and Za 2 independently has a hydrogen atom, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon number which may have a substituent. Represents 3 to 30 aromatic heterocyclic groups.
  • g11, h11, and j11 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 6. At least one of g11, h11, and j11 is an integer of 1 or more. When g11, h11, and j11 are 2 or more, Xa 1 , Ya 1 , and Za 1 may be the same or different.
  • R 31 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and the four R 31s may be the same or different.
  • Xa 1 , Ya 1 , Za 1 , Xa 2 , Ya 2 , and Za 2 are synonymous with those in equation (10).
  • R 33 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and a plurality of R 33 may be the same or different.
  • g11', h11' and j11'independently represent integers from 0 to 5.
  • the plurality of Xa 1 , Ya 1 , and Za 1 may be the same or different.
  • A has the same meaning as in the above formula (10).
  • Xb 1 , Yb 1 , and Zb 1 each independently may have a substituent or a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, or a carbon which may have a substituent.
  • p12, q12, and r12 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 6. When p12, q12, and r12 are 2 or more, the plurality of Xb 1 , Yb 1 , and Zb 1 may be the same or different.
  • q13 and r13 independently represent 0 or 1, respectively.
  • q12 and q13 are not 0 at the same time, and r12 and r13 are not 0 at the same time.
  • Yb 2 when q13 is 0 and Zb 2 when r13 is 0 independently have a hydrogen atom, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Represents an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have.
  • q13 1, Yb 2 is a direct bond.
  • r13 is 1, Zb 2 is a direct bond.
  • A, Xb 1 , Yb 1 , Zb 1 , Yb 2 , Zb 2 , q13, and r13 are synonymous with those in the above formula (10B).
  • p12', q12' and r12'independently represent integers from 0 to 5.
  • a plurality of Xb 1 , Yb 1 , and Zb 1 may be the same or different.
  • q15 and r15 are 4 or 5 independently, respectively.
  • R 33 is a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • the plurality of R 33s in the formula (10B-1) may be the same or different.
  • Rings HA and Ar 0 are synonymous with those in the above formula (31).
  • nc has the same meaning as in the above formula (12).
  • Each of Xc 1 and Yc 1 independently has a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Represents a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group of.
  • Each of Xc 2 and Yc 2 has a hydrogen atom, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Represents an aromatic heterocyclic group.
  • Each of s11 and t11 independently represents an integer of 0 to 6. When s11 and t11 are 2 or more, the plurality of Xc 1 and Yc 1 may be the same or different.
  • R 31 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • u11 is the number of substitutable substituents R 31.
  • u12 is a number in which the substituent Ar 0 can be substituted. If u11 is 2 or more, plural R 31 may be different even in the same. )
  • An organic EL display device including the organic electroluminescent device according to any one of [1] to [17].
  • an organic electroluminescent device having high brightness and a long drive life.
  • the organic electroluminescent element of the present invention has a specific structure including an aromatic heterocyclic group having a monocyclic ring or a 2 to 6 fused ring, which is a structure having electron attraction (in the present invention, "partial structure A". (Hereinafter referred to as "partial structure A-containing material") is included in both the hole transport layer and the light emitting layer.
  • partial structure A LUMO is easily localized and the electronic durability is high. Therefore, it is considered that the deterioration of the hole transport layer due to the electrons leaking from the light emitting layer to the hole transport layer is suppressed.
  • the electrons localized near the interface of the light emitting layer of the hole transport layer are considered to contribute to recombination in the light emitting layer, and the luminous efficiency is considered to be improved. Furthermore, it is considered that the voltage is lowered by efficiently transporting electrons and holes.
  • the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention is an organic electroluminescent device having an anode, a cathode, and an organic layer between the anode and the cathode on a substrate, and the organic layer is a hole transport layer and the above. It has a light emitting layer adjacent to the hole transport layer, and at least one of the materials contained in the hole transport layer and at least one of the materials contained in the light emitting layer are both represented by the following formula (31). It is characterized by having the same partial structure A.
  • Ring HA represents an aromatic heterocycle of a monocyclic ring or a 2-6 condensed ring which may have a substituent.
  • the benzene ring in formula (31) may have a substituent.
  • Ar 0 is an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent and Represents a monovalent group in which a plurality of two or more groups selected from aromatic heterocyclic groups which may have a substituent are linked.
  • n1 represents an integer less than or equal to the number in which Ar 0 can be replaced with 0 or ring HA. When n1 is 2 or more, a plurality of Ar 0s may be the same or different.
  • the partial structure A-containing material contained in the hole transport layer and the partial structure A-containing material contained in the light emitting layer are partial structures A represented by the above formula (31) and have the same partial structure A. This is an important constituent requirement of the present invention.
  • the effect of the present invention can be obtained when the material contained in the hole transport layer and the material contained in the light emitting layer have a common partial structure A represented by the formula (31).
  • either one or both of the partial structure A-containing material contained in the hole transport layer and the partial structure A-containing material contained in the light emitting layer is a partial structure A-containing material having two or more partial structures A.
  • the partial structure A-containing material contained in the hole transport layer and the partial structure A-containing material contained in the light emitting layer are both partial structure A-containing materials having the same partial structure A.
  • the partial structure A-containing material having two or more of the same partial structure A is the same portion in one compound when the partial structure A-containing material having two or more of the same partial structure A is a small molecule compound. It means having two or more structures A.
  • the partial structure A-containing material having two or more of the same partial structure A is a polymer compound, it means having two or more of the same partial structure A in one repeating unit.
  • the partial structure A-containing material contained in the hole transport layer and the partial structure A-containing material contained in the light emitting layer contains two or more kinds of materials having the partial structure A. ..
  • the electronic durability of the organic electroluminescent device will be further improved, and the organic electroluminescent device will have high brightness and long life.
  • the partial structure A-containing material contained in the hole transport layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably a polymer compound.
  • a polymer compound having a repeating unit represented by the formula (1) described later can be preferably mentioned.
  • the partial structure A-containing material contained in the light emitting layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably a small molecule compound.
  • the number of the partial structures A contained in the polymer compound is preferably equal to or greater than the number of the partial structures A contained in the repeating unit of the polymer compound.
  • the number of the partial structures A contained in the polymer compound is the repeating unit of the polymer compound ⁇ 2.
  • the polymer compound has a plurality of repeating units, at least one repeating unit may have a partial structure A.
  • the bonding method of the partial structure A in the partial structure A-containing material contained in the hole transport layer and the partial structure A-containing material contained in the light emitting layer is not particularly limited.
  • the partial structure A is represented by the following formula (31) -2 in any of the partial structure A-containing materials of the hole transport layer and the light emitting layer. It is preferable that the benzene ring in A is bonded in the material containing the partial structure A.
  • HA represents an aromatic heterocycle which may have a substituent of a monocyclic ring or a 2 to 6 condensed ring.
  • the ring-forming atom of the aromatic heterocycle is preferably any of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom in addition to the carbon atom.
  • a dibenzofuran ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, and a 1,3,5-triazine ring are preferable, and a 1,3,5-triazine ring is particularly preferable.
  • Ar 0 is an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or a substituent. It represents a monovalent group in which a plurality of two or more groups selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a group and an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent are linked.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon group preferably has 6 or more carbon atoms and 60 or less carbon atoms.
  • 6-membered rings such as benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, perylene ring, tetracene ring, pyrene ring, benzpyrene ring, chrysene ring, triphenylene ring, acenaphthene ring, fluoranthene ring, and fluorene ring.
  • Examples thereof include a monovalent group of a monocyclic ring or a 2 to 5 fused ring, or a monovalent group in which 2 to 10 rings selected from these are linked.
  • it is a monovalent group in which a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a fluorene ring or a ring selected from these is linked by 2 to 10.
  • the aromatic heterocyclic group preferably has 3 or more carbon atoms and 60 or less carbon atoms.
  • Examples thereof include a monovalent group of a fused ring or a monovalent group in which 2 to 10 of these are linked.
  • the same group is a plurality of monovalent groups in which two or more groups selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent and an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent are linked. It may be a linked group, or a group in which a plurality of different groups are linked may be used.
  • the total number of linked aromatic hydrocarbon groups and / or aromatic heterocyclic groups is preferably 2 to 10.
  • Ar 0 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or an aromatic hydrocarbon group substituted with an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent.
  • the partial structure A represented by the formula (31) is preferably a structure represented by the following formulas (33) to (35) from the viewpoint of charge transportability and electron durability.
  • Ar 0 and n1 are synonymous with those in the equation (31).
  • the benzene ring in the formulas (33) to (35) may have a substituent.
  • X and Y each independently represent a C atom or an N atom. When X and Y are C atoms, Ar 0 may be bonded.
  • the above formula (35) is preferably represented by the following formula (36) from the viewpoint of charge transportability and electron durability, and more preferably represented by the following formula (37).
  • the structure represented by the formula (37) electrons are transferred by the biphenyl structure having high electron resistance, the electron durability of the compound is further improved, and as a result, the drive life of the organic electric field light emitting device is extended. It is thought that.
  • the three benzene rings may have a substituent.
  • the four benzene rings may have a substituent.
  • the structure represented by the above formula (37) is more preferably the structure represented by the following formula (37-2).
  • “*” And “* 1” in the formula (37-2) are bond positions in the partial structure A-containing material contained in the hole transport layer or the partial structure A-containing material contained in the light emitting layer, or a bond of a substituent. Represents a position.
  • at least "* 1" is the bond position in the partial structure A-containing material contained in the hole transport layer or the partial structure A-containing material contained in the light emitting layer, or the bond position of the substituent.
  • the S1 level and the T1 level are high because the conjugation of the electronically durable biphenyl structure does not spread, the excitons in the light emitting layer are not easily deactivated, and the luminous efficiency is high. From this point of view, it is more preferable that a substance other than a hydrogen atom is bonded to "* 1" and at least one "*".
  • the partial structures represented by the above equations (36) and (37) are the structures represented by the following equations (TzP) and (TzP-2) (hereinafter, "partial structure (TzP)” and “partial structure”, respectively. It may be referred to as “structure (TzP-2)”), which is preferable from the viewpoint of electrification transportability and stability.
  • the three benzene rings of the partial structure (TzP) and the four benzene rings of the partial structure (TzP-2) may have substituents.
  • the formula (TzP-2) is more preferably a structure represented by the following formula (TzP-3).
  • the reason why the structure represented by the following formula (TzP-3) is preferable is the same as the reason why the structure represented by the above formula (37-2) is preferable.
  • “*” And “* 1” in the formula (37-2) are bond positions in the partial structure A-containing material contained in the hole transport layer or the partial structure A-containing material contained in the light emitting layer, or a bond of a substituent. Represents a position.
  • the partial structure A-containing material contained in the hole transport layer and the partial structure A-containing material contained in the light emitting layer have similar skeletons of a common structure as the partial structure A.
  • a high degree of similarity of the skeletons of the common structure as the partial structure A means that the molecular weights of the matching partial structures A are large.
  • the partial structure A represented by the formula (31) is any of the formulas (33) to (35), the partial structure A contained in the hole transport layer or the partial structure contained in the light emitting layer.
  • the benzene ring portion of the partial structure A is preferably a bonding position in the partial structure A-containing material contained in the hole transport layer or the partial structure A-containing material contained in the light emitting layer.
  • a good substituent can be selected from the following substituent group Z.
  • substituent group Z examples include the following substituents. For example, methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, i-butyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-hexyl group, cyclohexyl group, dodecyl group and the like.
  • an alkenyl group such as a vinyl group having a carbon number of usually 2 or more, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less
  • an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group or an ethoxy group having a carbon number of usually 1 or more, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less
  • an alkoxycarbonyl group such as a methoxy
  • Aromatic hydrocarbon groups of 24 or less For example, a monovalent group in which a plurality of aromatic heterocycles of the same or different monocyclic or condensed rings are linked, such as a thienyl group, usually has 3 or more carbon atoms, preferably 5 or more carbon atoms, and usually 36 or less, preferably 36 or less carbon atoms.
  • aromatic heterocyclic groups A monovalent aromatic group in which an aromatic hydrocarbon ring and an aromatic heterocyclic group are linked, and when there are a plurality of aromatic hydrocarbon rings or aromatic heterocyclic groups, they may be the same or different.
  • a monovalent aromatic in which the above-mentioned alkyl group, alkoxy group, aromatic hydrocarbon group, aromatic heterocyclic group, aromatic hydrocarbon ring and aromatic heterocyclic group are linked is a group. From the viewpoint of charge transportability, it has no substituent or has a monovalent aromatic group in which an aromatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, an aromatic hydrocarbon ring and an aromatic heterocyclic group are linked. Is even more preferable.
  • Each substituent of the above-mentioned Substituent Group Z may further have a Substituent.
  • substituents include the same substituents as the above-mentioned substituents (substituent group Z).
  • it does not have a further substituent, or has an alkyl group having 6 or less carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 6 or less carbon atoms, a phenyl group, or a crosslinkable group described later as a further substituent. From the viewpoint of charge transportability, it is more preferable to have no additional substituent.
  • the polymer compound which is a partial structure A-containing material contained in the hole transport layer, which is one form of the present invention, is a polymer compound containing a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1) (hereinafter, “the present invention”. It may be referred to as a "polymer of the embodiment").
  • A represents a partial structure A.
  • G represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group that may have a substituent, or an N atom.
  • Ar 2 may have a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or a substituent.
  • a divalent group in which a plurality of two or more groups selected from a good divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group and a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent are directly or via a linking group are linked.
  • Ar 20 is directly bonded, has a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, or a plurality of divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent are linked. Represents a divalent group.
  • G represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or an N atom.
  • G is a benzene ring, which may have a substituent, from the viewpoint of excellent charge transportability and the separation of LUMO distributed around the partial structure A and HOMO distributed in the main chain.
  • a group consisting of a fluorene ring which may have a group or a spirofluorene ring which may have a substituent is preferable, and the structure shown in the following scheme 1 is more preferable.
  • the following structure may have a substituent.
  • "-*" represents a binding site with Ar 20.
  • G is an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent
  • the substituent which may have is the substituent group Z, an aralkyl group having 7 to 40 carbon atoms, or an aralkyl group having 4 to 37 carbon atoms.
  • the heterocyclic aralkyl groups of the above, or a combination thereof are the same or different each time they appear, and they are an alkyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, an aromatic group having 7 to 40 carbon atoms, and an aromatic group having a heterocycle having 3 to 37 carbon atoms.
  • the viewpoint of charge transportability it is the same or different each time it appears, and it is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms or an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 24 carbon atoms, preferably phenyl. More preferably, it is a group, a naphthyl group, a fluorenyl group, a carbazolyl group, an indolocarbazolyl group, an indenocarbazolyl group, or an indenofluorenyl group.
  • LUMO distributed in the partial structure A and HOMO distributed in the main chain are further localized into fluorenyl groups and indenofluorenyl groups. Is preferable. It is most preferable that G has no substituent because of ease of synthesis and charge transport stability.
  • G is preferably an N atom (nitrogen atom) from the viewpoint of excellent charge transportability, particularly excellent hole transportability.
  • Ar 2 is a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent and a divalent aromatic which may have a substituent.
  • Ar 20 is directly bonded, has a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, or a plurality of divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent are linked. Represents a divalent group.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon groups of Ar 2 and Ar 20 preferably have 6 or more carbon atoms and 60 or less carbon atoms.
  • 6-membered rings such as benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, perylene ring, tetracene ring, pyrene ring, benzpyrene ring, chrysene ring, triphenylene ring, acenaphthene ring, fluoranthene ring, and fluorene ring.
  • Examples thereof include a divalent group of a monocyclic ring or a 2 to 5 fused ring, or a divalent group in which 2 to 10 rings selected from these are linked.
  • the aromatic heterocyclic group of Ar 2 preferably has 3 or more carbon atoms and 60 or less carbon atoms.
  • a divalent group in which a plurality of two or more groups selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent of Ar 2 and an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent are linked.
  • the same group may be a group in which a plurality of the same groups are linked, or a group in which a plurality of different groups are linked may be used.
  • the groups are linked by 2 to 10.
  • Ar 2 has a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent and a divalent aromatic complex which may have a substituent because of its excellent charge transport property and durability. It is preferable that one or more groups selected from the ring groups are divalent groups bonded directly or via a linking group. If it has a linking group, an oxygen atom or a carbonyl group is preferable. Since the triplet level can be increased by forming a non-conjugated structure with the aromatic ring, a structure in which the phenylene rings are linked by an oxygen atom or a carbonyl group is preferable. A benzene ring or a fluorene ring is preferable from the viewpoint of improving charge transportability and excellent stability by expanding the ⁇ -conjugated system.
  • the main chain structure is such that the spread of the ⁇ -conjugated system is inhibited, the excited singlet energy level (S 1 ) and the excited triplet energy level (T 1 ) are increased, and quenching due to energy transfer from the luminescent exciter is suppressed. Therefore, from the viewpoint of excellent quenching efficiency, a twisted structure that bonds with a fluorene ring and phenylene having an alkyl group is particularly preferable. Among them, a structure containing a phenylene group having a methyl group is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of difficulty in synthesizing or purifying a monomer intermediate.
  • Ar 20 has one divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a direct bond or a substituent from the viewpoint of localizing LUMO distributed in the partial structure A and HOMO distributed in the main chain, respectively.
  • a group having to 9 linked groups is preferable, and a group having 1 to 7 linked divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a direct bond or a substituent is more preferable.
  • a group in which 1 to 5 benzene rings which may have a substituent are linked is more preferable, and 3 benzene rings which may have a substituent are linked, and together with the benzene ring contained in A, Kur A terphenylene group is particularly preferred.
  • At least one benzene ring linked at the 1st and 3rd positions is provided. It is preferable to include it, and it is more preferable to include 2 or more. In the case of a group in which a plurality of divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent are linked, it is preferable that all of them are directly bonded and linked from the viewpoint of charge transportability or durability.
  • an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent is preferable, and the substituent is used.
  • a phenylene group which may have a substituent or a fluorenylene group which may have a substituent is more preferable, and a phenylene group which may have a substituent is particularly preferable.
  • a benzene ring or a fluorene ring is preferably bonded to the benzene ring directly bonded to G, which is a nitrogen atom, and one or more phenylene groups are further between the benzene ring directly bonded to the nitrogen atom and the fluorene ring.
  • a structure in which fluorene is connected is also preferable.
  • the substituents that Ar 2 and Ar 20 may have in cases other than direct bonding are the same as the substituents that may be possessed when G is an aromatic hydrocarbon group. From the viewpoint of ease of synthesis and charge transport stability, it is most preferable that Ar 2 and Ar 20 do not have a substituent.
  • -Ar 20- A in the repeating unit represented by the above formula (1) is preferably represented by the following formula (15), and is represented by the formula (16) described later. It is more preferable to be done.
  • X and Y each independently represent a C atom or an N atom.
  • the ring having X, Y and N corresponds to the ring HA in the formula (31).
  • Ar 1 is a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or a divalent group in which two or more divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent are linked.
  • Ar 3 and Ar 4 may independently have an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or a substituent.
  • the structure bonded to the ring HA is a benzene ring. * Represents the binding site with G. )
  • Ar 1 is a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group in which two or more divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent are linked. Represents a group.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon preferably has 6 or more carbon atoms and 60 or less carbon atoms.
  • 6-membered rings such as benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, perylene ring, tetracene ring, pyrene ring, benzpyrene ring, chrysene ring, triphenylene ring, acenaphthene ring, fluoranthene ring, and fluorene ring.
  • a divalent group of a monocyclic ring or a 2 to 5 fused ring, or a divalent group in which 2 to 10 rings selected from these are linked is preferable.
  • the substituent that Ar 1 may have, any one of the substituent group Z or a combination thereof can be used. From the viewpoint of durability and charge transportability, it is preferable to select from the same substituents that Ar 2 may have.
  • Ar 3 and Ar 4 may independently have an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or a substituent.
  • a monovalent group in which a plurality of two or more groups selected from a good aromatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent are linked is preferable.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon group preferably has 6 or more carbon atoms and 60 or less carbon atoms.
  • 6-membered rings such as benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, perylene ring, tetracene ring, pyrene ring, benzpyrene ring, chrysene ring, triphenylene ring, acenaphthene ring, fluoranthene ring, and fluorene ring.
  • a monovalent group of a monocyclic ring or a 2 to 5 fused ring, or a monovalent group in which 2 to 10 rings selected from these are linked is preferable.
  • the aromatic heterocyclic group preferably has 3 or more carbon atoms and 60 or less carbon atoms.
  • a monovalent group in which a plurality of two or more groups selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic heterocyclic group are linked, 2 to 10 structures selected from the aromatic hydrocarbon and the aromatic heterocyclic ring are linked.
  • a monovalent group is preferred.
  • Ar 3 and Ar 4 are independently a-1 to a-4, b-1 to b-9, c-1 to c-5, and d-1 shown in Scheme 2 below. It is preferable to have a structure selected from ⁇ d-17 and e-1 to e-4. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of promoting the spread of LUMO of the molecule by having an electron-attracting group, a-1 to a-4, b-1 to b-9, c-1 to c-5, d-1 to A structure selected from d-13 and e-1 to e-4 is preferable.
  • a-1 to a-4, d-1 to d-13, and e-1 to e-4 from the viewpoint of the effect of confining excitons formed in the light emitting layer, which has a higher triplet level.
  • the structure is preferred. Structures selected from d-1 to d-13 and e-1 to e-4 are more preferred in order to prevent molecular aggregation.
  • "-*" represents a binding site with ring HA. When there are a plurality of "-*", one of them represents a site that binds to the ring HA.
  • R 3A and R 3B of the above scheme 2 are linear, branched or cyclic alkyl groups which may independently have a substituent.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but in order to maintain the solubility of the polymer, the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 or more and 6 or less, more preferably 3 or less, and further preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group. ..
  • R 3A and R 3B may be the same or different. It is preferable that all R 3A and R 3B have the same group because the charge can be uniformly distributed around the nitrogen atom and the synthesis is easy.
  • any one of the substituent group Z or a combination thereof can be used. From the viewpoint of durability and charge transportability, it is preferable to select from the same substituents that Ar 2 may have.
  • X, Y, and * are synonymous with those in the above equation (15).
  • the ring having X, Y and N corresponds to ring HA as in the formula (15).
  • Ar 1 ' is the direct bond or the formula (15) represents a residue when X corresponding to rings HA of Ar 1, a structure bonding to the ring with Y and N is a benzene ring.
  • the repeating unit represented by the formula (1) is preferably a repeating unit represented by any of the following formulas (2) -1 to (2) -3.
  • A is synonymous with A in the above formula (1).
  • Q represents -C (R 5 ) (R 6 )-, -N (R 7 )-or -C (R 11 ) (R 12 ) -C (R 13 ) (R 14 )-.
  • R 1 to R 4 each independently represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, or an aralkyl group which may have a substituent.
  • R 5 to R 7 and R 11 to R 14 may independently have an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, and a substituent.
  • a and b are independently integers of 0 to 4.
  • c1 to c5 are independently integers of 0 to 3. However, at least one of c3 and c5 is 1 or more.
  • d1 to d4 are independently integers of 1 to 4. When there are a plurality of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and R 4 in the repeating unit, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and R 4 may be the same or different. )
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently have an alkyl group and a substituent which may have a substituent. It is an alkoxy group which may be present, or an aralkyl group which may have a substituent.
  • R 1 and R 2 are preferably linear, branched or cyclic alkyl groups, each of which may independently have a substituent.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but in order to maintain the solubility of the polymer, the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 or more and 6 or less, more preferably 3 or less, and further preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group. ..
  • R 1 and R 2 may be the same or different. It is preferable that all R 1 and R 2 are the same group because the charge can be uniformly distributed around the nitrogen atom and the synthesis is easy.
  • R 3 and R 4 in the repeating unit represented by the above formulas (2) -1 to (2) -3 each independently have an alkyl group and a substituent which may have a substituent. It is an alkoxy group which may be present, or an aralkyl group which may have a substituent. It is preferable that R 3 and R 4 are linear, branched or cyclic alkyl groups each independently which may have a substituent.
  • the carbon number of the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but in order to maintain the solubility of the polymer, the carbon number is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 4 or more, preferably 12 or less, and further preferably 8. The following is particularly preferable, and it is a hexyl group.
  • R 5 to R 7 and R 11 to R 14 may independently have an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, and a substituent. It is an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have an aralkyl group or a substituent. R 5 to R 7 and R 11 to R 14 may independently have an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aralkyl group which may have a substituent, or an aralkyl group which may have a substituent. It is preferably a good aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but a long one is preferable in order to easily improve the solubility of the polymer, and a short one is preferable in order to improve the stability of the film and the charge transportability.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 1 or more and 24 or less carbon atoms, more preferably 12 or less, further preferably 8 or less, particularly preferably 6 or less, more preferably 2 or more, still more preferably 3 or more, and particularly preferably 4 or more. preferable. Further, the alkyl group may have a linear, branched or cyclic structure.
  • alkyl group examples include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, i-butyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group and n-hexyl.
  • examples include a group, an n-octyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a dodecyl group and the like.
  • the alkoxy group is not particularly limited, but since it is easy to improve the solubility of the polymer, the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 or more and 24 or less, more preferably 12 or less, further preferably 8 or less, particularly preferably 6 or less, and 2 or more. Is more preferable, 3 or more is further preferable, and 4 or more is particularly preferable.
  • Specific examples of the alkoxy group include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an n-propoxy group, an i-propoxy group, an n-butoxy group, an i-butoxy group, a tert-butoxy group, a hexyloxy group and the like.
  • the aralkyl group is not particularly limited, but since it is easy to improve the solubility of the polymer, the number of carbon atoms is preferably 7 or more and 60 or less, more preferably 40 or less, more preferably 8 or more, further preferably 10 or more, and 12 or more. Is particularly preferable.
  • Specific examples of the aralkyl group include 1,1-dimethyl-1-phenylmethyl group, 1,1-di (n-butyl) -1-phenylmethyl group, and 1,1-di (n-hexyl).
  • -1-phenylmethyl group 1,1-di (n-octyl) -1-phenylmethyl group, phenylmethyl group, phenylethyl group, 3-phenyl-1-propyl group, 4-phenyl-1-n-butyl Group, 1-methyl-1-phenylethyl group, 5-phenyl-1-n-propyl group, 6-phenyl-1-n-hexyl group, 6-naphthyl-1-n-hexyl group, 7-phenyl-1 Examples thereof include -n-heptyl group, 8-phenyl-1-n-octyl group and 4-phenylcyclohexyl group.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, but the number of carbon atoms is preferably 6 or more and 60 or less, more preferably 30 or less, further preferably 24 or less, and 14 or less because it is easy to improve the solubility of the polymer. Especially preferable.
  • aromatic hydrocarbon group examples include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a perylene ring, a tetracene ring, a pyrene ring, a benzpyrene ring, a chrysen ring, a triphenylene ring, an acenaphthene ring, and a fluorene ring.
  • Examples thereof include monovalent groups of 6-membered monocyclic rings or 2 to 5 fused rings, such as fluorene rings, or groups in which 2 to 8 ring structures selected from these are linked. It is preferably a single ring or a group in which 2 to 4 or less are linked.
  • R 5 to R 7 are preferably an alkyl group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group
  • R 5 and R 6 are more preferably an alkyl group
  • R 7 is an aromatic hydrocarbon. It is more preferably a group, and the preferred number of carbon atoms is as described above.
  • R 5 and R 6 are preferably an alkyl group having 3 or more and 8 or less carbon atoms or an aralkyl group having 9 or more and 40 or less carbon atoms in terms of improving solubility and excellent charge transportability.
  • Alkyl group of the R 1 ⁇ R 4, alkoxy group, aralkyl group, the alkyl group of R 5 ⁇ R 7 and R 11 ⁇ R 14, alkoxy groups, aralkyl groups and aromatic hydrocarbon groups may further have a substituent May be. Further, the substituent which may be possessed is a group listed as a preferable group of the alkyl group of R 5 to R 7 and R 11 to R 14 , an alkoxy group, an aralkyl group and an aromatic hydrocarbon group, or a cross-linking group described later. Sex groups can be mentioned.
  • R 5 to R 7 and R 11 to R 14 may further have are insoluble in a solvent when the polymer of the present embodiment is formed into a film and then another layer is applied to form a film and laminated. From the viewpoint of improvement, it is preferable to use a crosslinkable group described later. Among them, it is preferable that any one of R 5 , R 6 , and R 11 to R 14 has a cross-linking group described later as a further substituent because it does not hinder the charge transport property, and at least of R 5 and R 6. It is more preferable that one has a crosslinkable group described later as a further substituent.
  • a and b are independently integers of 0 to 4. It is preferable that a and b are 2 or less, respectively, and it is more preferable that both a and b are 0 or 1 at the same time.
  • c1 to c5 are independently integers of 0 to 3. However, at least one of c3 and c5 is 1 or more, and d1 to d4 are independently integers of 1 to 4. It is preferable that c1 to c5 and d1 to d4 are independently 2 or less. It is more preferable that both c1 and c2 are 0 or 1 at the same time. It is more preferable that c1 and c2 are 1 or more. It is preferable that at least one of c3 or c4, or both c3 and c4 are 1 or more. It is more preferable that both c3 and c4 are 1. c5 is preferably 1 or more.
  • c1 and c2, c3 and c4, and d1 to d4 are equal to each other. It is more preferable that all of c1 to c5 and d1 to d4 are 1 or 2. It is particularly preferable that all of c1 to c5 and d1 to d4 are 1.
  • Both c1 and c2 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (2) -1 is 1 or 2 simultaneously, and, when both a and b is 2 or 1, R 1 and R 2 are, Most preferably, they are connected to each other at symmetrical positions.
  • Specific examples of the preferred repeating unit structure include the following structures.
  • the terminal group refers to the structure of the terminal portion of the polymer formed by the end cap agent used at the end of the polymerization of the polymer.
  • the terminal group of the polymer of this embodiment is usually a hydrocarbon group. From the viewpoint of charge transportability, the hydrocarbon group preferably has 1 or more and 60 or less carbon atoms, more preferably 1 or more and 40 or less, and further preferably 1 or more and 30 or less.
  • the terminal group preferably includes the following. For example, methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, i-butyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-hexyl group, cyclohexyl group, dodecyl group and the like.
  • an alkenyl group such as a vinyl group having a carbon number of usually 2 or more, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less;
  • hydrocarbon groups may further have a substituent.
  • the substituent which may be possessed is preferably an alkyl group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group. When there are a plurality of these substituents which may be further present, they may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the substituent that the hydrocarbon group of the terminal group may further have is preferably an alkyl group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group from the viewpoint of charge transportability and durability, and more preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon. It is a group.
  • the polymer of the present embodiment preferably has a soluble group for soluble expression in a solvent.
  • the soluble group in the present embodiment is a group having a linear or branched alkyl group or alkylene group having 3 or more and 24 or less carbon atoms, preferably 12 or less carbon atoms.
  • an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, or an aralkyl group is preferable, and for example, an n-propyl group, a 2-propyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, an n-hexyl group, an n-octyl group and the like. .. More preferably, it is an n-hexyl group or an n-octyl group.
  • the soluble group may have a substituent.
  • the number of soluble groups contained in the polymer of the present embodiment is large in that it is easy to obtain a polymer solution that can be used in the wet film forming method.
  • the film thickness is less reduced due to the lower layer being dissolved in the solvent. Less is preferable.
  • the number of soluble groups contained in the polymer of the present embodiment can be expressed by the number of moles per gram of the polymer.
  • the number of soluble groups contained in the polymer of the present embodiment is expressed in terms of the number of moles per 1 g of the polymer, it is usually 4.0 mmol or less, preferably 3.0 mmol or less, more preferably 3.0 mmol or less per 1 g of the polymer. It is 2.0 mmol or less, and usually 0.1 mmol or more, preferably 0.5 mmol or more.
  • the number of soluble groups is within the above range, the polymer is easily dissolved in a solvent, and a composition containing a polymer suitable for a wet film forming method can be easily obtained. Further, since the soluble group density is appropriate and the solubility in an organic solvent after drying with a heating solvent is sufficient, a multilayer laminated structure can be formed by a wet film forming method.
  • the number of soluble groups per gram of the polymer can be calculated from the molar ratio of the charged monomer at the time of synthesis and the structural formula by removing the terminal group from the polymer.
  • the molecular weight of the repeating unit excluding the terminal group is 748 on average.
  • the average number of hexyl groups, which is 4 and is a soluble group, is 1.3 per repeating unit.
  • the number of soluble groups per 1 g of molecular weight is calculated to be 1.74 mmol.
  • the polymer of this embodiment may have a crosslinkable group.
  • the crosslinkable group in the polymer of the present embodiment may be present in the repeating unit represented by the formula (1), and is in a repeating unit different from the repeating unit represented by the formula (1). May be present in.
  • By having a crosslinkable group it is possible to make a large difference in solubility in an organic solvent before and after a reaction (poor solubility reaction) caused by irradiation with heat and / or active energy rays.
  • a crosslinkable group is a group that forms a new chemical bond by reacting with a group constituting another molecule located in the vicinity of the crosslinkable group by irradiation with heat and / or active energy rays.
  • the reacting group may be the same group as the crosslinkable group or a different group.
  • crosslinkable group a cyclobutene ring fused to the aromatic ring and a group containing an alkenyl group bonded to the aromatic ring are preferable, and a group selected from the following crosslinkable group group K is more preferable. It is preferable that the crosslinkable group is contained in the polymer in a form further substituted with the substituent having each structure.
  • Crosslinkable group K The crosslinkable group K has the structure shown below.
  • R 21 to R 23 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • R 24 to R 26 each independently represent an alkyl group or an alkoxy group.
  • p represents an integer of 1 to 4
  • q represents an integer of 1 to 4
  • r represents an integer of 1 to 4.
  • the plurality of R 24s may be the same or different, and adjacent R 24s may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • a plurality of R 25s may be the same or different, and adjacent R 25s may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the plurality of R 26s may be the same or different, and adjacent R 26s may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • Ar 21 and Ar 22 each independently represent an aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent. "-*" Is a binding site.
  • Examples of the alkyl group of R 21 to R 26 include a linear or branched chain alkyl group having 6 or less carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the alkoxy group of R 24 to R 26 include a linear or branched chain alkoxy group having 6 or less carbon atoms.
  • the number of carbon atoms of R 24 to R 26 is 6 or less, it is considered that the film formed by the polymer of the present embodiment is likely to be insolubilized without sterically inhibiting the cross-linking reaction.
  • Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent of Ar 21 and Ar 22 include a single ring of a 6-membered ring such as a benzene ring and a naphthalene ring having one free valence, or 2 to 2 to. Examples include a 5-fused ring. In particular, a benzene ring having one free valence is preferable.
  • Ar 22 may be a group in which two or more aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent are bonded. Examples of such a group include a biphenylene group and a terphenylene group, and a 4,4'-biphenylene group is preferable.
  • Examples of the aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent of Ar 21 and Ar 22 include a single ring of a 6-membered ring having one free valence, such as a pyridine ring and a triazine ring, or 2 to 2 to Examples include a 5-fused ring. In particular, a triazine ring having one free valence is preferable.
  • the substituents that Ar 21 and Ar 22 may have are the same as those of the above-mentioned substituent group Z.
  • arylvinylcarbonyl groups such as cinnamoyl groups, benzocyclobutene rings having a monovalent free valence, and 1,2-dihydrocyclobuta [a] naphthalene rings having a monovalent free valence as crosslinkable groups.
  • a group that undergoes an addition reaction is preferable in that it further improves the electrochemical stability of the device.
  • the cyclobutene ring fused to an aromatic ring having a monovalent free valence and the 1,2-dihydrocyclobutane having a monovalent free valence are particularly stable in the structure after cross-linking.
  • a group containing a naphthalene ring is preferable, and among them, a benzocyclobutene ring or a 1,2-dihydrocyclobuta [a] naphthalene ring having a monovalent free valence is more preferable.
  • a 1,2-dihydrocyclobuta [a] naphthalene ring having a monovalent free valence in that the crosslinking reaction temperature is low is particularly preferable.
  • the crosslinkable group contained in the polymer of the present embodiment is sufficiently insolubilized by crosslinking, and it becomes easy to form another layer on the crosslinkable group by a wet film forming method.
  • the number of crosslinkable groups is small in that cracks are unlikely to occur in the formed layer, unreacted crosslinkable groups are unlikely to remain, and the organic electroluminescent device tends to have a long life.
  • the number of crosslinkable groups present in one polymer chain is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, and preferably 200 or less, more preferably 100 or less. ..
  • the number of crosslinkable groups contained in the polymer of the present embodiment can be represented by the number per 1000 molecular weight of the polymer.
  • the number of crosslinkable groups contained in the polymer of the present embodiment is expressed by the number per 1000 molecular weight of the polymer, it is usually 3.0 or less, preferably 2.0 or less, more preferably 2.0 or less per 1000 molecular weight.
  • the number is 1.0 or less, and usually 0.01 or more, preferably 0.05 or more.
  • the number of crosslinkable groups is within the above range, cracks and the like are unlikely to occur, and a flat film can be easily obtained from the polymer of the present embodiment. Further, since the cross-linking density is appropriate, there are few unreacted cross-linking groups remaining in the layer after the cross-linking reaction, and it is unlikely to affect the life of the obtained device. Further, since the poor solubility in the organic solvent after the crosslinking reaction is sufficient, it is easy to form a multilayer laminated structure by the wet film forming method.
  • the number of crosslinkable groups per 1000 molecular weight of the polymer can be calculated from the molar ratio of the charged monomer at the time of synthesis and the structural formula by removing the terminal group from the polymer.
  • the polymer 1 represented by the formula (HT-1) used in Example 1 described later in the polymer 1, the molecular weight of the repeating unit excluding the terminal group is 748.4 on average, and cross-linking is performed.
  • the number of sex groups is 0.15 per repeating unit. When this is calculated by simple proportionality, the number of crosslinkable groups per 1000 molecular weight is calculated to be 0.20.
  • the content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (1) is not particularly limited, but it is usually contained in the polymer in an amount of 5 mol% or more, preferably 10 mol% or more, and 15 It is more preferably contained in an amount of mol% or more, and particularly preferably contained in an amount of 20 mol% or more.
  • the repeating unit may be composed of only the repeating unit represented by the formula (1), but for the purpose of balancing various performances when the organic electroluminescent device is used, the formula (1) It may have a repeating unit different from that of 1). In that case, the content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (1) in the polymer is usually 99 mol% or less, preferably 95 mol% or less.
  • the polymer of the present embodiment further contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (3).
  • the repeating unit represented by the formula (3) is preferably a repeating unit represented by any of the following (3) -1, formula (3) -2 or formula (3) -3.
  • Ar 13 represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group which does not contain a partial structure A and may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent.
  • Ar 14 may have a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or a substituent.
  • a divalent group in which a plurality of two or more groups selected from a good divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group and a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent are directly or via a linking group are linked.
  • Ar 7 represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group which does not contain a partial structure A and may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent.
  • Q represents -C (R 5 ) (R 6 )-, -N (R 7 )-or -C (R 11 ) (R 12 ) -C (R 13 ) (R 14 )-.
  • R 1 to R 4 each independently represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, or an aralkyl group which may have a substituent.
  • R 5 to R 7 and R 11 to R 14 may independently have an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, and a substituent.
  • a and b are independently integers of 0 to 4.
  • c1 to c5 are independently integers of 0 to 3. However, at least one of c3 and c5 is 1 or more.
  • d1 to d4 are independently integers of 1 to 4. When there are a plurality of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and R 4 in the repeating unit, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and R 4 may be the same or different.
  • Ar 7 may independently have a substituent containing no partial structure A in each repeating unit. Represents an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have an aromatic hydrocarbon group or a substituent.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon group preferably has 6 or more carbon atoms and 60 or less carbon atoms.
  • 6-membered rings such as benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, perylene ring, tetracene ring, pyrene ring, benzpyrene ring, chrysene ring, triphenylene ring, acenaphthene ring, fluoranthene ring, and fluorene ring.
  • Examples thereof include a monocyclic ring, a 2 to 5 fused ring, or a monovalent group in which a plurality of rings selected from these are linked. When a plurality of them are linked, a monovalent group in which 2 to 10 are linked is preferable.
  • the aromatic heterocyclic group preferably has 3 or more carbon atoms and 60 or less carbon atoms.
  • Ar 7 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent from the viewpoint of excellent charge transportability and durability.
  • a monovalent group of a benzene ring or a fluorene ring which may have a substituent that is, a phenyl group or a fluorenyl group which may have a substituent is more preferable, and a substituent may be provided.
  • a fluorenyl group is more preferred, and a 2-fluorenyl group, which may have a substituent, is particularly preferred.
  • the substituent that the aromatic hydrocarbon group of Ar 7 may have is not particularly limited as long as it does not significantly reduce the characteristics of the polymer of the present embodiment.
  • a group selected from the substituent group Z or the crosslinkable group is mentioned.
  • an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic heterocyclic group not corresponding to the partial structure A or the crosslinkable group is preferable, and an alkyl group is more preferable.
  • Ar 7 is preferably a fluorenyl group substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, and particularly a 2-fluorenyl group substituted with an alkyl group having 4 to 12 carbon atoms. preferable. Further, a 9-alkyl-2-fluorenyl group in which the alkyl group is substituted at the 9-position of the 2-fluorenyl group is preferable, and a 9,9'-dialkyl-2-fluorenyl group in which the alkyl group is 2-substituted is particularly preferable.
  • the solubility in a solvent and the durability of the fluorene ring are likely to be improved. Further, since both the 9-position and the 9'-position are substituted with an alkyl group, the solubility in a solvent and the durability of the fluorene ring are likely to be further improved. It is preferable that Ar 7 contains the crosslinkable group because the insolubility in the solvent is improved when the film is laminated and coated after the film formation.
  • the further substituent contains a repeating unit represented by the formulas (3) -1 to (3) -3 containing at least one of the above-mentioned crosslinkable groups.
  • the crosslinkable group is preferably further substituted with a substituent which the aromatic hydrocarbon group represented by Ar 7 may have.
  • repeating unit structure represented by the formulas (3) -1 to (3) -3 include the following structures.
  • the polymer of the present embodiment may further contain a repeating unit represented by the following formula (4) or the following formula (5) in terms of charge transportability and durability.
  • R 8 and R 9 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Represents an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a group.
  • Ar 10 has a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Two or more groups selected from a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may be present and a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent are linked directly or via a linking group. Represents a valence group.
  • R 8 and R 9 examples of the alkyl group, aromatic hydrocarbon group and aromatic heterocyclic group of R 8 and R 9 include the alkyl group exemplified as the substituent group Z, the aromatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic heterocyclic group.
  • the substituents that these groups may have are preferably a group similar to the substituent group Z or the crosslinkable group.
  • Ar 10 As a specific structure of Ar 10, a divalent group similar to Ar 2 in the above formula (1) can be mentioned.
  • the substituents that these groups may have are preferably a group similar to the substituent group Z or the crosslinkable group.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer of the present embodiment is usually 3,000,000 or less, preferably 1,000,000 or less, more preferably 500,000 or less, still more preferably 200,000 or less, particularly preferably. Is 100,000 or less, usually 10,000 or more, preferably 15,000 or more.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the polymer When the weight average molecular weight of the polymer is not more than the above upper limit value, solubility in a solvent is obtained, and the film forming property tends to be excellent. When the weight average molecular weight of the polymer is at least the above lower limit value, the decrease in the glass transition temperature, the melting point and the vaporization temperature of the polymer may be suppressed, and the heat resistance may be improved. In addition, the coating film after the cross-linking reaction may be sufficiently insoluble in the organic solvent.
  • the number average molecular weight (Mn) of the polymer of the present embodiment is usually 2.5 million or less, preferably 750,000 or less, more preferably 400,000 or less, particularly preferably 100,000 or less, and usually 2 It is 3,000 or more, preferably 4,000 or more, more preferably 8,000 or more, and even more preferably 20,000 or more.
  • the dispersity (Mw / Mn) in the polymer of the present embodiment is preferably 3.5 or less, more preferably 2.5 or less, and particularly preferably 2.0 or less.
  • the dispersity of the polymer is not more than the above upper limit value, purification is easy, and solubility in a solvent and charge transporting ability are good.
  • the weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight of the polymer are determined by SEC (size exclusion chromatography) measurement.
  • SEC size exclusion chromatography
  • the weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight are calculated.
  • the polymer of the present embodiment is most preferably represented by any of the following formulas (6a) to (6h).
  • A, Q, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and R 4 are the same as those in the formulas (2) -1 to (2) -3.
  • Ar 7 is the same as in the above equations (3) -1 to (3) -3.
  • At least one A or Ar 7 in each polymer preferably has the above-mentioned crosslinkable group.
  • n and m represent the number of repetitions.
  • a specific example of coalescence is shown.
  • the polymer of the present embodiment is not limited to these.
  • the numbers in the following chemical formulas represent the molar ratio of repeating units. These polymers may be any of a random copolymer, an alternating copolymer, a block copolymer, a graft copolymer and the like, and the arrangement order of the repeating units is not limited.
  • the method for producing the polymer of the present embodiment is not particularly limited.
  • it can be produced by a polymerization method by Suzuki reaction, a polymerization method by Grignard reaction, a polymerization method by Yamamoto reaction, a polymerization method by Ullmann reaction, a polymerization method by Buchwald-Hartwig reaction, or the like.
  • the aryl dihalide represented by the following formula (1a) (E represents a halogen atom such as I, Br, Cl, F) and the formula.
  • the polymer of the present embodiment is synthesized by reacting with the primary aminoaryl represented by (1b) and further reacting with the dial halide represented by the formula (2a).
  • A, R 1 ⁇ R 2 , Q, a, b, c1, d1 has the same meaning as the formula (2) -1 to (2) -3.
  • n and m represent the number of repetitions.
  • the reaction for forming an N-aryl bond is usually carried out in the presence of a base such as potassium carbonate, tert-butoxysodium or triethylamine. It can also be carried out in the presence of a transition metal catalyst such as a copper or palladium complex.
  • a base such as potassium carbonate, tert-butoxysodium or triethylamine. It can also be carried out in the presence of a transition metal catalyst such as a copper or palladium complex.
  • the partial structure A-containing material contained in the light emitting layer which is one embodiment of the present invention, is preferably a small molecule compound.
  • the partial structure A-containing material of the small molecule compound is a compound having a molecular weight of 5,000 or less represented by the following formula (10), the following formula (11), or the following formula (12) (hereinafter, these compounds are referred to as “these compounds”. It may be referred to as a "small molecule compound of the present embodiment").
  • A is the partial structure A.
  • B represents a single bond or any substructure.
  • na, nb and nc represent integers from 1 to 5.
  • the plurality of A, B, and AB may be the same or different.
  • (B) B in the above formula (10) and the above formula (11) is not particularly limited, but preferably a functional group which may have a substituent, an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, and the like. It is selected from an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent and an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent 2 Examples thereof include a group in which a plurality of the above groups are directly linked or linked via a linking group.
  • Functional groups include a structure having hole transportability, a structure having electron transportability, a structure that suppresses charge transport, a structure that imparts solubility in an organic solvent, a structure that inhibits crystallization and improves amorphousness, and a structure.
  • a group containing a structure having luminescence is preferable.
  • an aromatic amine structure that is, a group containing at least one aromatic hydrocarbon group bonded to a nitrogen atom of the amine is preferable.
  • Two or more groups selected directly from an aromatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent and an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent are directly Alternatively, as a plurality of groups linked via a linking group, those based on the same structure as Ar 0 in the above formula (31) are preferable.
  • the small molecule compound of this embodiment is preferably a charge transport material in the light emitting layer.
  • the small molecule compound of the present embodiment is preferably a compound represented by the above formula (10) or the above formula (12).
  • the compound represented by the formula (10) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (10A) or the following formula (10B).
  • the compound represented by the formula (12) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (12A).
  • HA represents any of the trivalent aromatic heterocyclic groups represented by the following structural formulas (10A-a), (10A-b) and (10A-c).
  • Xa 1 , Ya 1 , and Za 1 each independently have a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, which may have a substituent, or a carbon which may have a substituent.
  • Each of Xa 2 , Ya 2 and Za 2 independently has a hydrogen atom, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon number which may have a substituent. Represents 3 to 30 aromatic heterocyclic groups.
  • g11, h11, and j11 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 6. At least one of g11, h11, and j11 is an integer of 1 or more. When g11, h11, and j11 are 2 or more, Xa 1 , Ya 1 , and Za 1 may be the same or different.
  • R 31 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. The four R 31s may be the same or different. )
  • A has the same meaning as in the above formula (10).
  • Xb 1 , Yb 1 , and Zb 1 each independently may have a substituent or a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, or a carbon which may have a substituent.
  • p12, q12, and r12 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 6. When p12, q12, and r12 are 2 or more, the plurality of Xb 1 , Yb 1 , and Zb 1 may be the same or different.
  • q13 and r13 independently represent 0 or 1, respectively.
  • q12 and q13 are not 0 at the same time, and r12 and r13 are not 0 at the same time.
  • Yb 2 when q13 is 0 and Zb 2 when r13 is 0 independently have a hydrogen atom, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Represents an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have.
  • q13 1, Yb 2 is a direct bond.
  • r13 is 1, Zb 2 is a direct bond.
  • Rings HA and Ar 0 are synonymous with those in the above formula (31).
  • nc has the same meaning as in the above formula (12).
  • Each of Xc 1 and Yc 1 independently has a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Represents a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group of.
  • Each of Xc 2 and Yc 2 has a hydrogen atom, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Represents an aromatic heterocyclic group.
  • Each of s11 and t11 independently represents an integer of 0 to 6. When s11 and t11 are 2 or more, the plurality of Xc 1 and Yc 1 may be the same or different.
  • R 31 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • u11 is the number of substitutable substituents R 31.
  • u12 is a number in which the substituent Ar 0 can be substituted. If u11 is 2 or more, plural R 31 may be different even in the same. )
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon ring of the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms is preferably a 6-membered single ring or a 2 to 5 condensed ring. .. Specific examples thereof include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a fluorene ring, a perylene ring, a tetracene ring, a pyrene ring, a benzpyrene ring, a chrysene ring, a triphenylene ring, and a fluoranthene ring.
  • it is a monocyclic ring or a 2-3 condensed ring, and specific examples thereof include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenanthrene ring, and a fluorene ring.
  • a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, and a fluorene ring are preferable, and a benzene ring or a fluorene ring is more preferable.
  • the aromatic heterocycle of the aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms is a 5- or 6-membered single ring, or a 2 to 5 condensation thereof. Rings are preferred. Specifically, furan ring, benzofuran ring, dibenzofuran ring, thiophene ring, benzothiophene ring, dibenzothiophene ring, pyrol ring, pyrazole ring, imidazole ring, oxadiazole ring, indole ring, carbazole ring, indolocarbazole ring, Pyrroylmidazole ring, pyrrolopyrazole ring, pyrrolopyrrole ring, thienopyrrole ring, thienothiophene ring, flopyrol ring, flofuran ring, thienofuran ring, benzoisoxazole ring, benzoisothiazole ring, benzoisothiazole ring, benzo
  • the thiophene ring, pyrrole ring, imidazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, triazine ring, quinoline ring, quinazoline ring, carbazole ring, dibenzofuran ring, dibenzothiophene ring, indolocarbazole ring, phenanthroline ring, or indolocarbazole ring are preferable.
  • a pyridine ring it is more preferably a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a triazine ring, a quinoline ring, a quinazoline ring, a carbazole ring, a dibenzofuran ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, or an indolocarbazole ring, and more preferably a carbazole ring, a dibenzofuran ring, or a dibenzo ring. It is a thiophene ring or an indolocarbazole ring.
  • a particularly preferable aromatic hydrocarbon ring is a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring or a phenanthrene ring, and a particularly preferable aromatic heterocycle is a carbazole ring, a dibenzofuran ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, or an indolocarbazole ring, which is aromatic.
  • Group hydrocarbon rings are more preferred.
  • R 31 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aromatic having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. It is a group heterocyclic group. From the viewpoint of improving durability and charge transportability, it is more preferable that the aromatic hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. When there are a plurality of R 31s as substituents, they may be different from each other.
  • the above-mentioned hydrocarbon aromatic ring having 6 to 30 carbon atoms may have a substituent, a heteroaromatic ring having 3 to 30 carbon atoms may have a substituent, and the substituent R 31 has.
  • the substituents may be the same as the substituents listed in the substituent group Z or the crosslinkable group in the polymer of the present embodiment, and the preferred substituents are also the same. The same applies to the substituents that the substituents may further have.
  • the compound represented by the formula (10A) is more preferably a compound represented by the following general formulas (10A-1) to (10A-3).
  • R 33 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • the plurality of R 33s may be the same or different.
  • g11', h11' and j11'independently represent integers from 0 to 5.
  • the plurality of Xa 1 , Ya 1 , and Za 1 may be the same or different.
  • R 33 which can be regarded as the structure A and is bonded to the benzene ring constituting the partial structure A, corresponds to R 31 in the formula (10A).
  • the compound represented by the formula (10B) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (10B-1).
  • A, Xb 1 , Yb 1 , Zb 1 , Yb 2 , Zb 2 , q13, and r13 are synonymous with those in the above formula (10B).
  • p12', q12' and r12'independently represent integers from 0 to 5.
  • a plurality of Xb 1 , Yb 1 , and Zb 1 may be the same or different.
  • q15 and r15 are 4 or 5 independently, respectively.
  • R 33 is a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • the plurality of R 33s in the formula (10B-1) may be the same or different.
  • R 33 is a substituent in the formulas (10A-1) to (10A-3) and (10B-1), and a substitution which may be further possessed when R 33 is a substituent. group is the same as the R 31.
  • the molecular weight of the small molecule compound of the present embodiment is usually 5,000 or less, preferably 4,000 or less, particularly preferably 3,000 or less, most preferably 2,000 or less, usually 300 or more, preferably 350 or more. , More preferably 400 or more. Since the molecular weight of the small molecule compound of the present embodiment contains the required partial structure A, the molecular weight is usually equal to or higher than the above lower limit.
  • the partial structure A-containing material which is a small molecule compound contained in the light emitting layer according to one embodiment of the present invention, is a light emitting dopant.
  • the light emitting dopant is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (40).
  • the ring HA in the partial structure A represented by the formula (31) corresponds to the triazine ring
  • Ar 0 corresponds to the pyridine ring.
  • R 44 in the formula (40) may have an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic which may have a substituent.
  • n1 is 2 and the other Ar. 0 is R 44 .
  • R 41 , R 42 , and R 43 independently have an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a (hetero) aralkyl group having 7 to 40 carbon atoms, and an alkoxy having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • R 44 independently has a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a (hetero) arylyl group having 7 to 40 carbon atoms, and an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • L 1 represents an organic ligand
  • m40 is an integer of 1 to 3.
  • R 41 to R 44 are independent of each other, and from the viewpoint of durability, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a (hetero) aralkyl group having 7 to 40 carbon atoms, an arylamino group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or a carbon. More preferably, it is a (hetero) aryl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms or a (hetero) aryl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a (hetero) aralkyl group having 7 to 40 carbon atoms, or the like.
  • R 41 to R 44 may further have is preferably a substituent selected from the substituent group Z. When a40 is 2 or more, two adjacent R 41s may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • Examples of a plurality of R 41s in which adjacent R 41s are bonded to each other to form a ring include fluorene, naphthalene, dibenzothiophene, and dibenzofuran. From the viewpoint of stability, fluorene is particularly preferable. From the viewpoint of lengthening the emission wavelength, it is preferable that adjacent R 41s are bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the adjacent R 41s do not bond with each other to form a ring. That is, it is preferable that a40 in the formula (40) is 1, or a40 is 2 or more, and adjacent R 41s do not have a ring bonded to each other.
  • the a40 is preferably 0 from the viewpoint of easy production, preferably 1 or 2 from the viewpoint of enhancing durability and solubility, and further preferably 1.
  • b40 is preferably 0 from the viewpoint of easy production, and preferably 1 from the viewpoint of enhancing solubility. Since there are many structures having a high electron acceptability including a triazine ring and LUMO is more stabilized, m40 is preferably 2 or 3, and more preferably 3.
  • L 1 is an organic ligand and is not particularly limited, but is preferably a monovalent bidentate ligand, and is more preferably selected from the following chemical formulas.
  • the broken line in the following chemical formula represents a coordination bond.
  • the organic ligand L 1 may have a different structure from each other.
  • L 1 does not exist.
  • L 1 is represented by the following formula (3), Equation (4), and preferably has at least one structure selected from the group consisting of Formula (5).
  • R 49 and R 50 are synonymous with R 41 in the above formula (40). That is, it is selected from the same group as the substituent selected as R 41 , and the preferred example is also the same, and may further have a substituent. When a plurality of R 49 and R 50 exist, they may be the same or different from each other.
  • R 51 to R 53 are independently substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a hydrogen atom and a fluorine atom, a phenyl group which may be substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group which may be substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. It is a halogen atom.
  • G is an integer from 0 to 4.
  • h is an integer from 0 to 4.
  • Ring B 40 is a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, an imidazole ring, a quinoline ring, an isoquinoline ring, a quinazoline ring, a quinoxaline ring, an azatriphenylene ring, a carboline ring, a benzothiazole ring, or a benzoxazole ring. Ring B 40 may further have a substituent.
  • R 49 , R 50 , and ring B 40 may further have are preferably substituents selected from the substituent group Z.
  • R 49 and R 50 are independently alkyl groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or aryl groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may be substituted with alkyl groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms is a group in which a plurality of monocyclic, bicyclic condensed rings, tricyclic condensed rings, monocyclic, dicyclic fused rings, or tricyclic condensed rings are linked.
  • G and h are preferably 0 from the viewpoint of easy production, preferably 1 or 2 from the viewpoint of enhancing solubility, and even more preferably 1.
  • R 51 to R 53 are independently substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a hydrogen atom and a fluorine atom, and a phenyl group or a halogen which may be substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, respectively.
  • R 51 and R 53 are methyl or t-butyl groups
  • R 52 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl or phenyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the ring B 40 is preferably a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, or an imidazole ring, and more preferably a pyridine ring.
  • Hydrogen atoms on the ring B 40 from the point of viewpoint and solubility of durability is enhanced, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, having 7 to 40 carbon atoms (hetero) aralkyl group or a C 3-20, It is preferably substituted with a (hetero) aryl group.
  • the hydrogen atom on ring B 40 is preferably not substituted from the viewpoint of easy production.
  • a phenyl group or a naphthyl group which may have a substituent may be used from the viewpoint of increasing the luminous efficiency. It is preferably replaced with.
  • the substituent that the phenyl group or the naphthyl group may have is preferably a substituent selected from the above-mentioned Substituent Group Z.
  • Ring B 40 is preferably a quinoline ring, an isoquinoline ring, a quinazoline ring, a quinoxaline ring, an azatriphenylene ring, or a carboline ring from the viewpoint of increasing the luminous efficiency because excitons are easily generated on the assist dopant. ..
  • a quinoline ring, an isoquinoline ring, and a quinazoline ring are more preferable in terms of durability and red emission.
  • a more preferred substituent of ring B 40 is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may be substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is a group in which a plurality of monocyclic, bicyclic condensed rings, tricyclic condensed rings, monocyclic, dicyclic fused rings, or tricyclic condensed rings are linked.
  • R 44 is a phenyl group which may have a substituent group, i.e., the following formula It is preferably the compound represented by (40-1).
  • R 41, R 42, R 43, a40, b40, c40, L 1, m40 is, R 41 in formula (40), R 42, R 43, a40, b40, c40, and L 1, m40
  • R 45 has the same meaning as R 43, R 43 and R 45 may be different even in the same. When a plurality of R 43 and R 45 exist, they may be the same or different from each other.
  • d40 is an integer from 0 to 5.
  • R 43 and R 45 have an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a (hetero) aralkyl group having 7 to 40 carbon atoms, an arylamino group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or an arylamino group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms. It is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a (hetero) aralkyl group having 7 to 40 carbon atoms, or a (hetero) aryl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms. , An alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or an aralkyl group having 7 to 40 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • the substituent that R 43 and R 45 may further have is preferably a substituent selected from the substituent group Z.
  • C40 and d40 are preferably 0 from the viewpoint of easy production, preferably 1 or 2 from the viewpoint of enhancing durability and solubility, and further preferably 1.
  • b40 is preferably 0 from the viewpoint of easy production, and preferably 1 from the viewpoint of enhancing solubility.
  • the light emitting dopant represented by the formula (40) contained in the light emitting layer according to one embodiment of the present invention preferably has a structure in which a40 is 2 or more and adjacent R 41s are bonded to each other to form a fluorene ring.
  • the compound represented by the following formula (40-2) is preferable.
  • R 42 ⁇ R 44, b40, c40, L 1, m40 are each the R 42 ⁇ R 44, b40, c40, L 1, m40 synonymous in the formula (40).
  • R 54 to R 56 are substituents. When a plurality of R 54 to R 56 exist, they may be the same or different from each other.
  • i40 is an integer from 0 to 4.
  • R 54 is a substituent that substitutes for R 51 when R 51 is a phenyl group, and is preferably a substituent selected from the substituent group Z.
  • R 54 is more preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, which may be substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms is a monocyclic, 2 to 4 ring fused ring, or a group in which a plurality of monocyclic or 2 to 4 ring fused rings are linked.
  • R 54 is more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • R 55, R 56 is a substituent in which a part or R 41 in R 41 is substituted on R 41 when there was a methyl group, preferably each independently, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, carbon atoms It may be substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. It is an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms is a monocyclic, 2 to 4 ring fused ring, or a group in which a plurality of monocyclic or 2 to 4 ring fused rings are linked.
  • R 55 and R 56 are more preferably aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 or 12 carbon atoms which may be substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. More preferably, it is an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon structure having 6 carbon atoms has a benzene structure
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon structure having 12 carbon atoms has a biphenyl structure.
  • preferable alkyl groups in R 54 to R 56 include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, n-butyl group, n-pentyl group, n-hexyl group, n-octyl group, isopropyl group and isobutyl.
  • examples thereof include a group, an isopentyl group, a t-butyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group and the like.
  • preferable aromatic hydrocarbon groups in R 54 to R 56 include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a perylene ring, a tetracene ring, a pyrene ring, a benzpyrene ring, a chrysene ring, a triphenylene ring, and a fluorantene ring.
  • R 54 to R 56 Specific examples of the preferred alkoxy group in R 54 to R 56 include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propyloxy group, an isopropyloxy group, a hexyloxy group, a cyclohexyloxy group, an octadecyloxy group and the like.
  • the compound that becomes the light emitting dopant represented by the formula (40-1) contained in the light emitting layer which is one form of the present invention is more preferably the compound represented by the following formula (40-3).
  • R 42, R 43, R 45, b40, c40, d40, L 1 m40 is, R 42 in the formula (40-1), R 43, R 45, b40, c40, d40, L 1, It is synonymous with m40.
  • R 54 ⁇ R 56, i40 are each synonymous with R 54 ⁇ R 56, i40 in Equation (40-2).
  • the hole transport layer of the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention (hereinafter, may be referred to as “hole transport layer of the present embodiment”) is preferably a material containing a partial structure A of the polymer of the present embodiment described above. Include as.
  • the hole transport layer of the present embodiment may contain one type of the polymer of the present embodiment, or may contain two or more types in any combination and in any ratio.
  • the content of the polymer of the present embodiment in the hole transport layer of the present embodiment is usually 1 to 100% by weight, preferably 5 to 100% by weight, and more preferably 10 to 100% by weight.
  • the above range is preferable because the charge transportability of the hole transport layer of the present embodiment is improved, the drive voltage is reduced, and the drive stability is improved.
  • examples of the components constituting the hole transport layer of the present embodiment include hole transporting compounds described later. Be done.
  • the polymer of the present embodiment is preferably used for the hole transport layer of the present embodiment formed by the wet film forming method.
  • the method of forming the hole transport layer by the wet film formation method and the like will be described later.
  • the hole transport layer forming composition for forming the hole transport layer of the present embodiment by the wet film forming method contains the polymer of the present embodiment.
  • the composition for forming a hole transport layer of the present embodiment may contain one kind of the above polymer, or may contain two or more kinds in any combination and any ratio. ..
  • the content of the polymer in the composition for forming a hole transport layer of the present embodiment is usually 0.01 to 70% by weight, preferably 0.1 to 60% by weight, and more preferably 0.5 to 50% by weight. By weight%. When it is within the above range, defects are unlikely to occur in the formed hole transport layer, and uneven film thickness is unlikely to occur, which is preferable.
  • the composition for forming a hole transport layer of the present embodiment may contain a solvent or the like in addition to the above polymer.
  • the composition for forming a hole transport layer of the present embodiment usually contains a solvent.
  • the solvent is preferably one that dissolves the above polymer.
  • a solvent that dissolves the polymer in an amount of usually 0.05% by weight or more, preferably 0.5% by weight or more, and more preferably 1% by weight or more at room temperature is preferable.
  • the solvent include aromatic solvents such as toluene, xylene, mesityrene and cyclohexylbenzene; halogen-containing solvents such as 1,2-dichloroethane, chlorobenzene and o-dichlorobenzene; ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol diethyl ether and propylene.
  • Aliper ethers such as glycol-1-monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), 1,2-dimethoxybenzene, 1,3-dimethoxybenzene, anisole, phenetol, 2-methoxytoluene, 3-methoxytoluene, 4-methoxytoluene, Ether-based solvents such as aromatic ethers such as 2,3-dimethylanisole and 2,4-dimethylanisole; aliphatic ester-based solvents such as ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, ethyl lactate and n-butyl lactate; phenyl acetate, Ester-based solvents such as phenyl propionate, methyl benzoate, ethyl benzoate, isopropyl benzoate, propyl benzoate, n-butyl benzoate and other aromatic esters; Examples thereof include organic solvents used in the composition for forming a hole transport layer and the
  • One type of solvent may be used, or two or more types may be used in any combination and in any ratio.
  • the surface tension at 20 ° C. is usually less than 40 dyn / cm, preferably 36 dyn / cm or less, more preferably 33 dyn / cm or less. Certain solvents are preferred.
  • the affinity between the solvent and the substrate is high. Is preferable. This is because the uniformity of the film quality greatly affects the uniformity and stability of the light emission of the organic electroluminescent device. Therefore, the composition for forming a hole transport layer used in the wet film forming method is required to have a low surface tension so that a uniform coating film having higher leveling property can be formed. Therefore, by using a solvent having a low surface tension as described above, a uniform layer containing the polymer can be formed, and a uniform crosslinked layer can be formed, which is preferable.
  • the low surface tension solvent examples include the above-mentioned aromatic solvents such as toluene, xylene, mesityrene and cyclohexylbenzene, aromatic ester solvents such as ethyl benzoate, aromatic ether solvents such as anisole, and trifluoro. Examples thereof include methoxyanisole, pentafluoromethoxybenzene, 3- (trifluoromethyl) anisole, and ethyl (pentafluorobenzoate).
  • aromatic solvents such as toluene, xylene, mesityrene and cyclohexylbenzene
  • aromatic ester solvents such as ethyl benzoate
  • aromatic ether solvents such as anisole, and trifluoro. Examples thereof include methoxyanisole, pentafluoromethoxybenzene, 3- (trifluoromethyl) anisole, and ethyl (pentafluorobenzoate).
  • a solvent having a vapor pressure at 25 ° C. of usually 10 mmHg or less, preferably 5 mmHg or less, and usually 0.1 mmHg or more is used.
  • a composition for forming a hole transport layer suitable for a process of producing a hole transport layer by a wet film forming method and suitable for the properties of the polymer of the present embodiment is prepared. Can be done.
  • the solvent evaporates at an appropriate rate from the liquid film immediately after the film formation. Therefore, as described above, the boiling point of the solvent used is usually 80 ° C. or higher, preferably 100 ° C. or higher, more preferably 120 ° C. or higher, usually 350 ° C. or lower, preferably 300 ° C. or lower, more preferably 280 ° C. or lower.
  • Specific examples of such a solvent include the above-mentioned aromatic solvents such as mesitylene and cyclohexylbenzene, aromatic ether solvents and aromatic ester solvents.
  • Moisture may cause performance deterioration of the organic electroluminescent element, and in particular, it may promote a decrease in brightness during continuous driving. Therefore, in order to reduce the water content remaining during the wet film formation as much as possible, among the above-mentioned solvents, those having a water solubility at 25 ° C. of 1% by weight or less are preferable, and those having a solubility of 0.1% by weight or less are preferable. Is more preferable.
  • the content of the solvent contained in the composition for forming a hole transport layer of the present embodiment is usually 10% by weight or more, preferably 30% by weight or more, and particularly preferably 50% by weight or more.
  • the content of the solvent is at least the above lower limit, the flatness and uniformity of the formed layer can be improved.
  • the composition for forming a hole transport layer of the present embodiment may further contain an electron-accepting compound from the viewpoint of reducing resistance.
  • an electron-accepting compound a compound having an oxidizing power and an ability to accept one electron from the above polymer is preferable.
  • a compound having an electron affinity of 4 eV or more is preferable, and a compound having an electron affinity of 5 eV or more is more preferable.
  • Examples of such an electron-accepting compound include a triarylboron compound, a metal halide, a Lewis acid, an organic acid, an onium salt, a salt of an arylamine and a metal halide, and a salt of an arylamine and a Lewis acid.
  • Examples thereof include one kind or two or more kinds of compounds selected from the group consisting of two or more kinds.
  • onium salts substituted with organic groups such as 4-isopropyl-4'-methyldiphenyliodonium tetrakis (pentafluorophenyl) borate, triphenylsulfonium tetrafluoroborate (International Publication No. 2005/089024), ( International Publication No. 2017/164268); High valence inorganic compounds such as iron chloride (III) (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 11-251067), ammonium peroxodisulfate; cyano compounds such as tetracyanoethylene; tris (pentafluorophenyl) Examples include aromatic boron compounds such as borane (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2003-31365); fullerene derivatives, iodine and the like.
  • organic groups such as 4-isopropyl-4'-methyldiphenyliodonium tetrakis (pentafluorophenyl) borate, triphen
  • composition for forming a hole transport layer of the present embodiment may contain one kind of the above-mentioned electron-accepting compound alone, or may contain two or more kinds in any combination and ratio. good.
  • the content of the electron-accepting compound is usually 0.0005% by weight or more, preferably 0.001% by weight or more, and is usually used. It is 20% by weight or less, preferably 10% by weight or less.
  • the ratio of the electron-accepting compound to the polymer in the hole transport layer forming composition is usually 0.5% by weight or more, preferably 1% by weight or more, more preferably 3% by weight or more, and usually 80% by weight. % Or less, preferably 60% by weight or less, more preferably 40% by weight or less.
  • the electron acceptor accepts electrons from the polymer and the formed hole transport layer has low resistance, which is preferable.
  • the content of the electron-accepting compound in the composition for forming a hole transport layer is not more than the above upper limit, defects are unlikely to occur in the formed hole transport layer, and uneven film thickness is unlikely to occur, which is preferable.
  • the composition for forming a hole transport layer of the present embodiment may further contain a cationic radical compound.
  • a cationic radical compound an ionic compound composed of a cation radical, which is a chemical species obtained by removing one electron from a hole transporting compound, and a counter anion is preferable.
  • the cation radical is derived from a hole-transporting polymer compound, the cation radical has a structure in which one electron is removed from the repeating unit of the polymer compound.
  • the cation radical is preferably a chemical species obtained by removing one electron from the hole transporting compound described later.
  • a chemical species obtained by removing one electron from a preferable compound as a hole transporting compound is preferable from the viewpoints of amorphousness, visible light transmittance, heat resistance, solubility and the like.
  • the cationic radical compound can be produced by mixing the hole transporting compound described later and the electron accepting compound described above. That is, by mixing the hole transporting compound and the electron accepting compound, electron transfer occurs from the hole transporting compound to the electron accepting compound, and the hole transporting compound is composed of a cationic radical and a counter anion. A cationic ion compound is produced.
  • the content of the cation radical compound in the composition for forming a hole transport layer is usually 0.0005% by weight or more, preferably 0. It is 001% by weight or more, usually 40% by weight or less, preferably 20% by weight or less.
  • the content of the cationic radical compound is at least the lower limit, the formed hole transport layer has low resistance, which is preferable.
  • the content of the cationic radical compound is not more than the upper limit, defects are less likely to occur in the formed hole transport layer, and uneven film thickness is less likely to occur, which is preferable.
  • composition for forming a hole transport layer of the present embodiment in addition to the above-mentioned components, the components contained in the composition for forming a hole injection layer and the composition for forming a hole transport layer, which will be described later, are contained in the composition described below. It may be contained in.
  • the light emitting layer of the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention (hereinafter, may be referred to as “light emitting layer of the present embodiment”) preferably contains the above-mentioned low molecular weight compound of the present embodiment as a partial structure A-containing material.
  • the light emitting layer of the present embodiment may contain one kind of the small molecule compound of the present embodiment, or may contain two or more kinds in any combination and any ratio.
  • the light emitting layer of the present embodiment contains at least the low molecular weight compound of the present embodiment and the light emitting material, and the low molecular weight compound of the present embodiment functions as a host material of the light emitting material.
  • the light emitting material a phosphorescent light emitting material or a fluorescent light emitting material can be used.
  • the content of the light emitting material contained in the light emitting layer of the present invention is usually 0.1 to 50% by weight, preferably 0.2 to 40% by weight, and more preferably 0.5 to 35% by weight. When the content of the light emitting material is within the above range, high luminous efficiency can be obtained.
  • the content of the small molecule compound of the present embodiment in the light emitting layer of the present embodiment is usually 5% by weight or more, preferably 10% by weight or more, more preferably 20% by weight, as the content in the material other than the light emitting material. As described above, it is particularly preferably 30% by weight or more, usually 100% by weight or less, preferably 90% by weight or less, still more preferably 80% by weight or less, and particularly preferably 70% by weight or less.
  • the above range is preferable because it is considered that the charge transportability of the light emitting layer of the present embodiment is improved, the driving voltage is reduced, and the driving stability is improved.
  • the other components include a charge transport material described later.
  • the content of other components such as the charge transport material described later in the light emitting layer of the present embodiment is usually 0% by weight or more, preferably 10% by weight or more, more preferably 10% by weight or more, as the content in the material other than the light emitting material. It is 20% by weight or more, particularly preferably 30% by weight, usually 95% by weight or less, preferably 90% by weight or less, still more preferably 80% by weight or less, and particularly preferably 70% by weight or less.
  • the above range is preferable because it is considered that the carrier balance of electrons and holes in the light emitting layer is good, the luminous efficiency is improved, the charge transportability is improved, the voltage is lowered, and the drive stability is improved.
  • the small molecule compound of the present embodiment is preferably used for the light emitting layer of the present embodiment formed by the wet film formation method. The method of forming the light emitting layer by the wet film forming method will be described later.
  • composition for forming a light emitting layer contains the low molecular weight compound of the present embodiment.
  • the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present embodiment may contain one kind of the above-mentioned small molecule compound, or may contain two or more kinds in any combination and any ratio.
  • the total content of solids such as the small molecule compound, the light emitting material, and the charge transport material in the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present embodiment is usually 0.01 to 70% by weight, preferably 0.1 to 0.1. It is 60% by weight, more preferably 0.5 to 50% by weight. When it is within the above range, defects are unlikely to occur in the formed light emitting layer, and uneven film thickness is unlikely to occur, which is preferable.
  • the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present embodiment may contain a solvent or the like in addition to the components such as the small molecule compound, the light emitting material, and the charge transport material.
  • composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present embodiment usually contains a solvent.
  • the same solvent as the solvent contained in the composition for forming a hole transport layer can be selected and used.
  • the properties required for the solvent are similar, and so are the preferred solvents.
  • the amount of the solvent used is arbitrary as long as the effect of the present invention is not significantly impaired, but the content in the light emitting layer forming composition is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 50. It is 9% by mass or more, preferably 99.99% by mass or less, more preferably 99.9% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 99% by mass or less.
  • the light emitting layer of the present embodiment is a phosphorescent light emitting layer containing a phosphorescent light emitting material as a light emitting material, the following materials are preferable as the phosphorescent light emitting material.
  • the phosphorescent material refers to a material that emits light from an excited triplet state.
  • a metal complex compound having Ir, Pt, Eu, etc. is a typical example, and a material containing a metal complex is preferable as the structure of the material.
  • a phosphorescent organic metal complex that emits light via a triple term state it is a long-periodic periodic table (hereinafter, unless otherwise specified, the term "periodic table” refers to the long-periodic table.
  • a Werner-type complex or an organic metal complex compound containing a metal selected from Groups 7 to 11 as a central metal can be mentioned.
  • a compound represented by the formula (201) or a compound represented by the following formula (205) is preferable, and a compound represented by the following formula (201) is more preferable.
  • the ring A1 represents an aromatic hydrocarbon ring structure which may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic structure which may have a substituent.
  • Ring A2 represents an aromatic heterocyclic structure which may have a substituent.
  • R 201 and R 202 are structures independently represented by the equation (202). “*” Represents a binding site with ring A1 or ring A2.
  • R 201 and R 202 may be the same or different. When there are a plurality of R 201 and R 202 , they may be the same or different.
  • Ar 201 and Ar 203 each independently represent an aromatic hydrocarbon structure which may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic structure which may have a substituent.
  • Ar 202 has an aromatic hydrocarbon structure which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic structure which may have a substituent, or an aliphatic hydrocarbon structure which may have a substituent. show. Substituents bonded to ring A1, substituents bonded to ring A2, or substituents bonded to ring A1 and substituents bonded to ring A2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • B 201- L 200- B 202 represents an anionic bidentate ligand.
  • B 201 and B 202 each independently represent a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, or a nitrogen atom, and these atoms may be atoms constituting a ring.
  • L 200 represents a single bond, or represents an atomic group together with B 201 and B 202 constituting the bidentate ligand. When there are a plurality of B 201- L 200- B 202 , they may be the same or different.
  • i1 and i2 independently represent integers of 0 or more and 12 or less.
  • i3 is an integer of 0 or more up to a number substitutable for Ar 202.
  • j1 is an integer of 0 or more up to a number substitutable for Ar 201.
  • k1 and k2 are independently integers of 0 or more, up to a number substitutable for rings A1 and A2, respectively.
  • m1 is an integer of 1 to 3.
  • Aryl group An alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, further preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • -Aalkoxy group An alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, further preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and an aryloxy group: preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • Aryloxy group more preferably an aryloxy group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, further preferably an aryloxy group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, particularly preferably an aryloxy group having 6 carbon atoms or a heteroaryloxy group: preferably carbon.
  • Amino group / arylamino group preferably an arylamino group having 6 to 36 carbon atoms, more preferably an arylamino group / aralkyl group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms: preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably carbon.
  • An aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms particularly preferably an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms or a heteroaryl group: preferably a heteroaryl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably having 3 to 24 carbon atoms.
  • an alkylsilyl group / arylsilyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms preferably an arylcy having an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • Arylsilyl group / alkylcarbonyl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms more preferably an aryl group: preferably an alkylcarbonyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, an arylcarbonyl group: preferably an aryl having 7 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • Substituents having a carbonyl group or more may have one or more hydrogen atoms replaced with fluorine atoms, or one or more hydrogen atoms may have been replaced with heavy hydrogen atoms.
  • the aryl group is an aromatic hydrocarbon group and the heteroaryl group is an aromatic heterocyclic group.
  • substituent group Z' Of the above substituent group Z', Preferable group in substituent group Z', Preferably, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an arylamino group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkylsilyl group, an arylsilyl group, and one or more hydrogen atoms of these groups are present.
  • a group replaced by a fluorine atom, a fluorine atom, a cyano group, -SF 5 More preferably, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an arylamino group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, and a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms of these groups are replaced with fluorine atoms.
  • Fluorine atom, cyano group, -SF 5 More preferably, it is an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an arylamino group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group. Particularly preferred are an alkyl group, an arylamino group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group. Most preferably, it is an alkyl group, an arylamino group, an aralkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group.
  • substituent group Z' may further have a substituent selected from the substituent group Z'as a substituent.
  • the preferred group, the more preferable group, the more preferable group, the particularly preferable group, and the most preferable group of the substituents which may be possessed are the same as the preferable groups in the substituent group Z'.
  • Ring A1 represents an aromatic hydrocarbon ring structure which may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic structure which may have a substituent.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon ring of ring A1 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 30 carbon atoms. Specifically, a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a triphenylyl ring, an acenaphthene ring, a fluoranthene ring, and a fluorene ring are preferable.
  • an aromatic heterocycle of ring A1 an aromatic heterocycle having 3 to 30 carbon atoms containing any of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom as a heteroatom is preferable, and a furan ring and a benzofuran ring are more preferable.
  • the ring A1 is more preferably a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, or a fluorene ring, particularly preferably a benzene ring or a fluorene ring, and most preferably a benzene ring.
  • Ring A2 represents an aromatic heterocyclic structure which may have a substituent.
  • the aromatic heterocycle of ring A2 is preferably an aromatic heterocycle having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, which contains any of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom as a hetero atom.
  • Ar 201 and Ar 203 each independently represent an aromatic hydrocarbon ring structure which may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic structure which may have a substituent.
  • Ar 202 has an aromatic hydrocarbon ring structure which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic structure which may have a substituent, or an aliphatic hydrocarbon structure which may have a substituent. Represents.
  • Aromatic hydrocarbon rings of Ar 201 , Ar 202 , Ar 203 When any one of Ar 201 , Ar 202 , and Ar 203 has an aromatic hydrocarbon structure which may have a substituent, the aromatic hydrocarbon structure is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon having 6 to 30 carbon atoms. It is a ring.
  • benzene ring examples include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a triphenylyl ring, an acenaphthene ring, a fluoranthene ring and a fluorene ring, more preferably a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring and a fluorene ring, and most preferably a benzene ring. ..
  • Ar 201 or Ar 202 is a benzene ring which may have a substituent
  • at least one benzene ring is preferably bonded to an adjacent structure at the ortho-position or the meta-position, and at least one. It is more preferable that one benzene ring is bonded to an adjacent structure at the meta position.
  • Ar 201 , Ar 202 , and Ar 203 are aromatic heterocyclic structures which may have a substituent
  • the aromatic heterocyclic structure is preferably a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, or a heteroatom as a heteroatom. It is an aromatic heterocycle containing any of the sulfur atoms and having 3 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • N position of carbazole If any of Ar 201 , Ar 202 , and Ar 203 is a carbazole ring which may have a substituent, the N-position of the carbazole ring may have a substituent or be bonded to an adjacent structure. preferable.
  • Ar 202 is an aliphatic hydrocarbon structure which may have a substituent, it is an aliphatic hydrocarbon structure having a straight chain, a branched chain, or a cyclic structure, preferably having 1 or more and 24 or less carbon atoms. Yes, more preferably the carbon number is 1 or more and 12 or less, and more preferably the carbon number is 1 or more and 8 or less.
  • i1 represents an integer of 0 to 12, preferably an integer of 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 8, and even more preferably an integer of 1 to 6. Within this range, the solubility and charge transportability are expected to be improved.
  • i3 preferably represents an integer of 0 to 5, more preferably 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1.
  • j1 preferably represents an integer of 0 to 2, and is more preferably 0 or 1.
  • k1 and k2 preferably represent an integer of 0 to 3, more preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 or 2, and particularly preferably 1.
  • the substituents that Ar 201 , Ar 202 , and Ar 203 may have can be arbitrarily selected, but preferably one or a plurality of substituents selected from the substituent group Z'.
  • the preferred group is also the same as that of the substituent group Z', but more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and most preferably an unsubstituted (hydrogen atom). be.
  • Ar 201 is an aromatic hydrocarbon structure or an aromatic heterocyclic structure, i1 is 1 to 6, Ar 202 is an aliphatic hydrocarbon structure, i2 is 1 to 12, preferably 3 to 8, and Ar 203 is a benzene ring structure. , I3 is 0 or 1.
  • Ar 201 has the aromatic hydrocarbon structure, more preferably a structure in which 1 to 5 benzene rings are linked, and more preferably one benzene ring. With this structure, it is expected that the solubility is improved and the charge transportability is improved.
  • (Dendron) A structure in which dendron is bound to ring A1 or ring A2.
  • Ar and Ar 202 have a benzene ring structure
  • Ar 203 has a biphenyl or terphenyl structure
  • i1 and i2 have 1 to 6
  • i3 has 2
  • j has 2.
  • B 201- L 200- B 202 > B 201- L 200- B 202 represents an anionic bidentate ligand.
  • B 201 and B 202 each independently represent a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, or a nitrogen atom, and these atoms may be atoms constituting a ring.
  • L 200 represents a single bond, or represents an atomic group together with B 201 and B 202 constituting the bidentate ligand. When there are a plurality of B 201- L 200- B 202 , they may be the same or different.
  • the structure represented by B 201- L 200- B 202 is preferably a structure represented by the following formula (203) or (204).
  • R 211 , R 212 , and R 213 represent substituents.
  • ring B3 represents an aromatic heterocyclic structure containing a nitrogen atom, which may have a substituent. Ring B3 is preferably a pyridine ring.
  • the phosphorescent material represented by the formula (201) is not particularly limited, and specific examples thereof include the following structures. In the following, “Ph” represents a “phenyl group” and “Me” represents a "methyl group”.
  • M 2 represents a metal.
  • T represents a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom.
  • R 92 to R 95 each independently represent a substituent. However, when T is a nitrogen atom, there are no R 94 and R 95.
  • M 2 represents a metal.
  • the above-mentioned metal can be mentioned as a metal selected from the 7th to 11th groups of the periodic table.
  • ruthenium, rhodium, palladium, silver, renium, osmium, iridium, platinum or gold are preferable, and divalent metals such as platinum and palladium are particularly preferable.
  • R 92 and R 93 are independently hydrogen atom, halogen atom, alkyl group, aralkyl group, alkenyl group, cyano group, amino group, acyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, carboxyl group and alkoxy group, respectively. , Alkylamino group, aralkylamino group, haloalkyl group, hydroxyl group, aryloxy group, aromatic hydrocarbon group or aromatic heterocyclic group.
  • R 94 and R 95 independently represent substituents represented by the same examples as R 92 and R 93, respectively.
  • R 92 to R 95 may further have a substituent.
  • the substituent can be the above-mentioned substituent. Any two or more groups of R 92 to R 95 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
  • the molecular weight of the phosphorescent material is preferably 5000 or less, more preferably 4000 or less, particularly preferably 3000 or less, usually 800 or more, preferably 1000 or more, still more preferably 1200 or more. Within this molecular weight range, it is considered that the phosphorescent materials do not aggregate and are uniformly mixed with the charge transport material, so that a light emitting layer having high luminous efficiency can be obtained.
  • the molecular weight of the phosphorescent material is high in Tg, melting point, decomposition temperature, etc., and the phosphorescent material and the formed light emitting layer are excellent in heat resistance, and the film quality due to gas generation, recrystallization, molecular migration, etc. It is preferable that it is large in that it is unlikely that a decrease in the concentration of impurities or an increase in the concentration of impurities due to thermal decomposition of the material will occur. On the other hand, the molecular weight of the phosphorescent material is preferably small in that the organic compound can be easily purified.
  • the light emitting layer of the present embodiment contains the low molecular weight compound of the present embodiment as a host material, but when the light emitting layer is a phosphorescent light emitting layer, it is preferable to include the following materials as other host materials.
  • the host material of the light emitting layer is a material having a skeleton excellent in charge transportability, and is preferably selected from an electron transporting material, a hole transporting material, and a bipolar material capable of transporting both electrons and holes.
  • skeleton with excellent charge transport Specific examples of the skeleton having excellent charge transport properties include an aromatic structure, an aromatic amine structure, a triarylamine structure, a dibenzofuran structure, a naphthalene structure, a phenanthrene structure, a phthalocyanine structure, a porphyrin structure, a thiophene structure, and a benzylphenyl structure.
  • Examples thereof include a fluorene structure, a quinacridone structure, a triphenylene structure, a carbazole structure, a pyrene structure, an anthracene structure, a phenanthrene structure, a quinoline structure, a pyridine structure, a pyrimidine structure, a triazine structure, an oxadiazole structure or an imidazole structure.
  • Electrode transportable material As the electron transporting material, a compound having a pyridine structure, a pyrimidine structure, and a triazine structure is more preferable, and a compound having a pyrimidine structure and a triazine structure is preferable from the viewpoint of being a material having excellent electron transportability and a relatively stable structure. Is more preferable.
  • the hole transporting material is a compound having a structure excellent in hole transporting property, and among the central skeletons having excellent hole transporting property, a carbazole structure, a dibenzofuran structure, a triarylamine structure, a naphthalene structure, a phenanthrene structure or
  • the pyrene structure is preferable as a structure having excellent hole transportability, and a carbazole structure, a dibenzofuran structure or a triarylamine structure is more preferable.
  • the host material of the light emitting layer preferably has a condensed ring structure of 3 or more rings, and is further preferably a compound having 2 or more condensed ring structures of 3 or more rings or a compound having at least one condensed ring structure of 5 or more rings.
  • the rigidity of the molecule is increased, and the effect of suppressing the degree of molecular motion in response to heat can be easily obtained.
  • the condensed ring having 3 or more rings and the condensed ring having 5 or more rings have an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocycle in terms of charge transportability and material durability.
  • fused ring structure having three or more rings include anthracene structure, phenanthrene structure, pyrene structure, chrysene structure, naphthacene structure, triphenylene structure, fluorene structure, benzofluorene structure, indenofluorene structure, and indolofluorene structure.
  • fused ring structure having three or more rings include anthracene structure, phenanthrene structure, pyrene structure, chrysene structure, naphthacene structure, triphenylene structure, fluorene structure, benzofluorene structure, indenofluorene structure, and indolofluorene structure.
  • examples thereof include a carbazole structure, an indenocarbazole structure, an indolocarbazole structure, a dibenzofuran structure, and a dibenzothiophene structure.
  • At least one selected from the group consisting of phenanthrene structure, fluorene structure, indenofluorene structure, carbazole structure, indenocarbazole structure, indolocarbazole structure, dibenzofuran structure and dibenzothiophene structure is selected.
  • a carbazole structure or an indolocarbazole structure is more preferable from the viewpoint of resistance to electric charge.
  • At least one of the host materials of the light emitting layer is a material having a pyrimidine skeleton or a triazine skeleton.
  • the host material of the light emitting layer is preferably a polymer material from the viewpoint of excellent flexibility.
  • a light emitting layer formed by using a material having excellent flexibility is preferable as a light emitting layer of an organic electroluminescent element formed on a flexible substrate.
  • the molecular weight is preferably 5,000 or more and 1,000,000 or less, more preferably 10,000 or more and 500,000 or less, and more preferably 10,000 or more. It is 100,000 or less.
  • the host material of the light emitting layer is a small molecule in terms of ease of synthesis and purification, ease of designing electron transport performance and hole transport performance, and ease of viscosity adjustment when dissolved in a solvent. Is preferable.
  • the molecular weight is preferably 5,000 or less, more preferably 4,000 or less, particularly preferably 3,000 or less, and most preferably 2,. It is 000 or less, usually 300 or more, preferably 350 or more, and more preferably 400 or more.
  • the light emitting layer of the present embodiment is a fluorescent light emitting layer
  • the light emitting layer is a blue fluorescent light emitting layer using the following blue fluorescent light emitting material as the fluorescent light emitting material.
  • the light emitting material for the blue fluorescent light emitting layer is not particularly limited, but a compound represented by the following formula (211) is preferable.
  • Ar 241 represents an aromatic hydrocarbon condensed ring structure which may have a substituent.
  • Ar 242 and Ar 243 represent an alkyl group which may independently have a substituent, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, or a group to which these are bonded.
  • n41 is an integer of 1 to 4.
  • Ar 241 preferably represents an aromatic hydrocarbon condensed ring structure having 10 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • Specific structures include naphthalene ring, acenaphthene ring, fluorene ring, anthracene ring, phenatren ring, fluoranthene ring, pyrene ring, tetracene ring, chrysene ring, perylene ring and the like. More preferably, it has an aromatic hydrocarbon condensed ring structure having 12 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • Specific structures include an acenaphthene ring, a fluorene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenatren ring, a fluoranthene ring, a pyrene ring, a tetracene ring, a chrysene ring, and a perylene ring. More preferably, it has an aromatic hydrocarbon condensed ring structure having 16 to 18 carbon atoms.
  • Specific structures include a fluoranthene ring, a pyrene ring, and a chrysene ring.
  • N41 is an integer of 1 to 4, preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 to 2, and most preferably 2.
  • the substituents that Ar 241 , Ar 242 , and Ar 243 may have are preferably a group selected from the substituent group Z', more preferably a hydrocarbon group contained in the substituent group Z', and further. It is preferably a hydrocarbon group among the groups preferred as the substituent group Z'.
  • the small molecule compound of the present embodiment is used as the host material of the light emitting material, but when the blue fluorescent light emitting material is used, the following materials are preferable as the other host materials.
  • the host material for the blue fluorescent light emitting layer is not particularly limited, but a compound represented by the following formula (212) is preferable.
  • R 241 and R 242 have structures independently represented by the following formula (213).
  • R243 represents a substituent. When there are a plurality of R 243s , they may be the same or different.
  • n43 is an integer from 0 to 8.
  • Ar 244 and Ar 245 independently represent an aromatic hydrocarbon structure which may have a substituent or a heteroaromatic ring structure which may have a substituent. When a plurality of Ar 244 and Ar 245 exist, they may be the same or different.
  • n44 is an integer from 1 to 5.
  • n45 is an integer from 0 to 5.
  • Ar 244 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon structure which is a monocyclic or condensed ring having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, which may have a substituent, and more preferably it may have a substituent.
  • An aromatic hydrocarbon structure which is a monocyclic or condensed ring having 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • Ar 245 preferably has an aromatic hydrocarbon structure which is a monocyclic or fused ring having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, which may have a substituent, or may have a substituent, which has 6 carbon atoms. It has an aromatic heterocyclic structure which is a fused ring of to 30 and more preferably has an aromatic hydrocarbon structure which is a monocyclic ring or a fused ring having 6 to 12 carbon atoms or which may have a substituent. It is an aromatic heterocyclic structure which is a fused ring having 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • N44 is preferably an integer of 1 to 3, and more preferably 1 or 2.
  • n45 is preferably 0 to 3, more preferably 0 to 2.
  • the substituents R 243 and Ar 244 and Ar 245 may have a substituent preferably a group selected from the substituent group Z', and more preferably a hydrocarbon contained in the substituent group Z'. It is a group, more preferably a hydrocarbon group among the groups preferred as the substituent group Z'.
  • the molecular weight of the light emitting material for the blue fluorescent light emitting layer and its host material is preferably 5,000 or less, more preferably 4,000 or less, particularly preferably 3,000 or less, and most preferably 2,000 or less. , Usually 300 or more, preferably 350 or more, more preferably 400 or more.
  • the organic electroluminescent device of the present embodiment is an organic electroluminescent device having an anode, a cathode, and an organic layer between the anode and the cathode on a substrate, and the organic layer is a hole transport layer and a hole transport layer.
  • a partial structure A having a light emitting layer adjacent to the hole transport layer, and at least one of the materials contained in these hole transport layers and at least one of the materials contained in the light emitting layer have the same partial structure A. It is characterized by being a contained material.
  • the preferred embodiments of the hole transport layer of the present embodiment containing the partial structure A-containing material and the light emitting layer of the present embodiment containing the partial structure A-containing material are as described above.
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic view (cross section) of a structural example of the organic electroluminescent device 10.
  • 1 is a substrate
  • 2 is an anode
  • 3 is a hole injection layer
  • 4 is a hole transport layer
  • 5 is a light emitting layer
  • 6 is a hole blocking layer
  • 7 is an electron transport layer
  • 8 is an electron injection layer.
  • 9 represents each cathode.
  • the wet film forming method is a film forming method, that is, as a coating method, for example, a spin coating method, a dip coating method, a die coating method, a bar coating method, a blade coating method, a roll coating method, a spray coating method, and the like.
  • a method of forming a film by adopting a wet film forming method such as a capillary coating method, an inkjet method, a nozzle printing method, a screen printing method, a gravure printing method, or a flexographic printing method, and drying the coating film.
  • a spin coating method, a spray coating method, an inkjet method, a nozzle printing method and the like are preferable.
  • the substrate 1 serves as a support for an organic electroluminescent element, and usually a quartz or glass plate, a metal plate, a metal foil, a plastic film, a sheet, or the like is used. Of these, a glass plate or a transparent synthetic resin plate such as polyester, polymethacrylate, polycarbonate, or polysulfone is preferable.
  • the substrate is preferably made of a material having a high gas barrier property because the organic electroluminescent element is unlikely to be deteriorated by the outside air. Therefore, particularly when a material having a low gas barrier property such as a synthetic resin substrate is used, it is preferable to provide a dense silicon oxide film or the like on at least one surface of the substrate to improve the gas barrier property.
  • the anode 2 has a function of injecting holes into the layer on the light emitting layer 5 side.
  • the anode 2 is usually a metal such as aluminum, gold, silver, nickel, palladium, platinum; a metal oxide such as an oxide of indium and / or tin; a metal halide such as copper iodide; carbon black and poly (3). -Methylthiophene), polypyrrole, polyaniline and other conductive polymers.
  • the anode 2 is usually formed by a dry method such as a sputtering method or a vacuum vapor deposition method.
  • a dry method such as a sputtering method or a vacuum vapor deposition method.
  • metal fine particles such as silver, fine particles such as copper iodide, carbon black, conductive metal oxide fine particles, conductive polymer fine powder, etc.
  • disperse them in an appropriate binder resin solution it can also be formed by applying it on a substrate.
  • a conductive polymer a thin film can be formed directly on the substrate by electrolytic polymerization, or an anode can be formed by applying the conductive polymer on the substrate (Appl. Phys. Lett., Volume 60, 2711 p., 1992).
  • the anode 2 usually has a single-layer structure, but may have a laminated structure as appropriate. When the anode 2 has a laminated structure, different conductive materials may be laminated on the first-layer anode.
  • the thickness of the anode 2 may be determined according to the required transparency, material, and the like. When particularly high transparency is required, a thickness having a visible light transmittance of 60% or more is preferable, and a thickness having a visible light transmittance of 80% or more is more preferable.
  • the thickness of the anode 2 is usually 5 nm or more, preferably 10 nm or more, and usually 1000 nm or less, preferably 500 nm or less. When transparency is not required, the thickness of the anode 2 may be arbitrarily set according to the required strength and the like. In this case, the anode 2 may have the same thickness as the substrate.
  • impurities on the anode 2 are removed and the ionization potential thereof is formed by treating the surface of the anode 2 with ultraviolet rays / ozone, oxygen plasma, argon plasma, or the like. It is preferable to improve the hole injection property.
  • the layer having a function of transporting holes from the anode 2 side to the light emitting layer 5 side is usually called a hole injection transport layer or a hole transport layer.
  • the layer closer to the anode side may be referred to as the hole injection layer 3.
  • the hole injection layer 3 is preferably formed in terms of enhancing the function of transporting holes from the anode 2 to the light emitting layer 5.
  • the hole injection layer 3 is usually formed on the anode 2.
  • the film thickness of the hole injection layer 3 is usually 1 nm or more, preferably 5 nm or more, usually 1000 nm or less, preferably 500 nm or less.
  • the hole injection layer may be formed by either a vacuum vapor deposition method or a wet film deposition method. In terms of excellent film forming property, it is preferably formed by a wet film forming method.
  • the hole injection layer 3 preferably contains a hole transporting compound, and more preferably contains a hole transporting compound and an electron accepting compound. Further, it is preferable to contain a cationic radical compound in the hole injection layer, and it is particularly preferable to contain a cationic radical compound and a hole transporting compound.
  • the hole injection layer is preferably formed by a wet film forming method using the composition for an organic electroluminescent device.
  • the composition for forming a hole injection layer usually contains a hole transporting compound that becomes the hole injection layer 3.
  • the composition for forming a hole injection layer usually also contains a solvent.
  • the composition for forming a hole injection layer preferably has high hole transportability and can efficiently transport the injected holes. Therefore, it is preferable that the hole mobility is high and impurities that serve as traps are unlikely to be generated during production or use. Further, it is preferable that the stability is excellent, the ionization potential is small, and the transparency to visible light is high.
  • the hole injection layer 3 when the hole injection layer 3 is in contact with the light emitting layer 5, those that do not quench the light emitted from the light emitting layer 5 or those that form an exciplex with the light emitting layer 5 and do not reduce the luminous efficiency are preferable.
  • hole transporting compound a compound having an ionization potential of 4.5 eV to 6.0 eV is preferable from the viewpoint of a charge injection barrier from the anode 2 to the hole injection layer 3.
  • hole-transporting compounds include aromatic amine compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, porphyrin compounds, oligothiophene compounds, polythiophene compounds, benzylphenyl compounds, compounds in which a tertiary amine is linked with a fluorene group, and hydrazone. Examples thereof include system compounds, silazane compounds, and quinacridone compounds.
  • aromatic amine compounds are preferable, and aromatic tertiary amine compounds are particularly preferable, from the viewpoint of amorphousness and visible light transmission.
  • the aromatic tertiary amine compound is a compound having an aromatic tertiary amine structure, and also includes a compound having a group derived from an aromatic tertiary amine.
  • the type of the aromatic tertiary amine compound is not particularly limited, but a polymer compound having a weight average molecular weight of 1000 or more and 1000,000 or less (polymerized compound in which repeating units are continuous) is easy to obtain uniform light emission due to the surface smoothing effect. ) Is preferably used.
  • the hole injecting layer 3 can improve the conductivity of the hole injecting layer by oxidizing the hole transporting compound, the hole injecting layer 3 contains the above-mentioned electron-accepting compound and the above-mentioned cationic radical compound. Is preferable.
  • Cationic radical compounds derived from polymer compounds such as PEDOT / PSS (Adv. Mater., 2000, Vol. 12, p. 481) and emeraldine hydrochloride (J. Phys. Chem., 1990, Vol. 94, p. 7716) It is also produced by oxidative polymerization (dehydrogenation polymerization).
  • the oxidative polymerization referred to here is to chemically or electrochemically oxidize a monomer in an acidic solution using peroxodisulfate or the like.
  • a cation radical obtained by removing one electron from a repeating unit of a polymer, which is polymerized by oxidizing a monomer and has an anion derived from an acidic solution as a counter anion, is generated. Generate.
  • the material to be the hole injection layer 3 is usually mixed with a soluble solvent (solvent for the hole injection layer) to form a composition for film formation (positive).
  • a composition for forming a hole injection layer is prepared, and this composition for forming a hole injection layer is applied onto a layer corresponding to the lower layer of the hole injection layer 3 (usually, an anode 2) to form a film, and then dried. It is formed by letting it.
  • the concentration of the hole-transporting compound in the composition for forming a hole injection layer is arbitrary as long as the effect of the present invention is not significantly impaired, but it is preferably low in terms of film thickness uniformity, and hole injection Higher is preferable in that defects are less likely to occur in the layer.
  • it is preferably 0.01% by weight or more, more preferably 0.1% by weight or more, particularly preferably 0.5% by weight or more, and 70% by weight or less. Is more preferable, and it is more preferably 60% by weight or less, and particularly preferably 50% by weight or less.
  • solvent examples include ether solvents, ester solvents, aromatic hydrocarbon solvents, amide solvents and the like.
  • ether-based solvent examples include aliphatic ethers such as ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol diethyl ether, and propylene glycol-1-monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), and 1,2-dimethoxybenzene, 1,3-dimethoxybenzene, and anisole. , Fenetol, 2-methoxytoluene, 3-methoxytoluene, 4-methoxytoluene, 2,3-dimethylanisole, 2,4-dimethylanisole and other aromatic ethers.
  • aliphatic ethers such as ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol diethyl ether, and propylene glycol-1-monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), and 1,2-dimethoxybenzene, 1,3-dimethoxybenzene, and anisole.
  • PGMEA propylene glycol-1-monomethyl ether acetate
  • Fenetol 2-methoxyto
  • ester-based solvent examples include aromatic esters such as phenyl acetate, phenyl propionate, methyl benzoate, ethyl benzoate, propyl benzoate, and n-butyl benzoate.
  • aromatic hydrocarbon solvent examples include toluene, xylene, cyclohexylbenzene, 3-isopropylbiphenyl, 1,2,3,4-tetramethylbenzene, 1,4-diisopropylbenzene, cyclohexylbenzene, methylnaphthalene and the like. Be done.
  • amide-based solvent examples include N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide and the like. In addition to these, dimethyl sulfoxide and the like can also be used.
  • the formation of the hole injection layer 3 by the wet film formation method is usually performed on the layer corresponding to the lower layer of the hole injection layer 3 (usually, the anode 2) after preparing the composition for forming the hole injection layer. It is carried out by applying a film to the film and drying it. In the hole injection layer 3, the coating film is usually dried by heating, vacuum drying, or the like after the film formation.
  • the hole injection layer 3 is formed by the vacuum deposition method
  • the constituent materials of the hole injection layer 3 the above-mentioned hole transporting compound, electron accepting compound, etc.
  • Place in a crucible installed inside the container when using two or more materials, usually put each in a separate crucible, exhaust the inside of the vacuum container to about 10-4 Pa with a vacuum pump, and then heat the crucible.
  • each crucible is usually heated
  • the material in the crucible is evaporated while controlling the amount of evaporation (when two or more types of materials are used, each is usually independent).
  • a mixture thereof can be placed in a crucible and heated and evaporated to form a hole injection layer.
  • the degree of vacuum during vapor deposition is not limited as long as the effect of the present invention is not significantly impaired, but is usually 0.1 ⁇ 10 -6 Torr (0.13 ⁇ 10 -4 Pa) or more, 9.0 ⁇ 10 -6 Torr ( It is 12.0 ⁇ 10 -4 Pa) or less.
  • the vapor deposition rate is not limited as long as the effect of the present invention is not significantly impaired, but is usually 0.1 ⁇ / sec or more and 5.0 ⁇ / sec or less.
  • the film formation temperature at the time of vapor deposition is not limited as long as the effect of the present invention is not significantly impaired, but is preferably 10 ° C. or higher and 50 ° C. or lower.
  • the hole injection layer 3 may be crosslinked in the same manner as the hole transport layer 4 described later.
  • the hole transport layer 4 is a layer that has a function of transporting holes from the anode 2 side to the light emitting layer 5.
  • the hole transport layer 4 of the present embodiment preferably contains the polymer of the present embodiment as the partial structure A-containing material.
  • the hole transport layer 4 is usually formed between the anode 2 and the light emitting layer 5.
  • the hole transport layer 4 is formed between the hole injection layer 3 and the light emitting layer 5.
  • the film thickness of the hole transport layer 4 is usually 5 nm or more, preferably 10 nm or more, usually 300 nm or less, preferably 100 nm or less.
  • the hole transport layer 4 may be formed by either a vacuum vapor deposition method or a wet film deposition method. In terms of excellent film forming property, it is preferably formed by a wet film forming method.
  • the general method for forming the hole transport layer will be described below.
  • the hole transport layer of the present embodiment is preferably formed by a wet film forming method using the above-mentioned hole transport layer forming composition.
  • the hole transport layer 4 usually contains a hole transport compound.
  • the hole-transporting compound contained in the hole-transporting layer 4 the polymer of the present embodiment or, when the polymer has a crosslinkable group, a polymer in which the polymer is crosslinked is preferable.
  • two or more 3 represented by the hole transporting compound preferably 4,4'-bis [N- (1-naphthyl) -N-phenylamino] biphenyl.
  • Aromatic diamine containing a secondary amine in which two or more fused aromatic rings are replaced with nitrogen atoms Japanese Patent Laid-Open No.
  • Aromatic amine compounds having a starburst structure such as amines (J. Lumin., 72-74, pp. 985, 1997), aromatic amine compounds consisting of triphenylamine tetramers (Chem. Commun., 2175). P. 1996), Spiro compounds such as 2,2', 7,7'-tetrax- (diphenylamino) -9,9'-spirobifluorene (Synth. Metals, Vol. 91, p.
  • It may contain a carbazole derivative such as 4,4'-N, N'-dicarbazolebiphenyl and the like. Further, it contains polyvinylcarbazole, polyvinyltriphenylamine (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 7-53953), polyarylene ether sulfone containing tetraphenylbenzidine (Polym. Adv. Tech., Vol. 7, p. 33, 1996) and the like. But it may be.
  • the hole transport layer 4 is formed by the wet film forming method, usually, in the same manner as when the hole injection layer 3 is formed by the wet film forming method, instead of the hole injection layer forming composition. It is formed using a composition for forming a hole transport layer.
  • the hole transport layer forming composition usually further contains a solvent.
  • the solvent used in the hole transport layer forming composition the same solvent as the solvent used in the hole injection layer forming composition described above can be used.
  • the concentration of the hole-transporting compound in the composition for forming a hole-transporting layer can be in the same range as the concentration of the hole-transporting compound in the composition for forming a hole-injecting layer.
  • the hole transport layer 4 can be formed by the wet film formation method in the same manner as the hole injection layer 3 film formation method described above.
  • the light emitting layer 5 is a layer having a function of emitting light by being excited by recombination of holes injected from the anode 2 and electrons injected from the cathode 9 when an electric field is applied between the pair of electrodes. ..
  • the light emitting layer 5 is a layer formed between the anode 2 and the cathode 9.
  • the light emitting layer 5 is formed between the hole transport layer 4 and the cathode 9.
  • the film thickness of the light emitting layer 5 is arbitrary as long as the effect of the present invention is not significantly impaired, but a thicker one is preferable in that defects are less likely to occur in the film. On the other hand, a thinner one is preferable because it is easy to obtain a low drive voltage. Therefore, the film thickness of the light emitting layer 5 is preferably 3 nm or more, more preferably 5 nm or more, usually 200 nm or less, and further preferably 100 nm or less.
  • the light emitting layer 5 contains at least a material having a light emitting property (light emitting material) and preferably a material having a charge transporting property (charge transporting material).
  • the light emitting layer of the present embodiment contains at least a light emitting material and a small molecule compound of the present embodiment as a partial structure A-containing material.
  • the light emitting layer is preferably formed by a wet film forming method using the above-mentioned composition for forming a light emitting layer.
  • the light emitting material is not particularly limited as long as it emits light at a desired light emitting wavelength and the effect of the present invention is not impaired, and a known light emitting material can be applied.
  • the light emitting material may be either a fluorescent light emitting material or a phosphorescent light emitting material, but a material having good luminous efficiency is preferable, and a phosphorescent light emitting material is preferable from the viewpoint of internal quantum efficiency.
  • Examples of the fluorescent light emitting material include the following materials.
  • fluorescent light emitting material blue fluorescent light emitting material
  • examples of the fluorescent light emitting material that gives blue light emission include naphthalene, perylene, pyrene, anthracene, coumarin, chrysene, p-bis (2-phenylethenyl) benzene, and derivatives thereof.
  • the fluorescent light-emitting material giving green luminescence for example, quinacridone derivatives, coumarin derivatives, Al (C 9 H 6 NO ) aluminum complex such as 3.
  • Examples of the fluorescent light emitting material that gives yellow light emission include rubrene, a perimidone derivative, and the like.
  • red fluorescent light emitting material examples include DCM (4- (dimethyanomethylene) -2-methyl-6- (p-dimethylaminostylyl) -4H-pyran) compounds, benzopyran derivatives, and rhodamine derivatives. , Benzothioxanthene derivatives, azabenzothioxanthene and the like.
  • Examples of the phosphorescent material include an organometallic complex containing a metal selected from Groups 7 to 11 of the long periodic table.
  • Preferred metals selected from Groups 7 to 11 of the periodic table include ruthenium, rhodium, palladium, silver, renium, osmium, iridium, platinum, gold and the like.
  • a ligand in which a (hetero) aryl group such as a (hetero) arylpyridine ligand or a (hetero) arylpyrazole ligand is linked to a pyridine, pyrazole, phenanthroline or the like is preferable.
  • a phenylpyridine ligand and a phenylpyrazole ligand are preferable.
  • the (hetero) aryl represents an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
  • Specific preferred phosphorescent materials include tris (2-phenylpyridine) iridium, tris (2-phenylpyridine) ruthenium, tris (2-phenylpyridine) palladium, bis (2-phenylpyridine) platinum, and tris (2).
  • Examples thereof include phenylpyridine complexes such as -phenylpyridine) osmium and tris (2-phenylpyridine) renium, and porphyrin complexes such as octaethyl platinum porphyrin, octaphenyl platinum porphyrin, octaethyl palladium porphyrin, and octaphenyl palladium porphyrin.
  • Polymer-based luminescent materials include poly (9,9-dioctylfluorene-2,7-diyl) and poly [(9,9-dioctylfluorene-2,7-diyl) -co- (4,4'-).
  • the charge transporting material is a material having a positive charge (hole) or negative charge (electron) transport property.
  • the charge transporting material is not particularly limited as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired, and known charge transporting materials can be applied.
  • the charge transporting material a compound or the like conventionally used for the light emitting layer of the organic electroluminescent device can be used, and a compound used as a host material for the light emitting layer is particularly preferable.
  • the charge transporting material other than the low molecular weight compound of the present embodiment include aromatic amine compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, porphyrin compounds, oligothiophene compounds, and polythiophene compounds containing the polymer of the present embodiment.
  • a hole transporting compound in the hole injection layer such as a compound, a benzylphenyl compound, a compound in which a tertiary amine is linked with a fluorene group, a hydrazone compound, a silazane compound, a silanamine compound, a phosphamine compound, a quinacridone compound, etc. Examples thereof include the exemplified compounds.
  • electron-transporting compounds such as anthracene-based compounds, pyrene-based compounds, carbazole-based compounds, pyridine-based compounds, phenanthroline-based compounds, oxadiazole-based compounds, and silol-based compounds can be mentioned.
  • two or more fused aromatic rings containing two or more tertiary amines represented by 4,4'-bis [N- (1-naphthyl) -N-phenylamino] biphenyl are used as nitrogen atoms.
  • Aromatic amine compounds having a starburst structure such as substituted aromatic diamines (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 5-234681), 4,4', 4''-tris (1-naphthylphenylamino) triphenylamine, etc. Lumin., 72-74, 985, 1997), aromatic amine compounds consisting of triphenylamine tetramers (Chem.
  • PyPySPyPy phenanthroline compounds
  • BPhen vasophenanthroline
  • BCP bathocuproine
  • the light emitting layer 5 may be formed by a vacuum vapor deposition method or a wet film deposition method.
  • the wet film forming method is preferable, and the spin coating method and the inkjet method are more preferable because of the excellent film forming property.
  • the hole transport layer 4 to be the lower layer of the light emitting layer 5 is formed by using the composition for forming the hole transport layer described above, laminating by the wet film formation method is easy. It is preferable to adopt it.
  • the light emitting layer 5 is formed by the wet film forming method
  • the above-mentioned composition is used. It is formed using a composition for forming a light emitting layer.
  • heating or depressurization can be used as a method for removing the solvent after the wet film formation.
  • heating or depressurization can be used as the heating means used in the heating method.
  • a clean oven and a hot plate are preferable because heat is evenly applied to the entire film.
  • the heating temperature in the heating step is arbitrary as long as the effect of the present invention is not significantly impaired.
  • a high temperature is preferable in terms of shortening the drying time, and a low temperature is preferable in terms of less damage to the material.
  • the upper limit of the heating temperature is usually 250 ° C. or lower, preferably 200 ° C. or lower, and more preferably 150 ° C. or lower.
  • the lower limit of the heating temperature is usually 30 ° C. or higher, preferably 50 ° C. or higher, and more preferably 80 ° C. or higher.
  • a temperature at which the heating temperature exceeds the above upper limit is higher than the heat resistance of a commonly used charge transporting material or phosphorescent material, and may be decomposed or crystallized, which is not preferable.
  • the heating time in the heating step is appropriately determined by the boiling point and vapor pressure of the solvent in the composition for forming the light emitting layer, the heat resistance of the material, and the heating conditions.
  • the constituent materials of the light emitting layer 5 are usually used. Place in a crucible installed in a vacuum vessel (when using two or more materials, usually put each in a separate crucible), exhaust the inside of the vacuum vessel to about 10-4 Pa with a vacuum pump, and then remove the crucible. Heat (usually heat each crucible when using two or more materials) and evaporate while controlling the amount of evaporation of the material in the crucible (usually each when using two or more materials).
  • a mixture thereof can be placed in a crucible and heated and evaporated to form the light emitting layer 5.
  • the degree of vacuum during vapor deposition is not limited as long as the effect of the present invention is not significantly impaired, but is usually 0.1 ⁇ 10 -6 Torr (0.13 ⁇ 10 -4 Pa) or more, 9.0 ⁇ 10 -6 Torr ( It is 12.0 ⁇ 10 -4 Pa) or less.
  • the vapor deposition rate is not limited as long as the effect of the present invention is not significantly impaired, but is usually 0.1 ⁇ / sec or more and 5.0 ⁇ / sec or less.
  • the film formation temperature at the time of vapor deposition is not limited as long as the effect of the present invention is not significantly impaired, but is preferably 10 ° C. or higher and 50 ° C. or lower.
  • a hole blocking layer 6 may be provided between the light emitting layer 5 and the electron injection layer 8 described later.
  • the hole blocking layer 6 is a layer laminated on the light emitting layer 5 so as to be in contact with the interface of the light emitting layer 5 on the cathode 9 side.
  • the hole blocking layer 6 has a role of blocking holes moving from the anode 2 from reaching the cathode 9 and a role of efficiently transporting electrons injected from the cathode 9 toward the light emitting layer 5.
  • the physical properties required for the material constituting the hole blocking layer 6 are high electron mobility and low hole mobility, a large energy gap (difference between HOMO and LUMO), and an excited triplet level (T1). Is high.
  • Examples of the material of the hole blocking layer 6 satisfying such conditions include bis (2-methyl-8-quinolinolato) (phenolato) aluminum and bis (2-methyl-8-quinolinolato) (triphenylsilanorat) aluminum.
  • Mixed ligand complexes such as, bis (2-methyl-8-quinolato) aluminum- ⁇ -oxo-bis- (2-methyl-8-quinolilato) aluminum dinuclear metal complexes and other metal complexes, distyrylbiphenyl derivatives, etc.
  • Styryl compounds Japanese Patent Laid-Open No.
  • the hole blocking layer 6 There is no limitation on the method of forming the hole blocking layer 6. Therefore, it can be formed by a wet film forming method, a thin film deposition method, or another method.
  • the film thickness of the hole blocking layer 6 is arbitrary as long as the effect of the present invention is not significantly impaired, but is usually 0.3 nm or more, preferably 0.5 nm or more, and usually 100 nm or less, preferably 50 nm or less.
  • the electron transport layer 7 is provided between the light emitting layer 5 and the electron injection layer 8 for the purpose of further improving the current efficiency of the device.
  • the electron transport layer 7 is formed of a compound capable of efficiently transporting electrons injected from the cathode 9 in the direction of the light emitting layer 5 between the electrodes to which an electric field is applied.
  • the electron-transporting compound used in the electron-transporting layer 7 has high electron-injection efficiency from the cathode 9 or the electron-injection layer 8 and high electron mobility, and efficiently transports the injected electrons. It needs to be a compound that can.
  • the electron-transporting compound used in the electron-transporting layer include metal complexes such as an aluminum complex of 8-hydroxyquinolin (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 59-194393), 10-hydroxybenzo [h] quinoline. Metal Complex, Oxaziazole Derivative, Distyrylbiphenyl Derivative, Sirol Derivative, 3-Hydroxyflavon Metal Complex, 5-Hydroxyflavon Metal Complex, Benzoxazole Metal Complex, Benthiazole Metal Complex, Trisbenzimidazolylbenzene (US Patent No. 5645948) Specified specification), quinoxalin compound (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No.
  • phenanthroline derivative Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 5-331459
  • 2-t-butyl-9,10-N, N'-dicyanoanthraquinone diimine examples thereof include hydride amorphous silicon carbide, n-type zinc sulfide, and n-type zinc selenium.
  • the film thickness of the electron transport layer 7 is usually 1 nm or more, preferably 5 nm or more, and usually 300 nm or less, preferably 100 nm or less.
  • the electron transport layer 7 is formed by laminating on the hole blocking layer 6 by a wet film deposition method or a vacuum vapor deposition method in the same manner as described above. Usually, the vacuum deposition method is used.
  • the electron injection layer 8 plays a role of efficiently injecting the electrons injected from the cathode 9 into the electron transport layer 7 or the light emitting layer 5.
  • the material forming the electron injection layer 8 is preferably a metal having a low work function.
  • alkali metals such as sodium and cesium, alkaline earth metals such as barium and calcium, and the like are used.
  • the film thickness of the electron injection layer 8 is usually preferably 0.1 nm or more and 5 nm or less.
  • Materials for forming the electron injection layer 8 include organic electron transport materials typified by nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compounds such as basophenanthroline and metal complexes such as aluminum complexes of 8-hydroxyquinoline, and sodium, potassium, cesium, and the like.
  • Dope with an alkali metal such as lithium or rubidium also improves electron injection and transportability and is excellent. It is preferable because it makes it possible to achieve both film quality and film quality.
  • the film thickness of the electron injection layer 8 is usually 5 nm or more, preferably 10 nm or more, and usually 200 nm or less, preferably 100 nm or less.
  • the electron injection layer 8 is formed by laminating on the light emitting layer 5 or the hole blocking layer 6 or the electron transport layer 7 on the light emitting layer 5 by a wet film forming method or a vacuum vapor deposition method.
  • the details in the case of the wet film forming method are the same as in the case of the light emitting layer described above.
  • the cathode 9 plays a role of injecting electrons into a layer on the light emitting layer 5 side (electron injection layer 8 or light emitting layer 5 or the like).
  • the material used for the anode 2 can be used.
  • a metal having a low work function for example, a metal such as tin, magnesium, indium, calcium, aluminum, silver or an alloy thereof is used.
  • Specific examples include alloy electrodes having a low work function such as magnesium-silver alloy, magnesium-indium alloy, and aluminum-lithium alloy.
  • a metal layer having a high work function and stable with respect to the atmosphere on the cathode 9 to protect the cathode made of a metal having a low work function.
  • the metal to be laminated include metals such as aluminum, silver, copper, nickel, chromium, gold, and platinum.
  • the film thickness of the cathode 9 is usually the same as that of the anode 2.
  • the organic electroluminescent device of the present embodiment may further have another layer as long as the effect of the present invention is not significantly impaired. That is, any of the above-mentioned other layers may be provided between the anode 2 and the cathode 9.
  • the organic electroluminescent device of the present embodiment has a structure opposite to that described above, that is, the cathode 9, the electron injection layer 8, the electron transport layer 7, the hole blocking layer 6, the light emitting layer 5, and the holes on the substrate 1. It is also possible to stack the transport layer 4, the hole injection layer 3, and the anode 2 in this order. It is also possible to provide the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention between two substrates having at least one highly transparent substrate.
  • the organic electroluminescent device of the present embodiment When the organic electroluminescent device of the present embodiment is applied to an organic electroluminescent device, it may be used as a single organic electroluminescent device or may be used in a configuration in which a plurality of organic electroluminescent devices are arranged in an array. , The anode and the cathode may be arranged in an XY matrix.
  • Organic EL display device uses the above-mentioned organic electroluminescent element.
  • the model and structure of the organic EL display device of the present embodiment are not particularly limited, and can be assembled according to a conventional method using the above-mentioned organic electroluminescent element.
  • the organic EL display device of the present invention can be used by the method described in "Organic EL Display” (Ohmsha, published on August 20, 2004, by Shizushi Tokito, Chihaya Adachi, Hideyuki Murata). Can be formed.
  • Organic EL lighting uses the above-mentioned organic electroluminescent element.
  • the type and structure of the organic EL illumination of the present embodiment are not particularly limited, and can be assembled according to a conventional method using the above-mentioned organic electroluminescent element.
  • compound 5 (7.1 g, 14.87 mmol), commercially available 2-chloro-4,6-diphenyl-1,3,5-triazine (3.98 g, 14.87 mmol), potassium phosphate aqueous solution (2M, 23.0 ml), toluene (50 ml) and ethanol (25 ml) were placed in a flask, and the inside of the system was sufficiently replaced with nitrogen and heated to 65 ° C. Tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (0) (0.52 g, 0.45 mmol) was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred at 85 ° C. for 4.0 hours.
  • Compound 14 was synthesized by the same method as that for compound 12 except that 1-bromo-4-iodobenzene was used instead of 5-bromo-2-iodotoluene.
  • Solution B1 was added to solution A1 in a nitrogen stream, and a heating reflux reaction was carried out for 1.0 hour. After confirming that compounds 7, 10 and 13 had disappeared, compound 14 (1.78 g, 3.5 mmol) was added. After heating under reflux for 2 hours, bromobenzene (1.84 g, 11.7 mmol) was added, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool and added dropwise to an ethanol / water (370 ml / 70 ml) solution to obtain an end-capped crude polymer. The end-capped crude polymer was dissolved in toluene, reprecipitated in acetone, and the precipitated polymer was filtered off.
  • the obtained polymer was dissolved in toluene, washed with dilute hydrochloric acid, and reprecipitated with ammonia-containing ethanol.
  • the polymer collected by filtration was purified by column chromatography to obtain the target polymer 1 (2.5 g).
  • the molecular weight and the like of the obtained polymer 1 were as follows.
  • Example 1 An organic electroluminescent device was manufactured by the following method.
  • a transparent conductive film of indium tin oxide (ITO) deposited on a glass substrate to a thickness of 70 nm (manufactured by Sanyo Vacuum Co., Ltd., sputter-deposited product) is 2 mm wide using ordinary photolithography technology and hydrochloric acid etching.
  • the stripes were patterned to form an anode.
  • the substrate on which the ITO pattern is formed is washed in the order of ultrasonic cleaning with an aqueous surfactant solution, water washing with ultrapure water, ultrasonic cleaning with ultrapure water, and water washing with ultrapure water, and then dried with compressed air. Finally, UV ozone cleaning was performed.
  • composition for forming the hole injection layer 100 parts by weight of the hole-transporting polymer compound having a repeating structure represented by the following formula (P-1) and the compound 20 represented by the following formula (HI-1). The parts by weight were weighed and dissolved in ethyl benzoate to prepare a composition having a solid content concentration of 3.0% by weight.
  • This composition for forming a hole injection layer is spin-coated on the substrate in the atmosphere and dried in the air at 240 ° C. for 30 minutes to form a uniform thin film having a film thickness of 40 nm, and hole injection is performed. Layered.
  • HT-1 charge-transporting polymer compound represented by the following formula (HT-1), which is the polymer 1 synthesized in Synthesis Example 1
  • cyclohexylbenzene 100 parts by weight of the charge-transporting polymer compound represented by the following formula (HT-1), which is the polymer 1 synthesized in Synthesis Example 1
  • HT-1 charge-transporting polymer compound represented by the following formula (HT-1)
  • cyclohexylbenzene 100 parts by weight of the charge-transporting polymer compound represented by the following formula (HT-1), which is the polymer 1 synthesized in Synthesis Example 1
  • a composition for forming a hole transport layer was prepared. This composition for forming a hole transport layer is spin-coated in a nitrogen glove box on a substrate coated with the hole injection layer and dried at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes on a hot plate in the nitrogen glove box to form a film.
  • a uniform thin film having a thickness of 40 nm was formed to form a hole transport layer.
  • the compound represented by the following formula (H-1) is 15 parts by weight
  • the compound represented by the following formula (H-2) is 15 parts by weight
  • the following formula (H-3) is used as the material of the light emitting layer.
  • This composition for forming a light emitting layer is spin-coated on a substrate coated with the hole transport layer in a nitrogen glove box, dried on a hot plate in the nitrogen glove box at 120 ° C. for 20 minutes, and has a film thickness of 70 nm. A uniform thin film was formed to form a light emitting layer.
  • the substrate on which the film was formed up to the light emitting layer was installed in a vacuum vapor deposition apparatus, and the inside of the apparatus was exhausted until it became 2 ⁇ 10 -4 Pa or less.
  • the compound represented by the following formula (HB-1) and 8-hydroxyquinolinolatrithium are co-deposited on the light emitting layer at a film thickness ratio of 2: 3 by a vacuum deposition method at a rate of 1 ⁇ / sec. Then, a hole blocking layer having a film thickness of 30 nm was formed.
  • a striped shadow mask having a width of 2 mm was brought into close contact with the substrate so as to be orthogonal to the ITO stripe of the anode as a mask for cathode vapor deposition, and installed in another vacuum vapor deposition apparatus.
  • aluminum was heated by a molybdenum boat to form an aluminum layer having a film thickness of 80 nm at a vapor deposition rate of 1 to 8.6 ⁇ / sec to form a cathode.
  • an organic electroluminescent device having a light emitting area portion having a size of 2 mm ⁇ 2 mm was obtained.
  • these organic electroluminescent elements are driven at 40 mA / cm 2 , the 15% luminance attenuation lifetime (LT85) is measured, and the ratio when the 15% attenuation lifetime of Comparative Example 1 is set to 1 (hereinafter, “relative attenuation lifetime”). ".) was requested. They are shown in Table 1.
  • the organic field light emitting device of the present invention containing a compound having the same partial structure A and a structure represented by the formula (TzP) in the hole transport layer and the light emitting layer has a lower voltage and a longer life.
  • the charge-transporting polymer compound represented by the formula (HT-1) and the compound represented by the formula (H-1) both used in Example 1 have a structure in which four benzene rings are linked to triazine. Therefore, it has a high degree of commonality, and this point is also considered to contribute to the extension of life.
  • Example 2 An organic electroluminescent device was manufactured by the following method. A 2 mm wide stripe of indium tin oxide (ITO) transparent conductive film deposited on a glass substrate to a thickness of 50 nm (a sputtered film product manufactured by Geomatec) using ordinary photolithography technology and hydrochloric acid etching. The anode was formed by patterning. The substrate on which the ITO pattern is formed is washed in the order of ultrasonic cleaning with an aqueous surfactant solution, water washing with ultrapure water, ultrasonic cleaning with ultrapure water, and water washing with ultrapure water, and then dried with compressed air. Finally, UV ozone cleaning was performed.
  • ITO indium tin oxide
  • composition for forming the hole injection layer 3.0% by weight of the hole-transporting polymer compound having a repeating structure represented by the formula (P-1) used in Example 1 and the formula (HI-1).
  • a composition was prepared in which 0.6% by weight of the compound represented by (1) was dissolved in ethyl benzoate.
  • This composition for forming a hole injection layer is spin-coated on the substrate in the atmosphere and dried on an atmospheric hot plate at 240 ° C. for 30 minutes to form a uniform thin film having a film thickness of 40 nm to form a hole injection layer. And said.
  • the hole transport layer material 100 parts by weight of the charge transport polymer compound represented by the following formula (HT-2) is dissolved in cyclohexylbenzene, and the hole transport layer is composed of a 3.0% by weight solution.
  • a composition for formation was prepared. This composition for forming a hole transport layer is spin-coated in a nitrogen glove box on a substrate coated with the hole injection layer and dried in a hot plate in a nitrogen glove box at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes to form a film. A uniform thin film having a thickness of 40 nm was formed to form a hole transport layer.
  • the material of the light emitting layer 50 parts by weight of the compound represented by the formula (H-1) used in Example 1, 50 parts by weight of the compound represented by the following formula (H-6), and the above.
  • the compound represented by the formula (D-1) was weighed in 15 parts by weight and dissolved in cyclohexylbenzene to prepare a solution having a solid content concentration of 5.0% by weight as a light emitting layer forming composition.
  • This composition for forming a light emitting layer is spin-coated on a substrate coated with the hole transport layer in a nitrogen glove box, dried on a hot plate in the nitrogen glove box at 120 ° C. for 20 minutes, and has a film thickness of 80 nm. A uniform thin film was formed to form a light emitting layer.
  • the substrate on which the film was formed up to the light emitting layer was installed in a vacuum vapor deposition apparatus, and the inside of the apparatus was exhausted until it became 2 ⁇ 10 -4 Pa or less.
  • the compound represented by the following formula (ET-1) and 8-hydroxyquinolinolatrithium are co-deposited on the light emitting layer at a film thickness ratio of 2: 3 by a vacuum deposition method at a rate of 1 ⁇ / sec. Then, a hole blocking layer having a film thickness of 30 nm was formed.
  • a striped shadow mask having a width of 2 mm was brought into close contact with the substrate so as to be orthogonal to the ITO stripe of the anode as a mask for cathode vapor deposition, and installed in another vacuum vapor deposition apparatus.
  • aluminum was heated by a molybdenum boat to form an aluminum layer having a film thickness of 80 nm at a vapor deposition rate of 1 to 8.6 ⁇ / sec to form a cathode.
  • an organic electroluminescent device having a light emitting area portion having a size of 2 mm ⁇ 2 mm was obtained.
  • the organic field light emitting device of the present invention containing a compound having the same partial structure A and a structure represented by the formula (TzP) in the hole transport layer and the light emitting layer has a lower voltage and a longer life.
  • Example 3 As the material of the light emitting layer, 50 parts by weight of the compound represented by the following formula (H-7), 50 parts by weight of the compound represented by the following formula (H-8), and the above formula (D-1) are represented.
  • the device was produced in the same manner as in Example 2 except that 15 parts by weight of the compound to be used was weighed and dissolved in cyclohexylbenzene to prepare a solution having a solid content concentration of 5.0% by weight as a composition for forming a light emitting layer. bottom.
  • Example 4 As the material of the light emitting layer, the compound represented by the formula (H-1) is represented by 50 parts by weight, the compound represented by the formula (H-8) is represented by 50 parts by weight, and the compound represented by the formula (D-1).
  • the device was produced in the same manner as in Example 2 except that 15 parts by weight of the compound to be used was weighed and dissolved in cyclohexylbenzene to prepare a solution having a solid content concentration of 5.0% by weight as a composition for forming a light emitting layer. bottom.
  • the compound represented by the formula (H-4) is represented by 50 parts by weight
  • the compound represented by the formula (H-8) is represented by 50 parts by weight
  • the device was produced in the same manner as in Example 2 except that 15 parts by weight of the compound to be used was weighed and dissolved in cyclohexylbenzene to prepare a solution having a solid content concentration of 5.0% by weight as a composition for forming a light emitting layer. bottom.
  • the time (LT95 (hr)) at which the brightness of the device drops to 95% of the initial brightness is measured by continuously energizing the device at a current density of 60 mA / cm 2, and Comparative Example 4
  • Table 3 shows the lifetimes of the LT95s of Example 3, Example 4, and Comparative Example 3 when the LT95 of 1 was set to 1, as relative lifetimes.
  • the organic field light emitting device of the present invention containing a compound having the same partial structure A and a structure represented by the formula (TzP) in the hole transport layer and the light emitting layer has a lower voltage and a longer life.
  • Example 5 As the material of the light emitting layer, 50 parts by weight of the compound represented by the following formula (H-9), 50 parts by weight of the compound represented by the above formula (H-6), and the following formula (D-2) are represented.
  • the device was prepared in the same manner as in Example 3 except that 15 parts by weight of the compound to be used was weighed and dissolved in cyclohexylbenzene to prepare a solution having a solid content concentration of 5.0% by weight as a composition for forming a light emitting layer. bottom.
  • the charge transport polymer compound represented by the formula (HT-3) was used instead of the charge transport polymer compound represented by the formula (HT-2), and the charge transport polymer compound represented by the formula (HT-3) was used.
  • the material of the light emitting layer 50 parts by weight of the compound represented by the formula (H-9), 50 parts by weight of the compound represented by the formula (H-6), and the following formula (D-3). 15 parts by weight of the compound to be used was weighed and dissolved in cyclohexylbenzene to prepare a solution having a solid content concentration of 5.0% by weight as a composition for forming a light emitting layer. bottom.
  • the organic field light emitting device of the present invention containing a compound having the same partial structure A and a structure represented by the formula (TzP) in the hole transport layer and the light emitting layer has a lower voltage and a longer life.
  • the charge transport polymer compound represented by the following formula (HT-4) was used instead of the charge transport polymer compound represented by the formula (HT-2).
  • the material of the light emitting layer 50 parts by weight of the compound represented by the following formula (H-10), 25 parts by weight of the compound represented by the following formula (H-11), and the following formula (H-12). 25 parts by weight of the compound to be used and 30 parts by weight of the compound represented by the following formula (D-4) are weighed and dissolved in cyclohexylbenzene to prepare a solution having a solid content concentration of 5.0% by weight for forming a light emitting layer.
  • the element was produced in the same manner as in Example 2 except that it was prepared as a product.
  • the time (LT90 (hr)) at which the brightness of the element decreases to 90% of the initial brightness is measured by continuously energizing the element at a current density of 15 mA / cm 2, and Comparative Example 6
  • the life of the LT90 of Example 6 when the LT90 of the above is set to 1 is shown in Table 5 as a relative life.
  • Substrate 2 Anode 3 Hole injection layer 4 Hole transport layer 5 Light emitting layer 6 Hole blocking layer 7 Electron transport layer 8 Electron injection layer 9 Cathode 10 Organic electric field light emitting device

Abstract

This organic electroluminescent element comprises, on a substrate, a positive electrode, a negative electrode, and an organic layer between the positive electrode and the negative electrode. The organic layer has a hole transport layer, and a light-emitting layer adjacent to the hole transport layer. At least one of materials contained in the hole transport layer and at least one of materials contained in the light-emitting layer both have the same partial structure A represented by formula (31). The ring HA is an aromatic heterocyclic ring, which may have a substituent, of a single ring or 2-6 fused rings. Ar0 is an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or a monovalent group obtained by linking a plurality of at least two groups selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent and an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent. n1 is 0 or an integer equal to or less than the number in which Ar0 can be substituted for the ring HA.

Description

有機電界発光素子、有機EL表示装置及び有機EL照明Organic electroluminescent element, organic EL display device and organic EL lighting
 本発明は、有機電界発光素子及び該有機電界発光素子を有する有機EL表示装置及び有機EL照明に関する。 The present invention relates to an organic electroluminescent element, an organic EL display device having the organic electroluminescent element, and organic EL lighting.
 有機電界発光素子における有機層の形成方法としては、真空蒸着法と湿式成膜法が挙げられる。真空蒸着法は積層化が容易であるため、陽極及び/又は陰極からの電荷注入の改善、励起子の発光層封じ込めが容易であるという利点を有する。一方で、湿式成膜法は真空プロセスが要らず、大面積化が容易で、様々な機能をもった複数の材料を混合した塗布液を用いることにより、容易に、様々な機能をもった複数の材料を含有する層を形成できる等の利点がある。
 しかし、湿式成膜法は積層化が困難であるため、真空蒸着法による素子に比べて駆動安定性に劣り、一部を除いて実用レベルに至っていない。
Examples of the method for forming the organic layer in the organic electroluminescent device include a vacuum vapor deposition method and a wet film deposition method. Since the vacuum vapor deposition method is easy to stack, it has the advantages of improving charge injection from the anode and / or cathode and facilitating containment of excitons in the light emitting layer. On the other hand, the wet film forming method does not require a vacuum process, it is easy to increase the area, and by using a coating liquid in which a plurality of materials having various functions are mixed, a plurality of materials having various functions can be easily obtained. There are advantages such as being able to form a layer containing the above materials.
However, since the wet film deposition method is difficult to stack, the drive stability is inferior to that of the device by the vacuum vapor deposition method, and the drive stability has not reached the practical level except for a part.
 湿式成膜法による積層化を行うために、架橋性基を有する電荷輸送性ポリマーが所望され、またその開発が行われている。例えば、特許文献1には、湿式成膜法により、複数の層を積層して作成した有機ELの開示がある。 A charge-transporting polymer having a crosslinkable group is desired and is being developed for laminating by a wet film formation method. For example, Patent Document 1 discloses an organic EL produced by laminating a plurality of layers by a wet film forming method.
国際公開第2013/080696号International Publication No. 2013/080696
 しかし、従来の湿式成膜法による積層化は、積層した層間、例えば発光層と正孔輸送層間の正孔輸送効率に課題があった。 However, the stacking by the conventional wet film formation method has a problem in the hole transport efficiency between the laminated layers, for example, the light emitting layer and the hole transport layer.
 特許文献1には、発光層のホスト化合物として、電荷輸送の観点から正孔輸送層を構成する化合物と共通の構造を持つものがよいとの開示がある。しかし、開示された構造はごく一部であり、他にどのような構造であれば本効果を発揮できるか明らかではない。また、輝度や駆動寿命等、有機電界発光素子全体としての効果については、未だ検討の余地がある。 Patent Document 1 discloses that the host compound of the light emitting layer should have a structure common to that of the compound constituting the hole transport layer from the viewpoint of charge transport. However, the disclosed structure is only a small part, and it is not clear what other structure can exert this effect. In addition, there is still room for study on the effects of the organic electroluminescent device as a whole, such as brightness and drive life.
 本発明は、輝度が高く、駆動寿命が長い有機電界発光素子を提供することを課題とする。 An object of the present invention is to provide an organic electroluminescent device having high brightness and long drive life.
 本発明者は、基板上に、陽極、陰極、及び該陽極と該陰極の間に有機層を有する有機電界発光素子において、該有機層が正孔輸送層と正孔輸送層に隣接する発光層とを有し、正孔輸送層に含まれる材料と発光層に含まれる材料がともに電子求引性を有する構造である、単環又は2~6縮合環の芳香族複素環を含む特定の構造を部分構造として有する材料を含むことで、有機電界発光素子の性能が向上することを見出した。
 本発明の要旨は、次の[1]~[19]のとおりである。
In an organic electroluminescent element having an anode, a cathode, and an organic layer between the anode and the cathode on a substrate, the present inventor has a light emitting layer in which the organic layer is adjacent to a hole transport layer and a hole transport layer. A specific structure containing an aromatic heterocycle having a monocyclic ring or a 2 to 6 fused ring, wherein both the material contained in the hole transport layer and the material contained in the light emitting layer have an electron attracting property. It has been found that the performance of the organic electroluminescent element is improved by including the material having the above as a partial structure.
The gist of the present invention is as follows [1] to [19].
[1] 基板上に、陽極、陰極、及び該陽極と該陰極の間に有機層を有する有機電界発光素子であって、前記有機層は、正孔輸送層と、前記正孔輸送層に隣接する発光層とを有し、前記正孔輸送層に含まれる材料の少なくとも一つと、前記発光層に含まれる材料の少なくとも一つが、ともに下記式(31)で表される同一の部分構造Aを有する、有機電界発光素子。 [1] An organic electroluminescent device having an anode, a cathode, and an organic layer between the anode and the cathode on a substrate, wherein the organic layer is adjacent to a hole transport layer and the hole transport layer. At least one of the materials contained in the hole transport layer and at least one of the materials contained in the light emitting layer both have the same partial structure A represented by the following formula (31). An organic electroluminescent element having.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
(式(31)において、
 環HAは、単環又は2~6縮合環の、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環を表す。
 式(31)中のベンゼン環は置換基を有していてもよい。
 Arは、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基から選ばれる2以上の基が複数個連結した一価の基を表す。
 n1は、0又は環HAにArが置換可能な数以下の整数を表す。
 n1が2以上の場合、複数のArは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。)
(In equation (31)
Ring HA represents an aromatic heterocycle of a monocyclic ring or a 2-6 condensed ring which may have a substituent.
The benzene ring in formula (31) may have a substituent.
Ar 0 is an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent and Represents a monovalent group in which a plurality of two or more groups selected from aromatic heterocyclic groups which may have a substituent are linked.
n1 represents an integer less than or equal to the number in which Ar 0 can be replaced with 0 or ring HA.
When n1 is 2 or more, a plurality of Ar 0s may be the same or different. )
[2] 前記正孔輸送層に含まれる部分構造Aを有する材料及び前記発光層に含まれる部分構造Aを有する材料の少なくとも一つが、部分構造Aを2以上有する、[1]に記載の有機電界発光素子。 [2] The organic according to [1], wherein at least one of the material having the partial structure A contained in the hole transport layer and the material having the partial structure A contained in the light emitting layer has two or more partial structures A. Electric field light emitting element.
[3] 前記式(31)で表される部分構造Aが、下記式(33)~式(35)のいずれかで表される構造である、[1]又は[2]に記載の有機電界発光素子。 [3] The organic electric field according to [1] or [2], wherein the partial structure A represented by the formula (31) is a structure represented by any of the following formulas (33) to (35). Light emitting element.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
(式(33)~式(35)中、
 Ar、n1は式(31)におけると同義である。式(33)~式(35)中のベンゼン環は置換基を有していてもよい。
 X、Yは、各々独立に、C原子又はN原子を表す。
 X、YがC原子の場合、Arが結合していてもよい。)
(In formula (33) to formula (35),
Ar 0 and n1 are synonymous with those in the equation (31). The benzene ring in the formulas (33) to (35) may have a substituent.
X and Y each independently represent a C atom or an N atom.
When X and Y are C atoms, Ar 0 may be bonded. )
[4] 前記式(35)で表される部分構造において、X及びYがN原子である、[3]に記載の有機電界発光素子。 [4] The organic electroluminescent device according to [3], wherein X and Y are N atoms in the partial structure represented by the above formula (35).
[5] 前記正孔輸送層に含まれる部分構造Aを有する材料が、下記式(1)で表される繰り返し単位を有する高分子化合物である、[1]~[4]のいずれかに記載の有機電界発光素子。 [5] Described in any one of [1] to [4], wherein the material having the partial structure A contained in the hole transport layer is a polymer compound having a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1). Organic electric field light emitting element.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
(式(1)中、
 Aは部分構造Aを表す。
 Gは置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基、又はN原子を表す。
 Arは、置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族複素環基、或いは、置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族複素環基から選ばれる2以上の基が直接若しくは連結基を介して複数個連結した二価の基を表す。
 Ar20は、直接結合、置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族炭化水素基が2以上複数個連結した二価の基を表す。)
(In equation (1),
A represents a partial structure A.
G represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group that may have a substituent, or an N atom.
Ar 2 may have a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or a substituent. A divalent group in which a plurality of two or more groups selected from a good divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group and a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent are directly or via a linking group are linked. Represents.
Ar 20 is directly bonded, has a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, or a plurality of divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent are linked. Represents a divalent group. )
[6] 前記Gが、置換基を有していてもよいベンゼン環、置換基を有していてもよいフルオレン環、置換基を有していてもよいスピロフルオレン環のいずれかよりなる基である、[5]に記載の有機電界発光素子。 [6] The G is a group consisting of any of a benzene ring which may have a substituent, a fluorene ring which may have a substituent, and a spirofluorene ring which may have a substituent. The organic electric field light emitting element according to [5].
[7] 前記GがN原子である、[5]に記載の有機電界発光素子。 [7] The organic electroluminescent device according to [5], wherein G is an N atom.
[8] 前記式(1)で表される繰り返し単位が、下記式(2)-1~(2)-3のいずれかで表される繰り返し単位である、[7]に記載の有機電界発光素子。 [8] The organic electric field emission according to [7], wherein the repeating unit represented by the formula (1) is a repeating unit represented by any of the following formulas (2) -1 to (2) -3. element.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
(式(2)-1~式(2)-3中、
 Aは前記式(1)におけるAと同義である。
 Qは、-C(R)(R)-、-N(R)-又は-C(R11)(R12)-C(R13)(R14)-を表す。
 R~Rは、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよいアルコキシ基、又は置換基を有していてもよいアラルキル基を表す。
 R~R及びR11~R14は、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよいアルコキシ基、置換基を有していてもよいアラルキル基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基を表す。
 a、bは各々独立に0~4の整数である。
 c1~c5は各々独立に0~3の整数である。
 但し、c3とc5の少なくとも一方は1以上である。
 d1~d4は各々独立に1~4の整数である。
 R、R、R、Rが該繰り返し単位中に複数ある場合は、R、R、R、Rは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。)
(In equation (2) -1 to equation (2) -3,
A is synonymous with A in the above formula (1).
Q represents -C (R 5 ) (R 6 )-, -N (R 7 )-or -C (R 11 ) (R 12 ) -C (R 13 ) (R 14 )-.
R 1 to R 4 each independently represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, or an aralkyl group which may have a substituent.
R 5 to R 7 and R 11 to R 14 may independently have an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, and a substituent. Represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have an aralkyl group or a substituent.
a and b are independently integers of 0 to 4.
c1 to c5 are independently integers of 0 to 3.
However, at least one of c3 and c5 is 1 or more.
d1 to d4 are independently integers of 1 to 4.
When there are a plurality of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and R 4 in the repeating unit, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and R 4 may be the same or different. )
[9] 前記式(1)における-Ar20-Aが、下記式(15)で表される、[5]~[8]のいずれかに記載の有機電界発光素子。 [9] The organic electroluminescent device according to any one of [5] to [8], wherein -Ar 20- A in the formula (1) is represented by the following formula (15).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
(式(15)中、
 X、Yは、各々独立に、C原子又はN原子を表す。X、Y及びNを有する環は、式(31)における環HAに該当する。
 Arは、置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族炭化水素基が2以上複数個連結した二価の基を表す。
 Ar、Arは、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基から選ばれる2以上の基が複数個連結した一価の基を表す。
 ただし、Ar、Ar、Arの少なくとも一つにおいて、環HAに結合する構造はベンゼン環である。
 *はGとの結合部位を表す。)
(In equation (15),
X and Y each independently represent a C atom or an N atom. The ring having X, Y and N corresponds to the ring HA in the formula (31).
Ar 1 is a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group in which two or more divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent are linked. Represents a group.
Ar 3 and Ar 4 may independently have an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Represents a monovalent group in which a plurality of two or more groups selected from a good aromatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent are linked.
However, in at least one of Ar 1 , Ar 3 , and Ar 4 , the structure bonded to the ring HA is a benzene ring.
* Represents the binding site with G. )
[10] 前記式(1)における-Ar20-Aが、下記式(16)で表される、[9]に記載の有機電界発光素子。 [10] The organic electroluminescent device according to [9], wherein -Ar 20- A in the above formula (1) is represented by the following formula (16).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
(式(16)中、
 X、Y、*は前記式(15)におけると同義である。
 X、Y及びNを有する環は、式(15)同様、環HAに該当する。
 Ar’は、直接結合又は前記式(15)において、Arの環HAに結合する構造がベンゼン環である場合の残基を表す。
 Ar’、Ar’は、水素原子又はそれぞれ前記式(15)において、Ar、Arの環HAに結合する構造がベンゼン環である場合の残基を表す。)
(In equation (16),
X, Y, and * are synonymous with those in the above equation (15).
The ring having X, Y and N corresponds to ring HA as in the formula (15).
Ar 1 'is the direct bond or the formula (15) represents the residue of a case structure of bonding to the ring of HA Ar 1 is a benzene ring.
Ar 3 ', Ar 4', in the hydrogen atom or each said formula (15) represents the residue of a case structure that binds to Ar 3, Ar 4 rings HA is a benzene ring. )
[11] 前記正孔輸送層に含まれる部分構造Aを有する材料が、さらに下記式(3)で示される繰り返し単位を有する、[5]~[10]のいずれかに記載の有機電界発光素子。 [11] The organic electric field light emitting device according to any one of [5] to [10], wherein the material having the partial structure A contained in the hole transport layer further has a repeating unit represented by the following formula (3). ..
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
(式(3)中、
 Ar13は、部分構造Aを含まない、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基を表す。
 Ar14は、置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族複素環基、或いは、置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族複素環基から選ばれる2以上の基が直接若しくは連結基を介して複数個連結した二価の基を表す。)
(In equation (3),
Ar 13 represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group which does not contain a partial structure A and may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent.
Ar 14 may have a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or a substituent. A divalent group in which a plurality of two or more groups selected from a good divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group and a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent are directly or via a linking group are linked. Represents. )
[12] 前記発光層が前記部分構造Aを有する低分子化合物を含み、該低分子化合物が下記式(10)~式(12)のいずれかで表される、分子量5,000以下の化合物である、[1]~[11]に記載の有機電界発光素子。 [12] The light emitting layer contains a low molecular weight compound having the partial structure A, and the low molecular weight compound is a compound having a molecular weight of 5,000 or less represented by any of the following formulas (10) to (12). The organic electric field light emitting element according to [1] to [11].
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
(式(10)~(12)中、
 Aは前記部分構造Aである。
 Bは単結合又は任意の部分構造を表す。
 na、nb及びncは1~5の整数を表す。
 na、nb、ncが2以上の場合、複数のA、B、A-Bは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。)
(In equations (10) to (12),
A is the partial structure A.
B represents a single bond or any substructure.
na, nb and nc represent integers from 1 to 5.
When na, nb, and nc are 2 or more, the plurality of A, B, and AB may be the same or different. )
[13] 前記式(10)で表される低分子化合物が下記式(10A)で表される、[12]に記載の有機電界発光素子。 [13] The organic electroluminescent device according to [12], wherein the small molecule compound represented by the formula (10) is represented by the following formula (10A).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
(式(10A)中、
 HAは、下記構造式(10A-a)、(10A-b)及び(10A-c)で表される三価の芳香族複素環基のいずれかを表す。
 Xa、Ya、及びZaは、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の二価の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の二価の芳香族複素環基を表す。
 Xa、Ya及びZaは、各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基を表す。
 g11、h11、及びj11は各々独立に0~6の整数を表す。
 g11、h11、j11の少なくとも一つは1以上の整数である。
 g11、h11、j11が2以上の場合、Xa、Ya、Zaは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 R31は水素原子又は置換基を表し、4個のR31は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。)
(In formula (10A),
HA represents any of the trivalent aromatic heterocyclic groups represented by the following structural formulas (10A-a), (10A-b) and (10A-c).
Xa 1 , Ya 1 , and Za 1 each independently have a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, which may have a substituent, or a carbon which may have a substituent. Represents a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group of numbers 3 to 30.
Each of Xa 2 , Ya 2 and Za 2 independently has a hydrogen atom, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon number which may have a substituent. Represents 3 to 30 aromatic heterocyclic groups.
g11, h11, and j11 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 6.
At least one of g11, h11, and j11 is an integer of 1 or more.
When g11, h11, and j11 are 2 or more, Xa 1 , Ya 1 , and Za 1 may be the same or different.
R 31 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and the four R 31s may be the same or different. )
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
(式(10A-a)~式(10A-c)中、*は結合位置を表す。) (In formulas (10A-a) to (10A-c), * represents the bonding position.)
[14] 前記式(10)で表される低分子化合物が下記式(10A-1)~(10A-3)で表される、[13]に記載の有機電界発光素子。 [14] The organic electroluminescent device according to [13], wherein the small molecule compound represented by the formula (10) is represented by the following formulas (10A-1) to (10A-3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
(式(10A-1)~(10A-3)中、
 Xa、Ya、Za、Xa、Ya、Zaは、式(10)におけると同義である。
 R33は水素原子又は置換基を表し、複数のR33は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 g11’、h11’及びj11’は、各々独立に、0~5の整数を表す。
 g11’、h11’、j11’が2以上の場合、複数のXa、Ya、Zaは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。)
(In formulas (10A-1) to (10A-3),
Xa 1 , Ya 1 , Za 1 , Xa 2 , Ya 2 , and Za 2 are synonymous with those in equation (10).
R 33 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and a plurality of R 33 may be the same or different.
g11', h11' and j11'independently represent integers from 0 to 5.
When g11', h11', and j11' are 2 or more, the plurality of Xa 1 , Ya 1 , and Za 1 may be the same or different. )
[15] 前記式(10)で表される低分子化合物が下記式(10B)で表される、[12]に記載の有機電界発光素子。 [15] The organic electroluminescent device according to [12], wherein the small molecule compound represented by the formula (10) is represented by the following formula (10B).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
(式(10B)中、
 Aは、前記式(10)におけると同義である。
 Xb、Yb、及びZbは、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の二価の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の二価の芳香族複素環基を表す。
 p12、q12、及びr12は各々独立に0~6の整数を表す。
 p12、q12、r12が2以上の場合、複数のXb、Yb、Zbは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 q13、r13は各々独立に0又は1を表す。
 但し、q12とq13は同時に0ではなく、r12とr13は同時に0ではない。
 q13が0の場合のYb及びr13が0の場合のZbは、各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基を表す。
 q13が1の場合のYbは直接結合である。
 r13が1の場合のZbは直接結合である。)
(In formula (10B),
A has the same meaning as in the above formula (10).
Xb 1 , Yb 1 , and Zb 1 each independently may have a substituent or a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, or a carbon which may have a substituent. Represents a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group of numbers 3 to 30.
p12, q12, and r12 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 6.
When p12, q12, and r12 are 2 or more, the plurality of Xb 1 , Yb 1 , and Zb 1 may be the same or different.
q13 and r13 independently represent 0 or 1, respectively.
However, q12 and q13 are not 0 at the same time, and r12 and r13 are not 0 at the same time.
Yb 2 when q13 is 0 and Zb 2 when r13 is 0 independently have a hydrogen atom, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Represents an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have.
When q13 is 1, Yb 2 is a direct bond.
When r13 is 1, Zb 2 is a direct bond. )
[16] 前記式(10)で表される低分子化合物が下記式(10B-1)で表される、[15]に記載の有機電界発光素子。 [16] The organic electroluminescent device according to [15], wherein the small molecule compound represented by the formula (10) is represented by the following formula (10B-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
(式(10B-1)中、
 A、Xb、Yb、Zb、Yb、Zb、q13、r13は、前記式(10B)におけると同義である。
 p12’、q12’及びr12’は各々独立に0~5の整数を表す。
 p12’、q12’、r12’が2以上の場合、複数のXb、Yb、Zbは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 q15及びr15は各々独立に4又は5である。
 R33は水素原子又は置換基である。
 式(10B-1)中の複数のR33は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。)
(In equation (10B-1),
A, Xb 1 , Yb 1 , Zb 1 , Yb 2 , Zb 2 , q13, and r13 are synonymous with those in the above formula (10B).
p12', q12' and r12'independently represent integers from 0 to 5.
When p12', q12', and r12'are 2 or more, a plurality of Xb 1 , Yb 1 , and Zb 1 may be the same or different.
q15 and r15 are 4 or 5 independently, respectively.
R 33 is a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
The plurality of R 33s in the formula (10B-1) may be the same or different. )
[17] 前記式(12)で表される低分子化合物が下記式(12A)で表される、[12]に記載の有機電界発光素子。 [17] The organic electroluminescent device according to [12], wherein the small molecule compound represented by the formula (12) is represented by the following formula (12A).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
(式(12A)中、
 環HA、Arは、前記式(31)におけると同義である。
 ncは前記式(12)におけると同義である。
 Xc及びYcは、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の二価の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の二価の芳香族複素環基を表す。
 Xc及びYcは各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基を表す。
 s11及びt11は各々独立に0~6の整数を表す。
 s11、t11が2以上の場合、複数のXc、Ycは、同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 R31は水素原子又は置換基を表す。
 u11は置換基R31が置換可能な数である。
 u12は置換基Arが置換可能な数である。
 u11が2以上の場合、複数のR31は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。)
(In formula (12A),
Rings HA and Ar 0 are synonymous with those in the above formula (31).
nc has the same meaning as in the above formula (12).
Each of Xc 1 and Yc 1 independently has a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Represents a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group of.
Each of Xc 2 and Yc 2 has a hydrogen atom, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Represents an aromatic heterocyclic group.
Each of s11 and t11 independently represents an integer of 0 to 6.
When s11 and t11 are 2 or more, the plurality of Xc 1 and Yc 1 may be the same or different.
R 31 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
u11 is the number of substitutable substituents R 31.
u12 is a number in which the substituent Ar 0 can be substituted.
If u11 is 2 or more, plural R 31 may be different even in the same. )
[18] [1]~[17]のいずれかに記載の有機電界発光素子を備える、有機EL表示装置。 [18] An organic EL display device including the organic electroluminescent device according to any one of [1] to [17].
[19] [1]~[17]のいずれかに記載の有機電界発光素子を備える、有機EL照明。 [19] An organic EL lighting provided with the organic electroluminescent device according to any one of [1] to [17].
 本発明によれば、輝度が高く、駆動寿命が長い有機電界発光素子を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide an organic electroluminescent device having high brightness and a long drive life.
 本発明の一実施形態である有機電界発光素子が上記の効果を奏する理由は定かではないが、以下が考えられる。
 本発明の有機電界発光素子は、電子求引性を有する構造である、単環又は2~6縮合環の芳香族複素環基を含む特定の構造を部分構造(本発明において、「部分構造A」と称す。)として有する材料(以下、「部分構造A含有材料」と称す場合がある。)を正孔輸送層と発光層の両方に含む。部分構造Aは、LUMOが局在化しやすくかつ電子耐久性が高い。そのため、発光層から正孔輸送層に漏れてきた電子による正孔輸送層の劣化が抑制されると考えられる。さらに、正孔輸送層の発光層界面近傍に局在化した電子は、発光層での再結合に寄与すると考えられ、発光効率が向上すると考えられる。さらに、電子と正孔が効率よく輸送されることで低電圧化すると考えられる。
The reason why the organic electroluminescent device according to the embodiment of the present invention exerts the above effect is not clear, but the following can be considered.
The organic electroluminescent element of the present invention has a specific structure including an aromatic heterocyclic group having a monocyclic ring or a 2 to 6 fused ring, which is a structure having electron attraction (in the present invention, "partial structure A". (Hereinafter referred to as "partial structure A-containing material") is included in both the hole transport layer and the light emitting layer. In the partial structure A, LUMO is easily localized and the electronic durability is high. Therefore, it is considered that the deterioration of the hole transport layer due to the electrons leaking from the light emitting layer to the hole transport layer is suppressed. Further, the electrons localized near the interface of the light emitting layer of the hole transport layer are considered to contribute to recombination in the light emitting layer, and the luminous efficiency is considered to be improved. Furthermore, it is considered that the voltage is lowered by efficiently transporting electrons and holes.
本発明の有機電界発光素子の構造例を示す断面の模式図である。It is the schematic of the cross section which shows the structural example of the organic electroluminescent element of this invention.
 以下に、本発明の一実施形態である有機電界発光素子及び該有機電界発光素子を有する有機EL表示装置及び有機EL照明の実施態様を詳細に説明する。以下の説明は、本発明の実施態様の一例(代表例)であり、本発明は、その要旨を超えない限り、これらの内容に特定されない。 Hereinafter, embodiments of an organic electroluminescent device, an organic EL display device having the organic electroluminescent device, and organic EL lighting according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail. The following description is an example (representative example) of an embodiment of the present invention, and the present invention is not specified in these contents unless the gist thereof is exceeded.
〔部分構造A〕
 本発明の有機電界発光素子は、基板上に、陽極、陰極、及び該陽極と該陰極の間に有機層を有する有機電界発光素子であって、前記有機層は、正孔輸送層と、前記正孔輸送層に隣接する発光層とを有し、前記正孔輸送層に含まれる材料の少なくとも一つと、前記発光層に含まれる材料の少なくとも一つが、ともに下記式(31)で表される同一の部分構造Aを有することを特徴とする。
[Partial structure A]
The organic electroluminescent device of the present invention is an organic electroluminescent device having an anode, a cathode, and an organic layer between the anode and the cathode on a substrate, and the organic layer is a hole transport layer and the above. It has a light emitting layer adjacent to the hole transport layer, and at least one of the materials contained in the hole transport layer and at least one of the materials contained in the light emitting layer are both represented by the following formula (31). It is characterized by having the same partial structure A.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
(式(31)において、
 環HAは、単環又は2~6縮合環の、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環を表す。
 式(31)中のベンゼン環は置換基を有していてもよい。
 Arは、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基から選ばれる2以上の基が複数個連結した一価の基を表す。
 n1は、0又は環HAにArが置換可能な数以下の整数を表す。
 n1が2以上の場合、複数のArは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。)
(In equation (31)
Ring HA represents an aromatic heterocycle of a monocyclic ring or a 2-6 condensed ring which may have a substituent.
The benzene ring in formula (31) may have a substituent.
Ar 0 is an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent and Represents a monovalent group in which a plurality of two or more groups selected from aromatic heterocyclic groups which may have a substituent are linked.
n1 represents an integer less than or equal to the number in which Ar 0 can be replaced with 0 or ring HA.
When n1 is 2 or more, a plurality of Ar 0s may be the same or different. )
 正孔輸送層に含まれる部分構造A含有材料と、発光層に含まれる部分構造A含有材料とは、上記式(31)で表される部分構造Aであって、同一の部分構造Aを有することは本発明に重要な構成要件である。正孔輸送層に含まれる材料と発光層に含まれる材料とが式(31)で表される共通の部分構造Aを有することにより本発明の効果が得られる。 The partial structure A-containing material contained in the hole transport layer and the partial structure A-containing material contained in the light emitting layer are partial structures A represented by the above formula (31) and have the same partial structure A. This is an important constituent requirement of the present invention. The effect of the present invention can be obtained when the material contained in the hole transport layer and the material contained in the light emitting layer have a common partial structure A represented by the formula (31).
 本発明においては、正孔輸送層に含まれる部分構造A含有材料及び発光層に含まれる部分構造A含有材料のいずれか一方又は双方が、部分構造Aを2以上有する部分構造A含有材料であることがより好ましい。特に好ましくは、正孔輸送層に含まれる部分構造A含有材料と発光層に含まれる部分構造A含有材料がともに同一の部分構造Aを2以上有する部分構造A含有材料であることである。このような組合せであると、より有機電界発光素子の電子耐久性が向上し、有機電界発光素子を高輝度及び長寿命化することが期待される。 In the present invention, either one or both of the partial structure A-containing material contained in the hole transport layer and the partial structure A-containing material contained in the light emitting layer is a partial structure A-containing material having two or more partial structures A. Is more preferable. Particularly preferably, the partial structure A-containing material contained in the hole transport layer and the partial structure A-containing material contained in the light emitting layer are both partial structure A-containing materials having the same partial structure A. With such a combination, it is expected that the electronic durability of the organic electroluminescent device will be further improved, and the organic electroluminescent device will have high brightness and long life.
 ここで、同一の部分構造Aを2以上有する部分構造A含有材料とは、同一の部分構造Aを2以上有する部分構造A含有材料が低分子化合物の場合は、一つの化合物中に同一の部分構造Aを2以上有することを言う。同一の部分構造Aを2以上有する部分構造A含有材料が高分子化合物の場合は、一つの繰返し単位中に同一の部分構造Aを2以上有することを言う。 Here, the partial structure A-containing material having two or more of the same partial structure A is the same portion in one compound when the partial structure A-containing material having two or more of the same partial structure A is a small molecule compound. It means having two or more structures A. When the partial structure A-containing material having two or more of the same partial structure A is a polymer compound, it means having two or more of the same partial structure A in one repeating unit.
 本発明においては、正孔輸送層に含まれる部分構造A含有材料及び発光層に含まれる部分構造A含有材料のいずれか一方又は双方が、部分構造Aを有する材料を2種以上含むことも好ましい。このような組合せであると、より有機電界発光素子の電子耐久性が向上し、有機電界発光素子を高輝度及び長寿命化することが期待される。 In the present invention, it is also preferable that either or both of the partial structure A-containing material contained in the hole transport layer and the partial structure A-containing material contained in the light emitting layer contains two or more kinds of materials having the partial structure A. .. With such a combination, it is expected that the electronic durability of the organic electroluminescent device will be further improved, and the organic electroluminescent device will have high brightness and long life.
 正孔輸送層に含まれる部分構造A含有材料は、特に制限はないが、好ましくは高分子化合物である。高分子化合物の部分構造A含有材料としては、好ましくは後掲の式(1)で表される繰り返し単位を有する高分子化合物が挙げられる。 The partial structure A-containing material contained in the hole transport layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably a polymer compound. As the partial structure A-containing material of the polymer compound, a polymer compound having a repeating unit represented by the formula (1) described later can be preferably mentioned.
 発光層に含まれる部分構造A含有材料は、特に制限はないが、好ましくは低分子化合物である。 The partial structure A-containing material contained in the light emitting layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably a small molecule compound.
 部分構造A含有材料が高分子化合物である場合、高分子化合物に含まれる部分構造Aの数としては、高分子化合物の繰り返し単位中に含まれる部分構造Aの数以上であることが好ましい。高分子化合物のすべての繰り返し単位中に部分構造Aが2つ存在する場合、高分子化合物に含まれる部分構造Aの数は高分子化合物の繰り返し単位×2となる。高分子化合物が複数の繰り返し単位を有する場合、少なくとも一つの繰り返し単位が部分構造Aを有していればよい。 When the material containing the partial structure A is a polymer compound, the number of the partial structures A contained in the polymer compound is preferably equal to or greater than the number of the partial structures A contained in the repeating unit of the polymer compound. When two partial structures A are present in all the repeating units of the polymer compound, the number of the partial structures A contained in the polymer compound is the repeating unit of the polymer compound × 2. When the polymer compound has a plurality of repeating units, at least one repeating unit may have a partial structure A.
 正孔輸送層に含まれる部分構造A含有材料および発光層に含まれる部分構造A含有材料における、部分構造Aの結合方式は特に限られない。 The bonding method of the partial structure A in the partial structure A-containing material contained in the hole transport layer and the partial structure A-containing material contained in the light emitting layer is not particularly limited.
 電荷輸送性及び電子耐久性の観点からは、正孔輸送層及び発光層のいずれの部分構造A含有材料においても、部分構造Aは下記式(31)-2で表されるように、部分構造Aの中のベンゼン環が、部分構造A含有材料中で結合していることが好ましい。 From the viewpoint of charge transportability and electron durability, the partial structure A is represented by the following formula (31) -2 in any of the partial structure A-containing materials of the hole transport layer and the light emitting layer. It is preferable that the benzene ring in A is bonded in the material containing the partial structure A.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
(式(31)-2において、*は部分構造A含有材料中の結合部位を表す。) (In formula (31) -2, * represents a binding site in the partial structure A-containing material.)
(HA)
 前記式(31)で表される部分構造Aにおいて、HAは単環又は2~6縮合環の置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環を表す。芳香族複素環の環形成原子は炭素原子の他には、窒素原子、酸素原子、硫黄原子のいずれかであることが好ましい。
(HA)
In the partial structure A represented by the formula (31), HA represents an aromatic heterocycle which may have a substituent of a monocyclic ring or a 2 to 6 condensed ring. The ring-forming atom of the aromatic heterocycle is preferably any of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom in addition to the carbon atom.
 環HAは、後述の通り、ジベンゾフラン環、ジベンゾチオフェン環、ピリジン環、ピリミジン環、1,3,5-トリアジン環が好ましく、とりわけ1,3,5-トリアジン環が好ましい。 As the ring HA, as described later, a dibenzofuran ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, and a 1,3,5-triazine ring are preferable, and a 1,3,5-triazine ring is particularly preferable.
(Ar
 前記式(31)で表される部分構造Aにおいて、Arは、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基および置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基から選ばれる2以上の基が複数個連結した一価の基を表す。
(Ar 0 )
In the partial structure A represented by the formula (31), Ar 0 is an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or a substituent. It represents a monovalent group in which a plurality of two or more groups selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a group and an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent are linked.
 芳香族炭化水素基としては、炭素数が6以上、60以下のものが好ましい。具体的には、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、フェナントレン環、ペリレン環、テトラセン環、ピレン環、ベンズピレン環、クリセン環、トリフェニレン環、アセナフテン環、フルオランテン環、フルオレン環等の、6員環の単環若しくは2~5縮合環の一価の基又はこれらから選ばれる環が2~10連結した一価の基が挙げられる。
 好ましくは、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、フルオレン環又はこれらから選ばれる環が2~10連結した一価の基である。
The aromatic hydrocarbon group preferably has 6 or more carbon atoms and 60 or less carbon atoms. Specifically, 6-membered rings such as benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, perylene ring, tetracene ring, pyrene ring, benzpyrene ring, chrysene ring, triphenylene ring, acenaphthene ring, fluoranthene ring, and fluorene ring. Examples thereof include a monovalent group of a monocyclic ring or a 2 to 5 fused ring, or a monovalent group in which 2 to 10 rings selected from these are linked.
Preferably, it is a monovalent group in which a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a fluorene ring or a ring selected from these is linked by 2 to 10.
 芳香族複素環基としては、炭素数が3以上、60以下のものが好ましい。具体的には、フラン環、ベンゾフラン環、チオフェン環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ピロール環、ピラゾール環、イミダゾール環、オキサジアゾール環、インドール環、カルバゾール環、ピロロイミダゾール環、ピロロピラゾール環、ピロロピロール環、チエノピロール環、チエノチオフェン環、フロピロール環、フロフラン環、チエノフラン環、ベンゾイソオキサゾール環、ベンゾイソチアゾール環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、ピリジン環、ピラジン環、ピリダジン環、ピリミジン環、トリアジン環、キノリン環、イソキノリン環、シンノリン環、キノキサリン環、フェナントリジン環、ペリミジン環、キナゾリン環、キナゾリノン環、ジベンゾフラン環、ジベンゾチオフェン環、インドロカルバゾール環、フェナントロリン環等の、5~6員環の単環若しくは2~4縮合環の一価の基又はこれらが2~10連結した一価の基が挙げられる。
 好ましくは、チオフェン環、ピロール環、イミダゾール環、ピリジン環、ピリミジン環、トリアジン環、キノリン環、キナゾリン環、カルバゾール環、ジベンゾフラン環、ジベンゾチオフェン環、インドロカルバゾール環、フェナントロリン環の一価の基又はこれらが2~10連結した一価の基である。
The aromatic heterocyclic group preferably has 3 or more carbon atoms and 60 or less carbon atoms. Specifically, a furan ring, a benzofuran ring, a thiophene ring, a benzothiophene ring, a pyrazole ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, an oxadiazole ring, an indole ring, a carbazole ring, a pyroloymidazole ring, a pyrrolopyrazole ring, a pyrrolopyrrole ring, Thienopyrrole ring, thienothiophene ring, flopyrol ring, furan ring, thienofran ring, benzoisoxazole ring, benzoisothiazole ring, benzimidazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrazine ring, pyridazine ring, pyrimidine ring, triazine ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring , Cinnoline ring, quinoxaline ring, phenanthridin ring, perimidine ring, quinazolin ring, quinazolinone ring, dibenzofuran ring, dibenzothiophene ring, indolocarbazole ring, phenanthrolin ring, etc. Examples thereof include a monovalent group of a fused ring or a monovalent group in which 2 to 10 of these are linked.
Preferably, a monovalent group of thiophene ring, pyrrole ring, imidazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, triazine ring, quinoline ring, quinazoline ring, carbazole ring, dibenzofuran ring, dibenzothiophene ring, indolocarbazole ring, phenanthroline ring or These are monovalent groups in which 2 to 10 are linked.
 置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基および置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基から選ばれる2以上の基が連結した一価の基としては、同じ基が複数連結した基でもよく、異なる基が複数連結した基でも構わない。芳香族炭化水素基及び/又は芳香族複素環基の総連結数は2~10が好ましい。 The same group is a plurality of monovalent groups in which two or more groups selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent and an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent are linked. It may be a linked group, or a group in which a plurality of different groups are linked may be used. The total number of linked aromatic hydrocarbon groups and / or aromatic heterocyclic groups is preferably 2 to 10.
 Arは、好ましくは、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基が置換した芳香族炭化水素基である。 Ar 0 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or an aromatic hydrocarbon group substituted with an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent.
(好ましい部分構造A)
 式(31)で表される部分構造Aは、下記式(33)~式(35)で表される構造であることが、電荷輸送性及び電子耐久性の観点から好ましい。
(Preferable Substructure A)
The partial structure A represented by the formula (31) is preferably a structure represented by the following formulas (33) to (35) from the viewpoint of charge transportability and electron durability.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
(式(33)~式(35)中、
 Ar、n1は式(31)におけると同義である。式(33)~式(35)中のベンゼン環は置換基を有していてもよい。
 X、Yは、各々独立に、C原子又はN原子を表す。
 X、YがC原子の場合、Arが結合していてもよい。)
(In formula (33) to formula (35),
Ar 0 and n1 are synonymous with those in the equation (31). The benzene ring in the formulas (33) to (35) may have a substituent.
X and Y each independently represent a C atom or an N atom.
When X and Y are C atoms, Ar 0 may be bonded. )
 上記式(35)は、下記式(36)で表されることが、電荷輸送性及び電子耐久性の観点から好ましく、下記式(37)で表されることがさらに好ましい。
 式(37)で表される構造においては、電子耐性の高いビフェニル構造で電子の授受が行われ、化合物の電子耐久性がより向上し、その結果、有機電界発光素子の駆動寿命が長寿命化すると考えられる。
 下記式(36)において、3個のベンゼン環は置換基を有していてもよい。下記式(37)において、4個のベンゼン環は置換基を有していてもよい。
The above formula (35) is preferably represented by the following formula (36) from the viewpoint of charge transportability and electron durability, and more preferably represented by the following formula (37).
In the structure represented by the formula (37), electrons are transferred by the biphenyl structure having high electron resistance, the electron durability of the compound is further improved, and as a result, the drive life of the organic electric field light emitting device is extended. It is thought that.
In the following formula (36), the three benzene rings may have a substituent. In the following formula (37), the four benzene rings may have a substituent.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
 上記式(37)で表される構造は、下記式(37-2)で表される構造がさらに好ましい。 The structure represented by the above formula (37) is more preferably the structure represented by the following formula (37-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
 式(37-2)における“*”及び“*1”は、正孔輸送層に含まれる部分構造A含有材料又は発光層に含まれる部分構造A含有材料中の結合位置、若しくは置換基の結合位置を表す。式(37-2)においては、少なくとも“*1”は正孔輸送層に含まれる部分構造A含有材料又は発光層に含まれる部分構造A含有材料中の結合位置、若しくは置換基の結合位置であることが、電子耐久性のあるビフェニル構造の共役が広がらないためS1準位、T1準位が高く、発光層中の励起子が失活しにくく、発光効率が高くなると考えられることから好ましい。この観点から、“*1”及び少なくとも1つの“*”に水素原子以外が結合していることがさらに好ましい。 “*” And “* 1” in the formula (37-2) are bond positions in the partial structure A-containing material contained in the hole transport layer or the partial structure A-containing material contained in the light emitting layer, or a bond of a substituent. Represents a position. In the formula (37-2), at least "* 1" is the bond position in the partial structure A-containing material contained in the hole transport layer or the partial structure A-containing material contained in the light emitting layer, or the bond position of the substituent. It is preferable that the S1 level and the T1 level are high because the conjugation of the electronically durable biphenyl structure does not spread, the excitons in the light emitting layer are not easily deactivated, and the luminous efficiency is high. From this point of view, it is more preferable that a substance other than a hydrogen atom is bonded to "* 1" and at least one "*".
 上記式(35)、式(36)、式(37)において、X、YはN原子であることが好ましい。従って、上記式(36)、式(37)で表される部分構造はそれぞれ、下記式(TzP)、(TzP-2)で表される構造(以下、「部分構造(TzP)」、「部分構造(TzP-2)」と称す場合がある。)であることが、電化輸送性及び安定性の観点から好ましい。なお、部分構造(TzP)の3個のベンゼン環、部分構造(TzP-2)の4個のベンゼン環は置換基を有していてもよい。 In the above formulas (35), (36) and (37), X and Y are preferably N atoms. Therefore, the partial structures represented by the above equations (36) and (37) are the structures represented by the following equations (TzP) and (TzP-2) (hereinafter, "partial structure (TzP)" and "partial structure", respectively. It may be referred to as “structure (TzP-2)”), which is preferable from the viewpoint of electrification transportability and stability. The three benzene rings of the partial structure (TzP) and the four benzene rings of the partial structure (TzP-2) may have substituents.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
 式(TzP-2)は、下記式(TzP-3)で表される構造がさらに好ましい。下記式(TzP-3)で表される構造が好ましい理由は、前記式(37-2)で表される構造が好ましい理由と同じである。 The formula (TzP-2) is more preferably a structure represented by the following formula (TzP-3). The reason why the structure represented by the following formula (TzP-3) is preferable is the same as the reason why the structure represented by the above formula (37-2) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
 式(37-2)における“*”及び“*1”は、正孔輸送層に含まれる部分構造A含有材料又は発光層に含まれる部分構造A含有材料中の結合位置、若しくは置換基の結合位置を表す。 “*” And “* 1” in the formula (37-2) are bond positions in the partial structure A-containing material contained in the hole transport layer or the partial structure A-containing material contained in the light emitting layer, or a bond of a substituent. Represents a position.
 また、本発明の有機電界発光素子においては、正孔輸送層に含まれる部分構造A含有材料と、発光層に含まれる部分構造A含有材料とにおいて、部分構造Aとしての共通構造の骨格の類似度が高い方が好ましい。部分構造Aとしての共通構造の骨格の類似度が高いとは、一致している部分構造Aの分子量が大きいことを意味する。 Further, in the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention, the partial structure A-containing material contained in the hole transport layer and the partial structure A-containing material contained in the light emitting layer have similar skeletons of a common structure as the partial structure A. The higher the degree, the better. A high degree of similarity of the skeletons of the common structure as the partial structure A means that the molecular weights of the matching partial structures A are large.
 前記式(31)で表される部分構造Aが、前記式(33)~(35)のいずれかである場合、正孔輸送層に含まれる部分構造A含有材料又は発光層に含まれる部分構造A含有材料において、部分構造Aのベンゼン環部分が、正孔輸送層に含まれる部分構造A含有材料又は発光層に含まれる部分構造A含有材料中の結合位置であることが好ましい。 When the partial structure A represented by the formula (31) is any of the formulas (33) to (35), the partial structure A contained in the hole transport layer or the partial structure contained in the light emitting layer. In the A-containing material, the benzene ring portion of the partial structure A is preferably a bonding position in the partial structure A-containing material contained in the hole transport layer or the partial structure A-containing material contained in the light emitting layer.
 前記式(31)、式(33)~式(35)におけるAr0、式(31)、式(33)~(37)、式(TzP)及び式(TzP-2)におけるベンゼン環が有してもよい置換基は、下記の置換基群Zから選ぶことができる。 Ar0 in the formulas (31), formulas (33) to (35), benzene rings in the formulas (31), formulas (33) to (37), formulas (TzP) and formulas (TzP-2). A good substituent can be selected from the following substituent group Z.
[置換基群Z]
 置換基群Zとして、以下の置換基が挙げられる。
 例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、i-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、i-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ヘキシル基、シクロヘキシル基、ドデシル基等の、炭素数が通常1以上、好ましくは4以上であり、通常24以下、好ましくは12以下である、直鎖、分岐、又は環状のアルキル基;
 例えば、ビニル基等の、炭素数が通常2以上であり、通常24以下、好ましくは12以下であるアルケニル基;
 例えば、エチニル基等の、炭素数が通常2以上であり、通常24以下、好ましくは12以下であるアルキニル基;
 例えば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基等の、炭素数が通常1以上であり、通常24以下、好ましくは12以下であるアルコキシ基;
 例えば、フェノキシ基、ナフトキシ基、ピリジルオキシ基等の、炭素数が通常4以上、好ましくは5以上であり、通常36以下、好ましくは24であるアリールオキシ基若しくはヘテロアリールオキシ基;
 例えば、メトキシカルボニル基、エトキシカルボニル基等の、炭素数が通常2以上であり、通常24以下、好ましくは12以下であるアルコキシカルボニル基;
 例えば、ジメチルアミノ基、ジエチルアミノ基等の、炭素数が通常2以上であり、通常24以下、好ましくは12以下であるジアルキルアミノ基;
 例えば、ジフェニルアミノ基、ジトリルアミノ基、N-カルバゾリル基等の、炭素数が通常10以上、好ましくは12以上であり、通常36以下、好ましくは24以下のジアリールアミノ基;
 例えば、フェニルメチルアミノ基等の、炭素数が通常7以上であり、通常36以下、好ましくは24以下であるアリールアルキルアミノ基;
 例えば、アセチル基、ベンゾイル基等の、炭素数が通常2以上であり、通常24以下、好ましくは12以下であるアシル基;
 例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子等のハロゲン原子;
 例えば、トリフルオロメチル基等の、炭素数が通常1以上であり、通常12以下、好ましくは6以下のハロアルキル基;
 例えば、メチルチオ基、エチルチオ基等の、炭素数が通常1以上であり、通常24以下、好ましくは12以下のアルキルチオ基;
 例えば、フェニルチオ基、ナフチルチオ基、ピリジルチオ基等の、炭素数が通常4以上、好ましくは5以上であり、通常36以下、好ましくは24以下であるアリールチオ基若しくはヘテロアリールチオ基;
 例えば、トリメチルシリル基、トリフェニルシリル基等の、炭素数が通常2以上、好ましくは3以上であり、通常36以下、好ましくは24以下であるシリル基;
 例えば、トリメチルシロキシ基、トリフェニルシロキシ基等の、炭素数が通常2以上、好ましくは3以上であり、通常36以下、好ましくは24以下であるシロキシ基;
 シアノ基;
 例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基等、又は、同一又は異なる単環又は縮合環の芳香族炭化水素環が複数連結した一価の基の、炭素数が通常6以上であり、通常36以下、好ましくは24以下である芳香族炭化水素基;
 例えば、チエニル基等、又は、同一又は異なる単環又は縮合環の芳香族複素環が複数連結した一価の基の、炭素数が通常3以上、好ましくは5以上であり、通常36以下、好ましくは24以下である芳香族複素環基:
 芳香族炭化水素環および芳香族複素環基が連結した一価の芳香族基であって、芳香族炭化水素環又は芳香族複素環基が複数の場合それらは同一であっても異なっていてもよい、炭素数が8以上36以下、好ましくは24以下である一価の芳香族基。
[Substituent group Z]
Examples of the substituent group Z include the following substituents.
For example, methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, i-butyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-hexyl group, cyclohexyl group, dodecyl group and the like. , Usually 1 or more, preferably 4 or more, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less, linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl groups;
For example, an alkenyl group such as a vinyl group having a carbon number of usually 2 or more, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less;
For example, an alkynyl group having a carbon number of usually 2 or more, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less, such as an ethynyl group;
For example, an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group or an ethoxy group having a carbon number of usually 1 or more, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less;
For example, an aryloxy group or a heteroaryloxy group having a carbon number of usually 4 or more, preferably 5 or more, usually 36 or less, preferably 24, such as a phenoxy group, a naphthoxy group, and a pyridyloxy group;
For example, an alkoxycarbonyl group such as a methoxycarbonyl group or an ethoxycarbonyl group, which usually has 2 or more carbon atoms and usually has 24 or less, preferably 12 or less carbon atoms;
For example, a dialkylamino group such as a dimethylamino group or a diethylamino group, which usually has 2 or more carbon atoms and usually has 24 or less carbon atoms, preferably 12 or less carbon atoms;
For example, a diarylamino group having a carbon number of usually 10 or more, preferably 12 or more, usually 36 or less, preferably 24 or less, such as a diphenylamino group, a ditrilamino group, and an N-carbazolyl group;
For example, an arylalkylamino group having a carbon number of 7 or more, usually 36 or less, preferably 24 or less, such as a phenylmethylamino group;
For example, an acyl group such as an acetyl group or a benzoyl group having a carbon number of usually 2 or more, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less;
For example, halogen atoms such as fluorine atoms and chlorine atoms;
For example, a haloalkyl group having usually 1 or more carbon atoms and usually 12 or less, preferably 6 or less carbon atoms, such as a trifluoromethyl group;
For example, an alkylthio group having a carbon number of usually 1 or more, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less, such as a methylthio group and an ethylthio group;
For example, an arylthio group or a heteroarylthio group having a carbon number of usually 4 or more, preferably 5 or more, usually 36 or less, preferably 24 or less, such as a phenylthio group, a naphthylthio group, or a pyridylthio group;
For example, a silyl group such as a trimethylsilyl group or a triphenylsilyl group having a carbon number of usually 2 or more, preferably 3 or more, usually 36 or less, preferably 24 or less;
For example, a syroxy group having a carbon number of usually 2 or more, preferably 3 or more, usually 36 or less, preferably 24 or less, such as a trimethylsiloxy group or a triphenylsiloxy group;
Cyano group;
For example, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, or the like, or a monovalent group in which a plurality of aromatic hydrocarbon rings having the same or different monocyclic or fused rings are linked, usually has 6 or more carbon atoms, and usually 36 or less, preferably 36 or less. Aromatic hydrocarbon groups of 24 or less;
For example, a monovalent group in which a plurality of aromatic heterocycles of the same or different monocyclic or condensed rings are linked, such as a thienyl group, usually has 3 or more carbon atoms, preferably 5 or more carbon atoms, and usually 36 or less, preferably 36 or less carbon atoms. Is 24 or less aromatic heterocyclic groups:
A monovalent aromatic group in which an aromatic hydrocarbon ring and an aromatic heterocyclic group are linked, and when there are a plurality of aromatic hydrocarbon rings or aromatic heterocyclic groups, they may be the same or different. A good, monovalent aromatic group having 8 or more and 36 or less carbon atoms, preferably 24 or less.
 上記の置換基群Zの中でも、好ましくは、前記アルキル基、アルコキシ基、芳香族炭化水素基、芳香族複素環基、芳香族炭化水素環および芳香族複素環基が連結した一価の芳香族基である。電荷輸送性の観点からは、置換基を有さないか、芳香族炭化水素基、芳香族複素環基、芳香族炭化水素環および芳香族複素環基が連結した一価の芳香族基を有することが更に好ましい。 Among the above-mentioned substituent group Z, preferably, a monovalent aromatic in which the above-mentioned alkyl group, alkoxy group, aromatic hydrocarbon group, aromatic heterocyclic group, aromatic hydrocarbon ring and aromatic heterocyclic group are linked. It is a group. From the viewpoint of charge transportability, it has no substituent or has a monovalent aromatic group in which an aromatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, an aromatic hydrocarbon ring and an aromatic heterocyclic group are linked. Is even more preferable.
 上記置換基群Zの各置換基は更に置換基を有していてもよい。それら置換基としては、上記置換基(置換基群Z)と同じのものが挙げられる。好ましくは、更なる置換基は有さないか、或いは更なる置換基として炭素数6以下のアルキル基、炭素数6以下のアルコキシ基、フェニル基又は後述の架橋性基を有するものである。電荷輸送性の観点からは、更なる置換基を有さないことがより好ましい。 Each substituent of the above-mentioned Substituent Group Z may further have a Substituent. Examples of these substituents include the same substituents as the above-mentioned substituents (substituent group Z). Preferably, it does not have a further substituent, or has an alkyl group having 6 or less carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 6 or less carbon atoms, a phenyl group, or a crosslinkable group described later as a further substituent. From the viewpoint of charge transportability, it is more preferable to have no additional substituent.
〔高分子化合物〕
 本発明の一形態である、正孔輸送層に含まれる、部分構造A含有材料である高分子化合物としては、下記式(1)で表される繰り返し単位を含む高分子化合物(以下、「本実施形態の重合体」と称す場合がある。)が挙げられる。
[Polymer compound]
The polymer compound which is a partial structure A-containing material contained in the hole transport layer, which is one form of the present invention, is a polymer compound containing a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1) (hereinafter, “the present invention”. It may be referred to as a "polymer of the embodiment").
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
(式(1)中、
 Aは部分構造Aを表す。
 Gは置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基、又はN原子を表す。
 Arは、置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族複素環基、或いは、置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族複素環基から選ばれる2以上の基が直接若しくは連結基を介して複数個連結した二価の基を表す。
 Ar20は、直接結合、置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族炭化水素基が2以上複数個連結した二価の基を表す。)
(In equation (1),
A represents a partial structure A.
G represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group that may have a substituent, or an N atom.
Ar 2 may have a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or a substituent. A divalent group in which a plurality of two or more groups selected from a good divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group and a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent are directly or via a linking group are linked. Represents.
Ar 20 is directly bonded, has a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, or a plurality of divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent are linked. Represents a divalent group. )
(G)
 前記式(1)で表される繰り返し単位中において、Gは、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基、又は、N原子を表す。電荷輸送性が優れる点、部分構造Aの周辺に分布するLUMOと主鎖に分布したHOMOとが離れて局在化される観点から、Gは置換基を有していてもよいベンゼン環、置換基を有していてもよいフルオレン環、又は置換基を有していてもよいスピロフルオレン環よりなる基が好ましく、下記スキーム1に示す構造がより好ましい。下記構造は置換基を有していてもよい。図中、“-*”はAr20との結合部位を表す。
(G)
In the repeating unit represented by the formula (1), G represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or an N atom. G is a benzene ring, which may have a substituent, from the viewpoint of excellent charge transportability and the separation of LUMO distributed around the partial structure A and HOMO distributed in the main chain. A group consisting of a fluorene ring which may have a group or a spirofluorene ring which may have a substituent is preferable, and the structure shown in the following scheme 1 is more preferable. The following structure may have a substituent. In the figure, "-*" represents a binding site with Ar 20.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
 Gが置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基の場合、有してもよい置換基としては、前記置換基群Z、炭素数7~40のアラルキル基、若しくは炭素数4~37のヘテロ環のアラルキル基のいずれか、又はこれらの組み合わせを用いることが好ましい。それらの中でも、耐久性の点からは、出現する毎に同一であるか又は異なり、炭素数1~24のアルキル基、炭素数7~40のアラルキル基、炭素数3~37のヘテロ環のアラルキル基、炭素数10~24のアリールアミノ基、炭素数6~36の芳香族炭化水素基、又は、炭素数3~36の芳香族複素環基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~12のアルキル基、炭素数7~30のアラルキル基、炭素数3~27のヘテロ環のアラルキル基、炭素数6~24の芳香族炭化水素基、又は、炭素数3~24の芳香族複素環基であることがより好ましく、炭素数6~24の芳香族炭化水素基であることが更に好ましい。
 電荷輸送性の観点からは、出現する毎に同一であるか又は異なり、炭素数6~24の芳香族炭化水素基、又は炭素数3~24の芳香族複素環基であることが好ましく、フェニル基、ナフチル基、フルオレニル基、カルバゾリル基、インドロカルバゾリル基、インデノカルバゾリル基、又はインデノフルオレニル基であることが更に好ましい。特に、スピロビフルオレンやフルオレンの9位と結合すると共役を切れるため、部分構造Aに分布のLUMOと主鎖に分布したHOMOと更に局在化される観点からフルオレニル基、インデノフルオレニル基であることが好ましい。合成のしやすさおよび電荷輸送安定性から、Gは置換基を有さないことが最も好ましい。
When G is an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, the substituent which may have is the substituent group Z, an aralkyl group having 7 to 40 carbon atoms, or an aralkyl group having 4 to 37 carbon atoms. It is preferable to use any one of the heterocyclic aralkyl groups of the above, or a combination thereof. Among them, in terms of durability, they are the same or different each time they appear, and they are an alkyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, an aromatic group having 7 to 40 carbon atoms, and an aromatic group having a heterocycle having 3 to 37 carbon atoms. It is preferably a group, an arylamino group having 10 to 24 carbon atoms, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 36 carbon atoms, or an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 36 carbon atoms, and an alkyl having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. A group, an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms, a heterocyclic aralkyl group having 3 to 27 carbon atoms, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms, or an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 24 carbon atoms. More preferably, it is an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms.
From the viewpoint of charge transportability, it is the same or different each time it appears, and it is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms or an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 24 carbon atoms, preferably phenyl. More preferably, it is a group, a naphthyl group, a fluorenyl group, a carbazolyl group, an indolocarbazolyl group, an indenocarbazolyl group, or an indenofluorenyl group. In particular, since the conjugation is broken when bound to the 9-position of spirobifluorene or fluorene, LUMO distributed in the partial structure A and HOMO distributed in the main chain are further localized into fluorenyl groups and indenofluorenyl groups. Is preferable. It is most preferable that G has no substituent because of ease of synthesis and charge transport stability.
 電荷輸送性が優れる点、特に、正孔輸送性に優れる点からGはN原子(窒素原子)であることが好ましい。 G is preferably an N atom (nitrogen atom) from the viewpoint of excellent charge transportability, particularly excellent hole transportability.
(Ar、Ar20
 前記式(1)で表される繰り返し単位中において、Arは、置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族複素環基、或いは、置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族炭化水素基および置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族複素環基から選ばれる2以上の基が複数個連結した二価の基を表す。
(Ar 2 , Ar 20 )
In the repeating unit represented by the above formula (1), Ar 2 is a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent and a divalent aromatic which may have a substituent. A plurality of two or more groups selected from a heterocyclic group or a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent and a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent. Represents a concatenated divalent group.
 Ar20は、直接結合、置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族炭化水素基が2以上複数個連結した二価の基を表す。 Ar 20 is directly bonded, has a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, or a plurality of divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent are linked. Represents a divalent group.
 Ar、Ar20の芳香族炭化水素基としては、炭素数が6以上、60以下のものが好ましい。具体的には、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、フェナントレン環、ペリレン環、テトラセン環、ピレン環、ベンズピレン環、クリセン環、トリフェニレン環、アセナフテン環、フルオランテン環、フルオレン環等の、6員環の単環若しくは2~5縮合環の二価の基又はこれらから選ばれる環が2~10連結した二価の基が挙げられる。 The aromatic hydrocarbon groups of Ar 2 and Ar 20 preferably have 6 or more carbon atoms and 60 or less carbon atoms. Specifically, 6-membered rings such as benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, perylene ring, tetracene ring, pyrene ring, benzpyrene ring, chrysene ring, triphenylene ring, acenaphthene ring, fluoranthene ring, and fluorene ring. Examples thereof include a divalent group of a monocyclic ring or a 2 to 5 fused ring, or a divalent group in which 2 to 10 rings selected from these are linked.
 Arの芳香族複素環基としては、炭素数が3以上、60以下のものが好ましい。具体的には、フラン環、ベンゾフラン環、チオフェン環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ピロール環、ピラゾール環、イミダゾール環、オキサジアゾール環、インドール環、カルバゾール環、ピロロイミダゾール環、ピロロピラゾール環、ピロロピロール環、チエノピロール環、チエノチオフェン環、フロピロール環、フロフラン環、チエノフラン環、ベンゾイソオキサゾール環、ベンゾイソチアゾール環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、ピリジン環、ピラジン環、ピリダジン環、ピリミジン環、トリアジン環、キノリン環、イソキノリン環、シンノリン環、キノキサリン環、フェナントリジン環、ペリミジン環、キナゾリン環、キナゾリノン環等の、5~6員環の単環若しくは2~4縮合環の二価の基又はこれらから選ばれる環が2~10連結した二価の基が挙げられる。 The aromatic heterocyclic group of Ar 2 preferably has 3 or more carbon atoms and 60 or less carbon atoms. Specifically, a furan ring, a benzofuran ring, a thiophene ring, a benzothiophene ring, a pyrazole ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, an oxadiazole ring, an indole ring, a carbazole ring, a pyrroloymidazole ring, a pyrrolopyrazole ring, a pyrrolopyrrole ring, Thienopyrrole ring, thienothiophene ring, flopyrol ring, furan ring, thienofran ring, benzoisoxazole ring, benzoisothiazole ring, benzimidazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrazine ring, pyridazine ring, pyrimidine ring, triazine ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring , Cinnoline ring, quinoxaline ring, phenanthridin ring, perimidine ring, quinazolin ring, quinazolinone ring, etc. Examples thereof include divalent groups in which ~ 10 are linked.
 Arの置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基および置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基から選ばれる2以上の基が複数個連結した二価の基としては、同じ基が複数連結した基でもよく、異なる基が複数連結した基でもよい。複数連結している場合は2~10連結した基であることが好ましい。 As a divalent group in which a plurality of two or more groups selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent of Ar 2 and an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent are linked. , The same group may be a group in which a plurality of the same groups are linked, or a group in which a plurality of different groups are linked may be used. When a plurality of groups are linked, it is preferable that the groups are linked by 2 to 10.
 Arは電荷輸送性が優れる点、耐久性に優れる点から、置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族炭化水素基および置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族複素環基から選ばれる1又は複数の基が直接又は連結基を介して結合した二価の基であることが好ましい。く、連結基を有する場合は酸素原子又はカルボニル基が好ましい。
 芳香族環と非共役構造を構成することで三重項レベルを高くすることができるため、フェニレン環同士の間を酸素原子又はカルボニル基で連結している構造が好ましい。
 π共役系が広がることで電荷輸送性が向上し、安定性に優れる観点からベンゼン環又はフルオレン環であることが好ましい。
 π共役系の広がりが阻害された主鎖構造となり、励起一重項エネルギー準位(S)および励起三重項エネルギー準位(T)が高くなり、発光励起子からのエネルギー移動による消光が抑制され、発光効率に優れる観点から、フルオレン環とアルキル基を有するフェニレンと結合するねじれ構造が特に好ましい。
 その中でもモノマー中間体の合成や精製の難易度よりメチル基を有するフェニレン基を含む構造が特に好ましい。
Ar 2 has a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent and a divalent aromatic complex which may have a substituent because of its excellent charge transport property and durability. It is preferable that one or more groups selected from the ring groups are divalent groups bonded directly or via a linking group. If it has a linking group, an oxygen atom or a carbonyl group is preferable.
Since the triplet level can be increased by forming a non-conjugated structure with the aromatic ring, a structure in which the phenylene rings are linked by an oxygen atom or a carbonyl group is preferable.
A benzene ring or a fluorene ring is preferable from the viewpoint of improving charge transportability and excellent stability by expanding the π-conjugated system.
The main chain structure is such that the spread of the π-conjugated system is inhibited, the excited singlet energy level (S 1 ) and the excited triplet energy level (T 1 ) are increased, and quenching due to energy transfer from the luminescent exciter is suppressed. Therefore, from the viewpoint of excellent quenching efficiency, a twisted structure that bonds with a fluorene ring and phenylene having an alkyl group is particularly preferable.
Among them, a structure containing a phenylene group having a methyl group is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of difficulty in synthesizing or purifying a monomer intermediate.
 Ar20は、部分構造Aに分布するLUMOと主鎖に分布するHOMOとがそれぞれ局在化する観点から、直接結合又は置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族炭化水素基が1乃至9個連結した基が好ましく、直接結合又は置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族炭化水素基が1乃至7個連結した基が更に好ましい。中でも置換基を有していてもよいベンゼン環が1乃至5個連結した基がより好ましく、置換基を有していてもよいベンゼン環が3個連結し、Aに含まれるベンゼン環と共に、クアテルフェニレン基が特に好ましい。
 主鎖と部分構造Aとの間が非共役となり、部分構造Aに分布するLUMOと主鎖に分布するHOMOがより局在化する観点から、1,3位で連結したベンゼン環を少なくとも1つ含むことが好ましく、2以上含むことが更に好ましい。
 置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族炭化水素基が複数連結した基の場合、電荷輸送性または耐久性の観点から、全て直接結合して連結していることが好ましい。
Ar 20 has one divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a direct bond or a substituent from the viewpoint of localizing LUMO distributed in the partial structure A and HOMO distributed in the main chain, respectively. A group having to 9 linked groups is preferable, and a group having 1 to 7 linked divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a direct bond or a substituent is more preferable. Among them, a group in which 1 to 5 benzene rings which may have a substituent are linked is more preferable, and 3 benzene rings which may have a substituent are linked, and together with the benzene ring contained in A, Kur A terphenylene group is particularly preferred.
From the viewpoint that the main chain and the partial structure A are unconjugated and the LUMO distributed in the partial structure A and the HOMO distributed in the main chain are more localized, at least one benzene ring linked at the 1st and 3rd positions is provided. It is preferable to include it, and it is more preferable to include 2 or more.
In the case of a group in which a plurality of divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent are linked, it is preferable that all of them are directly bonded and linked from the viewpoint of charge transportability or durability.
 Gが窒素原子の場合、正孔輸送性が向上することから、Gに直接結合するArの部分構造としては、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基が好ましく、置換基を有していてもよいフェニレン基又は置換基を有していてもよいフルオレニレン基が更に好ましく、置換基を有していてもよいフェニレン基が特に好ましい。窒素原子であるGに直接結合するベンゼン環には、ベンゼン環又はフルオレン環が結合することが好ましく、窒素原子に直接結合するベンゼン環と、フルオレン環の間には、更に1又は複数のフェニレン基が連結している構造も好ましい。 When G is a nitrogen atom, the hole transportability is improved. Therefore, as the partial structure of Ar 2 directly bonded to G, an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent is preferable, and the substituent is used. A phenylene group which may have a substituent or a fluorenylene group which may have a substituent is more preferable, and a phenylene group which may have a substituent is particularly preferable. A benzene ring or a fluorene ring is preferably bonded to the benzene ring directly bonded to G, which is a nitrogen atom, and one or more phenylene groups are further between the benzene ring directly bonded to the nitrogen atom and the fluorene ring. A structure in which fluorene is connected is also preferable.
 Ar、Ar20が直接結合以外の場合に有していてもよい置換基は、前述のGが芳香族炭化水素基である場合に有してもよい置換基と同様である。合成のしやすさおよび電荷輸送安定性から、Ar、Ar20は置換基を有さないことが最も好ましい。 The substituents that Ar 2 and Ar 20 may have in cases other than direct bonding are the same as the substituents that may be possessed when G is an aromatic hydrocarbon group. From the viewpoint of ease of synthesis and charge transport stability, it is most preferable that Ar 2 and Ar 20 do not have a substituent.
 電子耐久性に優れる観点から、前記式(1)で表される繰り返し単位中の-Ar20-Aは、下記式(15)で表されることが好ましく、後掲の式(16)で表されることがより好ましい。 From the viewpoint of excellent electronic durability, -Ar 20- A in the repeating unit represented by the above formula (1) is preferably represented by the following formula (15), and is represented by the formula (16) described later. It is more preferable to be done.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
(式(15)中、
 X、Yは、各々独立に、C原子又はN原子を表す。X、Y及びNを有する環は、式(31)における環HAに該当する。
 Arは、置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族炭化水素基が2以上連結した二価の基を表す。
 Ar、Arは、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基から選ばれる2以上の基が複数個連結した一価の基を表す。
 ただし、Ar、Ar、Arの少なくとも一つにおいて、環HAに結合する構造はベンゼン環である。
 *はGとの結合部位を表す。)
(In equation (15),
X and Y each independently represent a C atom or an N atom. The ring having X, Y and N corresponds to the ring HA in the formula (31).
Ar 1 is a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or a divalent group in which two or more divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent are linked. show.
Ar 3 and Ar 4 may independently have an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Represents a monovalent group in which a plurality of two or more groups selected from a good aromatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent are linked.
However, in at least one of Ar 1 , Ar 3 , and Ar 4 , the structure bonded to the ring HA is a benzene ring.
* Represents the binding site with G. )
(Ar
 Arは、置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族炭化水素基が2以上複数個連結した二価の基を表す。芳香族炭化水素としては、炭素数が6以上、60以下が好ましい。具体的には、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、フェナントレン環、ペリレン環、テトラセン環、ピレン環、ベンズピレン環、クリセン環、トリフェニレン環、アセナフテン環、フルオランテン環、フルオレン環等の、6員環の単環若しくは2~5縮合環の二価の基又はこれらから選ばれる環が2~10連結した二価の基が好ましい。
 Arが有していてもよい置換基としては、前記置換基群Zのいずれか又はこれらの組み合わせを用いることができる。耐久性および電荷輸送性の観点からは、上記のArが有してよい置換基と同じ置換基から選ばれることが好ましい。
(Ar 1 )
Ar 1 is a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group in which two or more divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent are linked. Represents a group. The aromatic hydrocarbon preferably has 6 or more carbon atoms and 60 or less carbon atoms. Specifically, 6-membered rings such as benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, perylene ring, tetracene ring, pyrene ring, benzpyrene ring, chrysene ring, triphenylene ring, acenaphthene ring, fluoranthene ring, and fluorene ring. A divalent group of a monocyclic ring or a 2 to 5 fused ring, or a divalent group in which 2 to 10 rings selected from these are linked is preferable.
As the substituent that Ar 1 may have, any one of the substituent group Z or a combination thereof can be used. From the viewpoint of durability and charge transportability, it is preferable to select from the same substituents that Ar 2 may have.
(Ar、Ar
 Ar及びArは、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基から選ばれる2以上の基が複数連結した一価の基が好ましい。
(Ar 3 , Ar 4 )
Ar 3 and Ar 4 may independently have an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or a substituent. A monovalent group in which a plurality of two or more groups selected from a good aromatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent are linked is preferable.
 芳香族炭化水素基としては、炭素数が6以上、60以下のものが好ましい。具体的には、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、フェナントレン環、ペリレン環、テトラセン環、ピレン環、ベンズピレン環、クリセン環、トリフェニレン環、アセナフテン環、フルオランテン環、フルオレン環等の、6員環の単環若しくは2~5縮合環の一価の基又はこれらから選ばれる環が2~10連結した一価の基が好ましい。 The aromatic hydrocarbon group preferably has 6 or more carbon atoms and 60 or less carbon atoms. Specifically, 6-membered rings such as benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, perylene ring, tetracene ring, pyrene ring, benzpyrene ring, chrysene ring, triphenylene ring, acenaphthene ring, fluoranthene ring, and fluorene ring. A monovalent group of a monocyclic ring or a 2 to 5 fused ring, or a monovalent group in which 2 to 10 rings selected from these are linked is preferable.
 芳香族複素環基としては、炭素数が3以上、60以下のものが好ましい。具体的には、フラン環、ベンゾフラン環、チオフェン環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ピロール環、ピラゾール環、イミダゾール環、オキサジアゾール環、インドール環、カルバゾール環、ピロロイミダゾール環、ピロロピラゾール環、ピロロピロール環、チエノピロール環、チエノチオフェン環、フロピロール環、フロフラン環、チエノフラン環、ベンゾイソオキサゾール環、ベンゾイソチアゾール環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、ピリジン環、ピラジン環、ピリダジン環、ピリミジン環、トリアジン環、キノリン環、イソキノリン環、シンノリン環、キノキサリン環、フェナントリジン環、ペリミジン環、キナゾリン環、キナゾリノン環等の、5~6員環の単環若しくは2~4縮合環の一価の基又はこれらから選ばれる環が2~10連結した一価の基が挙げられる。 The aromatic heterocyclic group preferably has 3 or more carbon atoms and 60 or less carbon atoms. Specifically, a furan ring, a benzofuran ring, a thiophene ring, a benzothiophene ring, a pyrazole ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, an oxadiazole ring, an indole ring, a carbazole ring, a pyrroloymidazole ring, a pyrrolopyrazole ring, a pyrrolopyrrole ring, Thienopyrrole ring, thienothiophene ring, flopyrol ring, furan ring, thienofran ring, benzoisoxazole ring, benzoisothiazole ring, benzimidazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrazine ring, pyridazine ring, pyrimidine ring, triazine ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring , Cinnoline ring, quinoxaline ring, phenanthridin ring, perimidine ring, quinazolin ring, quinazolinone ring, etc. Examples include to 10 linked monovalent groups.
 芳香族炭化水素基及び芳香族複素環基から選ばれる2以上の基が複数連結した一価の基としては、前記芳香族炭化水素及び前記芳香族複素環から選ばれる構造が2~10連結した一価の基が好ましい。 As a monovalent group in which a plurality of two or more groups selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic heterocyclic group are linked, 2 to 10 structures selected from the aromatic hydrocarbon and the aromatic heterocyclic ring are linked. A monovalent group is preferred.
 LUMOを分布させる観点から、ArおよびArは、それぞれ独立に、下記スキーム2に示すa-1~a-4、b-1~b-9、c-1~c-5、d-1~d-17、およびe-1~e-4から選択される構造を有することが好ましい。
 更に電子求引性基を有することにより分子のLUMOが広がることに促進する観点から、a-1~a-4、b-1~b-9、c-1~c-5、d-1~d-13、およびe-1~e-4から選択される構造が好ましい。
 更に三重項レベルが高い、発光層に形成された励起子を閉じ込める効果の観点から、a-1~a-4、d-1~d-13、およびe-1~e-4から選択される構造が好ましい。
 分子の凝集を防ぐため、d-1~d-13、およびe-1~e-4から選択される構造が更に好ましい。
 簡易に合成でき、安定性に優れる観点からAr=Ar=d-3のベンゼン環の構造が特に好ましい。
 これら構造に置換基を有していてもよい。図中“-*”は環HAとの結合部位を表す。“-*”が複数ある場合はいずれか一つが環HAと結合する部位を表す。
From the viewpoint of distributing LUMO, Ar 3 and Ar 4 are independently a-1 to a-4, b-1 to b-9, c-1 to c-5, and d-1 shown in Scheme 2 below. It is preferable to have a structure selected from ~ d-17 and e-1 to e-4.
Furthermore, from the viewpoint of promoting the spread of LUMO of the molecule by having an electron-attracting group, a-1 to a-4, b-1 to b-9, c-1 to c-5, d-1 to A structure selected from d-13 and e-1 to e-4 is preferable.
It is selected from a-1 to a-4, d-1 to d-13, and e-1 to e-4 from the viewpoint of the effect of confining excitons formed in the light emitting layer, which has a higher triplet level. The structure is preferred.
Structures selected from d-1 to d-13 and e-1 to e-4 are more preferred in order to prevent molecular aggregation.
The structure of the benzene ring of Ar 3 = Ar 4 = d-3 is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of easy synthesis and excellent stability.
These structures may have substituents. In the figure, "-*" represents a binding site with ring HA. When there are a plurality of "-*", one of them represents a site that binds to the ring HA.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
 上記スキーム2のR3A及びR3Bは、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい直鎖、分岐又は環状のアルキル基であることが好ましい。アルキル基の炭素数は特に限定されないが、重合体の溶解性を維持するために、炭素数が1以上、6以下が好ましく、3以下がより好ましく、メチル基又はエチル基であることが更に好ましい。 It is preferable that R 3A and R 3B of the above scheme 2 are linear, branched or cyclic alkyl groups which may independently have a substituent. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but in order to maintain the solubility of the polymer, the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 or more and 6 or less, more preferably 3 or less, and further preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group. ..
 R3A及びR3Bは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。電荷を均一的に窒素原子の周りに分布することができ、更に合成も容易であることから、全てのR3A及びR3Bは同一の基であることが好ましい。 R 3A and R 3B may be the same or different. It is preferable that all R 3A and R 3B have the same group because the charge can be uniformly distributed around the nitrogen atom and the synthesis is easy.
 ArおよびArが有していてもよい置換基としては、前記置換基群Zのいずれか又はこれらの組み合わせを用いることができる。耐久性および電荷輸送性の観点からは、上記のArが有してよい置換基と同じ置換基から選ばれることが好ましい。 As the substituents that Ar 3 and Ar 4 may have, any one of the substituent group Z or a combination thereof can be used. From the viewpoint of durability and charge transportability, it is preferable to select from the same substituents that Ar 2 may have.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
(式(16)中、
 X、Y、*は前記式(15)におけると同義である。
 X、Y及びNを有する環は、式(15)同様、環HAに該当する。
 Ar’は、直接結合又は前記式(15)において、Arの環HAに該当するX、Y及びNを有する環に結合する構造がベンゼン環である場合の残基を表す。
 Ar’、Ar’は、水素原子又はそれぞれ前記式(15)において、Ar、Arの環HAに該当するX、Y及びNを有する環に結合する構造がベンゼン環である場合の残基を表す。)
(In equation (16),
X, Y, and * are synonymous with those in the above equation (15).
The ring having X, Y and N corresponds to ring HA as in the formula (15).
Ar 1 'is the direct bond or the formula (15) represents a residue when X corresponding to rings HA of Ar 1, a structure bonding to the ring with Y and N is a benzene ring.
Ar 3 ', Ar 4', in the hydrogen atom or each said formula (15), when X corresponding to rings HA of Ar 3, Ar 4, a structure bonding to the ring with Y and N is a benzene ring Represents a residue. )
[好ましい繰り返し単位構造]
 前記式(1)で表される繰り返し単位は、下記式(2)-1~式(2)-3のいずれかで表される繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。
[Preferable repeating unit structure]
The repeating unit represented by the formula (1) is preferably a repeating unit represented by any of the following formulas (2) -1 to (2) -3.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
(式(2)-1~式(2)-3中、
 Aは前記式(1)におけるAと同義である。
 Qは、-C(R)(R)-、-N(R)-又は-C(R11)(R12)-C(R13)(R14)-を表す。
 R~Rは、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよいアルコキシ基、又は置換基を有していてもよいアラルキル基を表す。
 R~R及びR11~R14は、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよいアルコキシ基、置換基を有していてもよいアラルキル基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基を表す。
 a、bは各々独立に0~4の整数である。
 c1~c5は各々独立に0~3の整数である。
 但し、c3とc5の少なくとも一方は1以上である。
 d1~d4は各々独立に1~4の整数である。
 R、R、R、Rが該繰り返し単位中に複数ある場合は、R、R、R、Rは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。)
(In equation (2) -1 to equation (2) -3,
A is synonymous with A in the above formula (1).
Q represents -C (R 5 ) (R 6 )-, -N (R 7 )-or -C (R 11 ) (R 12 ) -C (R 13 ) (R 14 )-.
R 1 to R 4 each independently represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, or an aralkyl group which may have a substituent.
R 5 to R 7 and R 11 to R 14 may independently have an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, and a substituent. Represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have an aralkyl group or a substituent.
a and b are independently integers of 0 to 4.
c1 to c5 are independently integers of 0 to 3.
However, at least one of c3 and c5 is 1 or more.
d1 to d4 are independently integers of 1 to 4.
When there are a plurality of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and R 4 in the repeating unit, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and R 4 may be the same or different. )
(RおよびR
 上記式(2)-1~式(2)-3で表される繰り返し単位中のRおよびRは、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよいアルコキシ基、又は置換基を有していてもよいアラルキル基である。RおよびRは、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい直鎖、分岐又は環状のアルキル基であることが好ましい。アルキル基の炭素数は特に限定されないが、重合体の溶解性を維持するために、炭素数が1以上、6以下が好ましく、3以下がより好ましく、メチル基又はエチル基であることが更に好ましい。
(R 1 and R 2 )
R 1 and R 2 in the repeating unit represented by the above formulas (2) -1 to (2) -3 each independently have an alkyl group and a substituent which may have a substituent. It is an alkoxy group which may be present, or an aralkyl group which may have a substituent. R 1 and R 2 are preferably linear, branched or cyclic alkyl groups, each of which may independently have a substituent. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but in order to maintain the solubility of the polymer, the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 or more and 6 or less, more preferably 3 or less, and further preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group. ..
 RおよびRが該繰り返し単位中に複数ある場合は、RおよびRは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。電荷を均一的に窒素原子の周りに分布することができ、更に合成も容易であることから、全てのRおよびRは同一の基であることが好ましい。 When there are a plurality of R 1 and R 2 in the repeating unit, R 1 and R 2 may be the same or different. It is preferable that all R 1 and R 2 are the same group because the charge can be uniformly distributed around the nitrogen atom and the synthesis is easy.
(RおよびR
 上記式(2)-1~式(2)-3で表される繰り返し単位中のRおよびRは、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよいアルコキシ基、又は置換基を有していてもよいアラルキル基である。RおよびRは、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい直鎖、分岐又は環状のアルキル基であることが好ましい。アルキル基の炭素数は特に限定されないが、重合体の溶解性を維持するために、炭素数が1以上であることが好ましく、4以上がより好ましく、炭素数12以下が好ましく、更に好ましくは8以下であり、ヘキシル基であることが特に好ましい。
(R 3 and R 4 )
R 3 and R 4 in the repeating unit represented by the above formulas (2) -1 to (2) -3 each independently have an alkyl group and a substituent which may have a substituent. It is an alkoxy group which may be present, or an aralkyl group which may have a substituent. It is preferable that R 3 and R 4 are linear, branched or cyclic alkyl groups each independently which may have a substituent. The carbon number of the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but in order to maintain the solubility of the polymer, the carbon number is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 4 or more, preferably 12 or less, and further preferably 8. The following is particularly preferable, and it is a hexyl group.
(R~RおよびR11~R14
 R~RおよびR11~R14は、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよいアルコキシ基、置換基を有していてもよいアラルキル基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基である。R~RおよびR11~R14は、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよいアラルキル基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基であることが好ましい。
(R 5 to R 7 and R 11 to R 14 )
R 5 to R 7 and R 11 to R 14 may independently have an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, and a substituent. It is an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have an aralkyl group or a substituent. R 5 to R 7 and R 11 to R 14 may independently have an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aralkyl group which may have a substituent, or an aralkyl group which may have a substituent. It is preferably a good aromatic hydrocarbon group.
 前記アルキル基は特に限定されないが、重合体の溶解性を向上しやすいためには長い方が好ましく、膜の安定性を向上させるため、および電荷輸送性を向上させるためには短い方が好ましい。該アルキル基は、炭素数が1以上、24以下が好ましく、12以下がより好ましく、8以下が更に好ましく、6以下が特に好ましく、2以上がより好ましく、3以上が更に好ましく、4以上が特に好ましい。また、該アルキル基は直鎖、分岐又は環状のいずれの構造であってもよい。
 該アルキル基としては、具体的には、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、i-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、i-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ヘキシル基、n-オクチル基、シクロヘキシル基、ドデシル基等が挙げられる。
The alkyl group is not particularly limited, but a long one is preferable in order to easily improve the solubility of the polymer, and a short one is preferable in order to improve the stability of the film and the charge transportability. The alkyl group preferably has 1 or more and 24 or less carbon atoms, more preferably 12 or less, further preferably 8 or less, particularly preferably 6 or less, more preferably 2 or more, still more preferably 3 or more, and particularly preferably 4 or more. preferable. Further, the alkyl group may have a linear, branched or cyclic structure.
Specific examples of the alkyl group include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, i-butyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group and n-hexyl. Examples include a group, an n-octyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a dodecyl group and the like.
 前記アルコキシ基は特に限定されないが、重合体の溶解性を向上しやすいため、炭素数1以上、24以下が好ましく、12以下がより好ましく、8以下が更に好ましく、6以下が特に好ましく、2以上がより好ましく、3以上が更に好ましく、4以上が特に好ましい。
 該アルコキシ基としては、具体的には、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、n-プロポキシ基、i-プロポキシ基、n-ブトキシ基、i-ブトキシ基、tert-ブトキシ基、ヘキシルオキシ基等が挙げられる。
The alkoxy group is not particularly limited, but since it is easy to improve the solubility of the polymer, the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 or more and 24 or less, more preferably 12 or less, further preferably 8 or less, particularly preferably 6 or less, and 2 or more. Is more preferable, 3 or more is further preferable, and 4 or more is particularly preferable.
Specific examples of the alkoxy group include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an n-propoxy group, an i-propoxy group, an n-butoxy group, an i-butoxy group, a tert-butoxy group, a hexyloxy group and the like.
 前記アラルキル基は特に限定されないが、重合体の溶解性を向上しやすいため、炭素数7以上、60以下が好ましく、40以下がより好ましく、8以上がより好ましく、10以上が更に好ましく、12以上が特に好ましい。
 該アラルキル基としては、具体的には、1,1-ジメチル-1-フェニルメチル基、1,1-ジ(n-ブチル)-1-フェニルメチル基、1,1-ジ(n-ヘキシル)-1-フェニルメチル基、1,1-ジ(n-オクチル)-1-フェニルメチル基、フェニルメチル基、フェニルエチル基、3-フェニル-1-プロピル基、4-フェニル-1-n-ブチル基、1-メチル-1-フェニルエチル基、5-フェニル-1-n-プロピル基、6-フェニル-1-n-ヘキシル基、6-ナフチル-1-n-ヘキシル基、7-フェニル-1-n-ヘプチル基、8-フェニル-1-n-オクチル基、4-フェニルシクロヘキシル基等が挙げられる。
The aralkyl group is not particularly limited, but since it is easy to improve the solubility of the polymer, the number of carbon atoms is preferably 7 or more and 60 or less, more preferably 40 or less, more preferably 8 or more, further preferably 10 or more, and 12 or more. Is particularly preferable.
Specific examples of the aralkyl group include 1,1-dimethyl-1-phenylmethyl group, 1,1-di (n-butyl) -1-phenylmethyl group, and 1,1-di (n-hexyl). -1-phenylmethyl group, 1,1-di (n-octyl) -1-phenylmethyl group, phenylmethyl group, phenylethyl group, 3-phenyl-1-propyl group, 4-phenyl-1-n-butyl Group, 1-methyl-1-phenylethyl group, 5-phenyl-1-n-propyl group, 6-phenyl-1-n-hexyl group, 6-naphthyl-1-n-hexyl group, 7-phenyl-1 Examples thereof include -n-heptyl group, 8-phenyl-1-n-octyl group and 4-phenylcyclohexyl group.
 前記芳香族炭化水素基としては特に限定されないが、重合体の溶解性を向上しやすいため、炭素数が6以上、60以下が好ましく、30以下がより好ましく、24以下が更に好ましく、14以下が特に好ましい。
 該芳香族炭化水素基としては、具体的には、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、フェナントレン環、ペリレン環、テトラセン環、ピレン環、ベンズピレン環、クリセン環、トリフェニレン環、アセナフテン環、フルオランテン環、フルオレン環等の、6員環の単環又は2~5縮合環の一価の基、又はこれらから選ばれる環構造が2乃至8連結した基が挙げられる。好ましくは単環又は2乃至4以下連結した基である。
The aromatic hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, but the number of carbon atoms is preferably 6 or more and 60 or less, more preferably 30 or less, further preferably 24 or less, and 14 or less because it is easy to improve the solubility of the polymer. Especially preferable.
Specific examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a perylene ring, a tetracene ring, a pyrene ring, a benzpyrene ring, a chrysen ring, a triphenylene ring, an acenaphthene ring, and a fluorene ring. Examples thereof include monovalent groups of 6-membered monocyclic rings or 2 to 5 fused rings, such as fluorene rings, or groups in which 2 to 8 ring structures selected from these are linked. It is preferably a single ring or a group in which 2 to 4 or less are linked.
 電荷輸送性および耐久性向上の観点から、R~Rはアルキル基又は芳香族炭化水素基が好ましく、RおよびRはアルキル基であることがより好ましく、Rは芳香族炭化水素基であることがより好ましく、好ましい炭素数は前記の通りである。
 溶解性を向上しつつ電荷輸送性に優れる点では、RおよびRは炭素数3以上8以下のアルキル基又は炭素数9以上40以下のアラルキル基が好ましい。
From the viewpoint of improving charge transportability and durability, R 5 to R 7 are preferably an alkyl group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group, R 5 and R 6 are more preferably an alkyl group, and R 7 is an aromatic hydrocarbon. It is more preferably a group, and the preferred number of carbon atoms is as described above.
R 5 and R 6 are preferably an alkyl group having 3 or more and 8 or less carbon atoms or an aralkyl group having 9 or more and 40 or less carbon atoms in terms of improving solubility and excellent charge transportability.
 前記R~Rのアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アラルキル基、R~RおよびR11~R14のアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アラルキル基および芳香族炭化水素基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。更に有していてもよい置換基は、前記R~RおよびR11~R14のアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アラルキル基および芳香族炭化水素基の好ましい基として挙げた基、又は後述の架橋性基が挙げられる。
 前記R~Rのアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アラルキル基、R~RおよびR11~R14のアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アラルキル基および芳香族炭化水素基は、低電圧化の観点からは、置換基を有さないことが最も好ましい。
Alkyl group of the R 1 ~ R 4, alkoxy group, aralkyl group, the alkyl group of R 5 ~ R 7 and R 11 ~ R 14, alkoxy groups, aralkyl groups and aromatic hydrocarbon groups may further have a substituent May be. Further, the substituent which may be possessed is a group listed as a preferable group of the alkyl group of R 5 to R 7 and R 11 to R 14 , an alkoxy group, an aralkyl group and an aromatic hydrocarbon group, or a cross-linking group described later. Sex groups can be mentioned.
Alkyl group of the R 1 ~ R 4, alkoxy group, aralkyl group, the alkyl group of R 5 ~ R 7 and R 11 ~ R 14, alkoxy groups, aralkyl groups and aromatic hydrocarbon groups, from the viewpoint of low voltage Is most preferably free of substituents.
 R~RおよびR11~R14が更に有してよい置換基は、本実施形態の重合体を成膜後、更に別の層を塗布成膜して積層する場合、溶媒に対する不溶性が向上する観点から、後述の架橋性基であることが好ましい。中でも、電荷輸送性を妨げにくいことから、R、R、およびR11~R14のいずれかが更なる置換基として後述の架橋性基を有することが好ましく、RおよびRの少なくとも一方が更なる置換基として後述の架橋性基を有することが更に好ましい。 Substituents that R 5 to R 7 and R 11 to R 14 may further have are insoluble in a solvent when the polymer of the present embodiment is formed into a film and then another layer is applied to form a film and laminated. From the viewpoint of improvement, it is preferable to use a crosslinkable group described later. Among them, it is preferable that any one of R 5 , R 6 , and R 11 to R 14 has a cross-linking group described later as a further substituent because it does not hinder the charge transport property, and at least of R 5 and R 6. It is more preferable that one has a crosslinkable group described later as a further substituent.
(a、b、c1~c5、d1~d4)
 前記式(2)-1~式(2)-2で表される繰り返し単位中において、aおよびbは各々独立に、0~4の整数である。aおよびbは、各々2以下であることが好ましく、aとbの両方が同時に0又は1であることが更に好ましい。
(A, b, c1 to c5, d1 to d4)
In the repeating unit represented by the formulas (2) -1 to (2) -2, a and b are independently integers of 0 to 4. It is preferable that a and b are 2 or less, respectively, and it is more preferable that both a and b are 0 or 1 at the same time.
 前記式(2)-1~式(2)-3で表される繰り返し単位中において、c1~c5は各々独立に0~3の整数である。但し、c3とc5の少なくとも一方は1以上であり、d1~d4は各々独立に1~4の整数である。
 c1~c5及びd1~d4は、各々独立に2以下であることが好ましい。
 c1、c2の両方が同時に0又は1であることがより好ましい。c1、c2、は1以上であることがさらに好ましい。
 c3又はc4の少なくとも一方、若しくはc3及びc4の両方が1以上であることが好ましい。c3及びc4の両方が1であることが更に好ましい。
 c5は1以上であることが好ましい。
 c1とc2、c3とc4、d1~d4はそれぞれ等しいことが更に好ましい。c1~c5、d1~d4の全てが1又は2であることが更に好ましい。c1~c5、d1~d4の全てが1であることが特に好ましい。
In the repeating unit represented by the formulas (2) -1 to (2) -3, c1 to c5 are independently integers of 0 to 3. However, at least one of c3 and c5 is 1 or more, and d1 to d4 are independently integers of 1 to 4.
It is preferable that c1 to c5 and d1 to d4 are independently 2 or less.
It is more preferable that both c1 and c2 are 0 or 1 at the same time. It is more preferable that c1 and c2 are 1 or more.
It is preferable that at least one of c3 or c4, or both c3 and c4 are 1 or more. It is more preferable that both c3 and c4 are 1.
c5 is preferably 1 or more.
It is more preferable that c1 and c2, c3 and c4, and d1 to d4 are equal to each other. It is more preferable that all of c1 to c5 and d1 to d4 are 1 or 2. It is particularly preferable that all of c1 to c5 and d1 to d4 are 1.
 前記式(2)-1で表される繰り返し単位中のc1とc2の両方が同時に1又は2であり、且つ、aとbの両方が2又は1である場合、RとRは、互いに対称な位置に結合していることが最も好ましい。
 前記式(2)-2で表される繰り返し単位中のc3とc4の両方が同時に1又は2であり、且つ、aとbの両方が2又は1である場合、RとRは、互いに対称な位置に結合していることが最も好ましい。
Both c1 and c2 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (2) -1 is 1 or 2 simultaneously, and, when both a and b is 2 or 1, R 1 and R 2 are, Most preferably, they are connected to each other at symmetrical positions.
Formula (2) both c3 and c4 in the repeating unit represented by -2 1 or 2 simultaneously, and, when both a and b is 2 or 1, R 1 and R 2 are, Most preferably, they are connected to each other at symmetrical positions.
 ここで、RとRとが互いに対称な位置に結合するということについて、前記式(2)-1においてQ=C、c1=c2=1、a=b=2である場合の一例を例にとり、下記式(1-1)および(1-2)で説明する。
 RとRとが互いに対称な位置に結合するということとは、下記式(1-1),(1-2)における主鎖のフルオレン環に対して、RとRの結合位置が対象であることをいう。このとき、主鎖を軸とする180度回転は同一構造とみなす。例えば、下記式(1-1)において、R’とR’とが対象、R”とR”とが対象であり、式(1-1)と式(1-2)とは同一構造とみなす。
Here, regarding the fact that R 1 and R 2 are coupled to each other at symmetrical positions, an example in the case where Q = C, c1 = c2 = 1, and a = b = 2 in the above equation (2) -1. As an example, the following equations (1-1) and (1-2) will be described.
The fact that R 1 and R 2 are bonded to each other at symmetrical positions means that the bonding positions of R 1 and R 2 are relative to the fluorene ring of the main chain in the following equations (1-1) and (1-2). Is the target. At this time, 180 degree rotation about the main chain is regarded as the same structure. For example, in the following formulas (1-1), 'and R 2' R 1 and the target, R 1 "and R 2" and it is the target, the equation (1-1) and (1-2) Consider the same structure.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
(具体例)
 好ましい繰り返し単位構造の具体例としては、以下の構造が挙げられる。
(Concrete example)
Specific examples of the preferred repeating unit structure include the following structures.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
[末端基]
 本実施形態において、末端基とは、重合体の重合終了時に用いたエンドキャップ剤によって形成された、重合体の末端部の構造のことを指す。本実施形態の重合体の末端基は、通常炭化水素基である。炭化水素基としては、電荷輸送性の観点から、炭素数1以上60以下のものが好ましく、1以上40以下のものがより好ましく、1以上30以下のものが更に好ましい。
[Terminal group]
In the present embodiment, the terminal group refers to the structure of the terminal portion of the polymer formed by the end cap agent used at the end of the polymerization of the polymer. The terminal group of the polymer of this embodiment is usually a hydrocarbon group. From the viewpoint of charge transportability, the hydrocarbon group preferably has 1 or more and 60 or less carbon atoms, more preferably 1 or more and 40 or less, and further preferably 1 or more and 30 or less.
 この末端基としては、好ましくは、以下のものが挙げられる。
 例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、i-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、i-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ヘキシル基、シクロヘキシル基、ドデシル基等の、炭素数が通常1以上、好ましくは4以上であり、通常24以下、好ましくは12以下である、直鎖、分岐、又は環状のアルキル基;
 例えば、ビニル基等の、炭素数が通常2以上であり、通常24以下、好ましくは12以下であるアルケニル基;
 例えば、エチニル基等の、炭素数が通常2以上であり、通常24以下、好ましくは12以下であるアルキニル基;
 例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基等の、炭素数が通常6以上であり、通常36以下、好ましくは24以下である芳香族炭化水素環基:
The terminal group preferably includes the following.
For example, methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, i-butyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-hexyl group, cyclohexyl group, dodecyl group and the like. , Usually 1 or more, preferably 4 or more, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less, linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl groups;
For example, an alkenyl group such as a vinyl group having a carbon number of usually 2 or more, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less;
For example, an alkynyl group having a carbon number of usually 2 or more, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less, such as an ethynyl group;
For example, an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having a carbon number of usually 6 or more, usually 36 or less, preferably 24 or less, such as a phenyl group or a naphthyl group:
 これら炭化水素基は更に置換基を有していてもよい。更に有していてもよい置換基はアルキル基又は芳香族炭化水素基が好ましい。これら更に有していてもよい置換基が複数ある場合は互いに結合して環を形成していてもよい。
 末端基の炭化水素基が更に有していてもよい置換基としては、好ましくは、電荷輸送性および耐久性の観点から、アルキル基又は芳香族炭化水素基であり、更に好ましくは芳香族炭化水素基である。
These hydrocarbon groups may further have a substituent. Further, the substituent which may be possessed is preferably an alkyl group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group. When there are a plurality of these substituents which may be further present, they may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
The substituent that the hydrocarbon group of the terminal group may further have is preferably an alkyl group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group from the viewpoint of charge transportability and durability, and more preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon. It is a group.
[可溶性基]
 本実施形態の重合体は、溶媒への可溶性発現のため可溶性基を有することが好ましい。本実施形態における可溶性基は、炭素数3以上24以下、好ましくは炭素数12以下の、直鎖又は分岐のアルキル基又はアルキレン基を有する基である。これらの中でも好ましくは、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、又はアラルキル基であり、例えば、n-プロピル基、2-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、n-ヘキシル基、n-オクチル基等である。より好ましくはn-ヘキシル基又はn-オクチル基である。可溶性基は置換基を有していてもよい。
[Soluble group]
The polymer of the present embodiment preferably has a soluble group for soluble expression in a solvent. The soluble group in the present embodiment is a group having a linear or branched alkyl group or alkylene group having 3 or more and 24 or less carbon atoms, preferably 12 or less carbon atoms. Among these, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, or an aralkyl group is preferable, and for example, an n-propyl group, a 2-propyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, an n-hexyl group, an n-octyl group and the like. .. More preferably, it is an n-hexyl group or an n-octyl group. The soluble group may have a substituent.
(可溶性基の数)
 本実施形態の重合体が有する可溶性基は、湿式成膜法に利用可能な重合体溶液を得やすくなる点では、多い方が好ましい。一方で、本実施形態の重合体を用いて成膜した層の上に湿式成膜法で他の層を形成した際に下層が溶媒に溶解してしまうことによる膜厚減少が少ない点では、少ない方が好ましい。
(Number of soluble groups)
It is preferable that the number of soluble groups contained in the polymer of the present embodiment is large in that it is easy to obtain a polymer solution that can be used in the wet film forming method. On the other hand, when another layer is formed on the layer formed by using the polymer of the present embodiment by the wet film forming method, the film thickness is less reduced due to the lower layer being dissolved in the solvent. Less is preferable.
 本実施形態の重合体が有する可溶性基の数は、重合体の1gあたりのモル数で表すことができる。
 本実施形態の重合体が有する可溶性基の数を、重合体の1gあたりのモル数で表した場合、重合体1gあたり、通常4.0ミリモル以下、好ましくは3.0ミリモル以下、更に好ましくは2.0ミリモル以下であり、また通常0.1ミリモル以上、好ましくは0.5ミリモル以上である。
 可溶性基の数が上記範囲内であると、重合体が溶媒に溶解しやすく、湿式成膜法に適した重合体を含む組成物が得られ易い。また、可溶性基密度が適度で、加熱溶媒乾燥後の有機溶媒に対する難溶性が十分であるため、湿式成膜法での多層積層構造が形成可能となる。
The number of soluble groups contained in the polymer of the present embodiment can be expressed by the number of moles per gram of the polymer.
When the number of soluble groups contained in the polymer of the present embodiment is expressed in terms of the number of moles per 1 g of the polymer, it is usually 4.0 mmol or less, preferably 3.0 mmol or less, more preferably 3.0 mmol or less per 1 g of the polymer. It is 2.0 mmol or less, and usually 0.1 mmol or more, preferably 0.5 mmol or more.
When the number of soluble groups is within the above range, the polymer is easily dissolved in a solvent, and a composition containing a polymer suitable for a wet film forming method can be easily obtained. Further, since the soluble group density is appropriate and the solubility in an organic solvent after drying with a heating solvent is sufficient, a multilayer laminated structure can be formed by a wet film forming method.
 重合体の1gあたりの可溶性基の数は、重合体からその末端基を除いて、合成時の仕込みモノマーのモル比と、構造式から算出することができる。
 後述の実施例1で用いた式(HT-1)で表される重合体1の場合で説明すると、以下に示す通り、重合体1において、末端基を除いた繰り返し単位の分子量は平均748.4であり、また可溶性基であるヘキシル基は、1繰り返し単位当たり平均1.3個である。これを単純比例により計算すると、分子量1gあたりの可溶性基の数は、1.74ミリモルと算出される。
The number of soluble groups per gram of the polymer can be calculated from the molar ratio of the charged monomer at the time of synthesis and the structural formula by removing the terminal group from the polymer.
Explaining the case of the polymer 1 represented by the formula (HT-1) used in Example 1 described later, as shown below, in the polymer 1, the molecular weight of the repeating unit excluding the terminal group is 748 on average. The average number of hexyl groups, which is 4 and is a soluble group, is 1.3 per repeating unit. When this is calculated by simple proportionality, the number of soluble groups per 1 g of molecular weight is calculated to be 1.74 mmol.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
[架橋性基]
 本実施形態の重合体は、架橋性基を有していてもよい。本実施形態の重合体における架橋性基は、前記式(1)で表される繰り返し単位中に存在していてもよく、前記式(1)で表される繰り返し単位とは別の繰り返し単位中に存在していてもよい。特に、側鎖として結合する芳香族炭化水素基又は芳香族複素環基に架橋性基を有することが、架橋反応が進行しやすいため好ましい。
 架橋性基を有することで、熱及び/又は活性エネルギー線の照射により起こる反応(難溶化反応)の前後で、有機溶媒に対する溶解性に大きな差を生じさせることができる。
[Crosslinkable group]
The polymer of this embodiment may have a crosslinkable group. The crosslinkable group in the polymer of the present embodiment may be present in the repeating unit represented by the formula (1), and is in a repeating unit different from the repeating unit represented by the formula (1). May be present in. In particular, it is preferable to have a crosslinkable group in the aromatic hydrocarbon group or the aromatic heterocyclic group bonded as a side chain because the crosslinking reaction can easily proceed.
By having a crosslinkable group, it is possible to make a large difference in solubility in an organic solvent before and after a reaction (poor solubility reaction) caused by irradiation with heat and / or active energy rays.
 架橋性基とは、熱及び/又は活性エネルギー線の照射により、該架橋性基の近傍に位置する他の分子を構成している基と反応して、新規な化学結合を生成する基のことをいう。この場合、反応する基は架橋性基と同一の基でも異なる基でもよい。 A crosslinkable group is a group that forms a new chemical bond by reacting with a group constituting another molecule located in the vicinity of the crosslinkable group by irradiation with heat and / or active energy rays. To say. In this case, the reacting group may be the same group as the crosslinkable group or a different group.
 架橋性基としては、芳香族環に縮環したシクロブテン環、芳香族環に結合したアルケニル基を含む基が好ましく、更に好ましくは下記架橋性基群Kから選ばれる基である。架橋性基は、前記各構造が有する置換基に更に置換した形で重合体に含まれていることが好ましい。 As the crosslinkable group, a cyclobutene ring fused to the aromatic ring and a group containing an alkenyl group bonded to the aromatic ring are preferable, and a group selected from the following crosslinkable group group K is more preferable. It is preferable that the crosslinkable group is contained in the polymer in a form further substituted with the substituent having each structure.
(架橋性基群K)
 架橋性基群Kは、以下に示す構造である。
(Crosslinkable group K)
The crosslinkable group K has the structure shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
 上記架橋性基群Kにおいて、R21~R23は、各々独立に、水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。R24~R26は、各々独立に、アルキル基又はアルコキシ基を表す。pは1~4の整数、qは1~4の整数、rは1~4の整数を表す。
 pが2以上のとき、複数のR24は同じであっても異なっていてもよく、隣接するR24同士が結合して環を形成してもよい。
 qが2以上のとき、複数のR25は同じであっても異なっていてもよく、隣接するR25同士が結合して環を形成してもよい。
 rが2以上のとき、複数のR26は同じであっても異なっていてもよく、隣接するR26同士が結合して環を形成してもよい。
 Ar21、Ar22は、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい、芳香族炭化水素基又は芳香族複素環基を表す。
 “-*”は、結合部位である。
In the crosslinkable group group K, R 21 to R 23 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. R 24 to R 26 each independently represent an alkyl group or an alkoxy group. p represents an integer of 1 to 4, q represents an integer of 1 to 4, and r represents an integer of 1 to 4.
When p is 2 or more, the plurality of R 24s may be the same or different, and adjacent R 24s may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
When q is 2 or more, a plurality of R 25s may be the same or different, and adjacent R 25s may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
When r is 2 or more, the plurality of R 26s may be the same or different, and adjacent R 26s may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
Ar 21 and Ar 22 each independently represent an aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent.
"-*" Is a binding site.
 R21~R26のアルキル基としては、炭素数が6以下である、直鎖又は分岐の鎖状アルキル基が挙げられる。例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、2-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基等である。より好ましくは、メチル基又はエチル基である。R21~R26のアルキル基の炭素数が6以下であることで、架橋反応を立体的に阻害することもなく、本実施形態の重合体により形成される膜の不溶化が起こりやすいと考えられる。 Examples of the alkyl group of R 21 to R 26 include a linear or branched chain alkyl group having 6 or less carbon atoms. For example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, a 2-propyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group and the like. More preferably, it is a methyl group or an ethyl group. Since the alkyl groups of R 21 to R 26 have 6 or less carbon atoms, it is considered that the film formed by the polymer of the present embodiment is likely to be insolubilized without sterically inhibiting the cross-linking reaction. ..
 R24~R26のアルコキシ基としては、炭素数が6以下である、直鎖又は分岐の鎖状アルコキシ基が挙げられる。例えば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、n-プロポキシ基、2-プロポキシ基、n-ブトキシ基等である。より好ましくは、メトキシ基又はエトキシ基である。R24~R26の炭素数が6以下であれば、架橋反応を立体的に阻害することもなく、本実施形態の重合体により形成される膜の不溶化が起こりやすいと考えられる。 Examples of the alkoxy group of R 24 to R 26 include a linear or branched chain alkoxy group having 6 or less carbon atoms. For example, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an n-propoxy group, a 2-propoxy group, an n-butoxy group and the like. More preferably, it is a methoxy group or an ethoxy group. When the number of carbon atoms of R 24 to R 26 is 6 or less, it is considered that the film formed by the polymer of the present embodiment is likely to be insolubilized without sterically inhibiting the cross-linking reaction.
 Ar21及びAr22の置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基としては、例えば、1個の遊離原子価を有する、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環等の6員環の単環又は2~5縮合環が挙げられる。特に1個の遊離原子価を有するベンゼン環が好ましい。
 Ar22は、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基を2以上結合させた基であってもよい。このような基としては、ビフェニレン基、ターフェニレン基等が挙げられ、4,4’-ビフェニレン基が好ましい。
 Ar21及びAr22の置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基としては、例えば、1個の遊離原子価を有する、ピリジン環、トリアジン環等の6員環の単環又は2~5縮合環が挙げられる。特に1個の遊離原子価を有するトリアジン環が好ましい。
 Ar21、Ar22が有していてもよい置換基は前述の置換基群Zと同様である。
Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent of Ar 21 and Ar 22 include a single ring of a 6-membered ring such as a benzene ring and a naphthalene ring having one free valence, or 2 to 2 to. Examples include a 5-fused ring. In particular, a benzene ring having one free valence is preferable.
Ar 22 may be a group in which two or more aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent are bonded. Examples of such a group include a biphenylene group and a terphenylene group, and a 4,4'-biphenylene group is preferable.
Examples of the aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent of Ar 21 and Ar 22 include a single ring of a 6-membered ring having one free valence, such as a pyridine ring and a triazine ring, or 2 to 2 to Examples include a 5-fused ring. In particular, a triazine ring having one free valence is preferable.
The substituents that Ar 21 and Ar 22 may have are the same as those of the above-mentioned substituent group Z.
 架橋性基として、シンナモイル基などアリールビニルカルボニル基、一価の遊離原子価を有するベンゾシクロブテン環、一価の遊離原子価を有する1,2-ジヒドロシクロブタ〔a〕ナフタレン環等の環化付加反応する基が、素子の電気化学的安定性を更に向上させる点で好ましい。 Ionization of arylvinylcarbonyl groups such as cinnamoyl groups, benzocyclobutene rings having a monovalent free valence, and 1,2-dihydrocyclobuta [a] naphthalene rings having a monovalent free valence as crosslinkable groups. A group that undergoes an addition reaction is preferable in that it further improves the electrochemical stability of the device.
 架橋性基の中でも、架橋後の構造が特に安定な点で、一価の遊離原子価を有する芳香族環に縮環したシクロブテン環、一価の遊離原子価を有する1,2-ジヒドロシクロブタ〔a〕ナフタレン環を含む基が好ましく、中でもベンゾシクロブテン環又は一価の遊離原子価を有する1,2-ジヒドロシクロブタ〔a〕ナフタレン環が更に好ましい。架橋性基としては、架橋反応温度が低い点で一価の遊離原子価を有する1,2-ジヒドロシクロブタ〔a〕ナフタレン環が特に好ましい。 Among the crosslinkable groups, the cyclobutene ring fused to an aromatic ring having a monovalent free valence and the 1,2-dihydrocyclobutane having a monovalent free valence are particularly stable in the structure after cross-linking. [A] A group containing a naphthalene ring is preferable, and among them, a benzocyclobutene ring or a 1,2-dihydrocyclobuta [a] naphthalene ring having a monovalent free valence is more preferable. As the crosslinkable group, a 1,2-dihydrocyclobuta [a] naphthalene ring having a monovalent free valence in that the crosslinking reaction temperature is low is particularly preferable.
(架橋性基の数)
 本実施形態の重合体が有する架橋性基は、架橋することにより十分に不溶化し、その上に湿式成膜法で他の層を形成しやすくなる点では、多い方が好ましい。一方で、形成された層にクラックが生じ難く、未反応架橋性基が残りにくく、有機電界発光素子が長寿命になりやすい点では、架橋性基は少ないことが好ましい。
(Number of crosslinkable groups)
It is preferable that the crosslinkable group contained in the polymer of the present embodiment is sufficiently insolubilized by crosslinking, and it becomes easy to form another layer on the crosslinkable group by a wet film forming method. On the other hand, it is preferable that the number of crosslinkable groups is small in that cracks are unlikely to occur in the formed layer, unreacted crosslinkable groups are unlikely to remain, and the organic electroluminescent device tends to have a long life.
 本実施形態の重合体における、1つのポリマー鎖の中に存在する架橋性基の数は、好ましくは1以上、より好ましくは2以上であり、また好ましくは200以下、より好ましくは100以下である。 In the polymer of the present embodiment, the number of crosslinkable groups present in one polymer chain is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, and preferably 200 or less, more preferably 100 or less. ..
 本実施形態の重合体が有する架橋性基の数は、重合体の分子量1000あたりの数で表すことができる。
 本実施形態の重合体が有する架橋性基の数を、重合体の分子量1000あたりの数で表した場合、分子量1000あたり、通常3.0個以下、好ましくは2.0個以下、更に好ましくは1.0個以下であり、また通常0.01個以上、好ましくは0.05個以上である。
The number of crosslinkable groups contained in the polymer of the present embodiment can be represented by the number per 1000 molecular weight of the polymer.
When the number of crosslinkable groups contained in the polymer of the present embodiment is expressed by the number per 1000 molecular weight of the polymer, it is usually 3.0 or less, preferably 2.0 or less, more preferably 2.0 or less per 1000 molecular weight. The number is 1.0 or less, and usually 0.01 or more, preferably 0.05 or more.
 架橋性基の数が上記範囲内であると、クラック等が起き難く、本実施形態の重合体から平坦な膜が得られ易い。また、架橋密度が適度であるため、架橋反応後の層内に残る未反応の架橋性基が少なく、得られる素子の寿命に影響し難い。
 更に、架橋反応後の、有機溶媒に対する難溶性が十分であるため、湿式成膜法での多層積層構造が形成し易い。
When the number of crosslinkable groups is within the above range, cracks and the like are unlikely to occur, and a flat film can be easily obtained from the polymer of the present embodiment. Further, since the cross-linking density is appropriate, there are few unreacted cross-linking groups remaining in the layer after the cross-linking reaction, and it is unlikely to affect the life of the obtained device.
Further, since the poor solubility in the organic solvent after the crosslinking reaction is sufficient, it is easy to form a multilayer laminated structure by the wet film forming method.
 重合体の分子量1000あたりの架橋性基の数は、重合体からその末端基を除いて、合成時の仕込みモノマーのモル比と、構造式から算出することができる。
 後述の実施例1で用いた式(HT-1)で表される重合体1の場合で説明すると、重合体1において、末端基を除いた繰り返し単位の分子量は平均748.4であり、架橋性基は、1繰り返し単位当たり0.15個である。これを単純比例により計算すると、分子量1000あたりの架橋性基の数は、0.20個と算出される。
The number of crosslinkable groups per 1000 molecular weight of the polymer can be calculated from the molar ratio of the charged monomer at the time of synthesis and the structural formula by removing the terminal group from the polymer.
Explaining the case of the polymer 1 represented by the formula (HT-1) used in Example 1 described later, in the polymer 1, the molecular weight of the repeating unit excluding the terminal group is 748.4 on average, and cross-linking is performed. The number of sex groups is 0.15 per repeating unit. When this is calculated by simple proportionality, the number of crosslinkable groups per 1000 molecular weight is calculated to be 0.20.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
[繰り返し単位の含有量]
 本実施形態の重合体において、式(1)で表される繰り返し単位の含有量は特に制限されないが、通常重合体中に5モル%以上含まれ、10モル%以上含まれることが好ましく、15モル%以上含まれることが更に好ましく、20モル%以上含まれることが特に好ましい。本実施形態の重合体は、繰り返し単位が、式(1)で表される繰り返し単位のみから構成されていてもよいが、有機電界発光素子とした場合の諸性能をバランスさせる目的から、式(1)とは別の繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。その場合、重合体中の式(1)で表される繰り返し単位の含有量は、通常、99モル%以下、好ましくは95モル%以下である。
[Content of repeating unit]
In the polymer of the present embodiment, the content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (1) is not particularly limited, but it is usually contained in the polymer in an amount of 5 mol% or more, preferably 10 mol% or more, and 15 It is more preferably contained in an amount of mol% or more, and particularly preferably contained in an amount of 20 mol% or more. In the polymer of the present embodiment, the repeating unit may be composed of only the repeating unit represented by the formula (1), but for the purpose of balancing various performances when the organic electroluminescent device is used, the formula (1) It may have a repeating unit different from that of 1). In that case, the content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (1) in the polymer is usually 99 mol% or less, preferably 95 mol% or less.
[他に含まれていてもよい好ましい繰り返し単位]
 本実施形態の重合体は、更に下記式(3)で表される繰り返し単位を含むことも好ましい。式(3)で表される繰り返し単位は、下記(3)-1、式(3)-2又は式(3)-3のいずれかで表される繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。
[Preferable repeating unit that may be contained elsewhere]
It is also preferable that the polymer of the present embodiment further contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (3). The repeating unit represented by the formula (3) is preferably a repeating unit represented by any of the following (3) -1, formula (3) -2 or formula (3) -3.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
(式(3)中、
 Ar13は、部分構造Aを含まない、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基を表す。
 Ar14は、置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族複素環基、或いは、置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族複素環基から選ばれる2以上の基が直接若しくは連結基を介して複数個連結した二価の基を表す。)
(In equation (3),
Ar 13 represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group which does not contain a partial structure A and may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent.
Ar 14 may have a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or a substituent. A divalent group in which a plurality of two or more groups selected from a good divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group and a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent are directly or via a linking group are linked. Represents. )
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
(式(3)-1~(3)-3中、
 Arは、部分構造Aを含まない、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基を表す。
 Qは、-C(R)(R)-、-N(R)-又は-C(R11)(R12)-C(R13)(R14)-を表す。
 R~Rは、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよいアルコキシ基、又は置換基を有していてもよいアラルキル基を表す。
 R~R及びR11~R14は、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよいアルコキシ基、置換基を有していてもよいアラルキル基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基を表す。
 a、bは各々独立に0~4の整数である。
 c1~c5は各々独立に0~3の整数である。
 但しc3とc5の少なくとも一方は1以上である。
 d1~d4は各々独立に1~4の整数である。
 R、R、R、Rが該繰り返し単位中に複数ある場合は、R、R、R、Rは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 但し、Q、R~Rは、前記式(2)-1~前記式(2)-3におけるQ、R~Rと同じ構造を取りうること及び、好ましい範囲も同様である。そのため同じ符号を用いたが、異なっていてもよい。
 c1~c5、d1~d4は、前記式(2)-1~前記式(2)-3におけるc1~c5、d1~d4と同じ値を取りうること及び、好ましい範囲も同様である。そのため同じ符号を用いたが、異なっていてもよい。)
(In equations (3) -1 to (3) -3,
Ar 7 represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group which does not contain a partial structure A and may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent.
Q represents -C (R 5 ) (R 6 )-, -N (R 7 )-or -C (R 11 ) (R 12 ) -C (R 13 ) (R 14 )-.
R 1 to R 4 each independently represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, or an aralkyl group which may have a substituent.
R 5 to R 7 and R 11 to R 14 may independently have an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, and a substituent. Represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have an aralkyl group or a substituent.
a and b are independently integers of 0 to 4.
c1 to c5 are independently integers of 0 to 3.
However, at least one of c3 and c5 is 1 or more.
d1 to d4 are independently integers of 1 to 4.
When there are a plurality of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and R 4 in the repeating unit, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and R 4 may be the same or different.
However, Q, R 1 ~ R 4, the formula (2) -1 Q in ~ the formula (2) -3, and it may take the same structure as R 1 - R 4, preferred ranges are also the same. Therefore, the same reference numerals are used, but they may be different.
c1 to c5 and d1 to d4 can take the same values as c1 to c5 and d1 to d4 in the formulas (2) -1 to (2) -3, and the preferable range is also the same. Therefore, the same reference numerals are used, but they may be different. )
(Ar
 前記式(3)-1~(3)-3で表される繰り返し単位中において、Arは、それぞれの繰り返し単位において独立に、部分構造Aを含まない、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基を表す。
(Ar 7 )
In the repeating units represented by the formulas (3) -1 to (3) -3, Ar 7 may independently have a substituent containing no partial structure A in each repeating unit. Represents an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have an aromatic hydrocarbon group or a substituent.
 該芳香族炭化水素基としては、炭素数が6以上、60以下のものが好ましい。具体的には、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、フェナントレン環、ペリレン環、テトラセン環、ピレン環、ベンズピレン環、クリセン環、トリフェニレン環、アセナフテン環、フルオランテン環、フルオレン環等の、6員環の単環若しくは2~5縮合環又はこれらから選ばれる環が複数連結した一価の基が挙げられる。複数連結する場合は2~10連結した一価の基が好ましい。 The aromatic hydrocarbon group preferably has 6 or more carbon atoms and 60 or less carbon atoms. Specifically, 6-membered rings such as benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, perylene ring, tetracene ring, pyrene ring, benzpyrene ring, chrysene ring, triphenylene ring, acenaphthene ring, fluoranthene ring, and fluorene ring. Examples thereof include a monocyclic ring, a 2 to 5 fused ring, or a monovalent group in which a plurality of rings selected from these are linked. When a plurality of them are linked, a monovalent group in which 2 to 10 are linked is preferable.
 該芳香族複素環基としては、炭素数が3以上、60以下のものが好ましい。具体的には、フラン環、ベンゾフラン環、チオフェン環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ピロール環、ピラゾール環、イミダゾール環、オキサジアゾール環、インドール環、カルバゾール環、ピロロイミダゾール環、ピロロピラゾール環、ピロロピロール環、チエノピロール環、チエノチオフェン環、フロピロール環、フロフラン環、チエノフラン環、ベンゾイソオキサゾール環、ベンゾイソチアゾール環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、ピラジン環、ピリダジン環、キノリン環、イソキノリン環、シンノリン環、キノキサリン環、フェナントリジン環、ペリミジン環、キナゾリン環、キナゾリノン環等の、5~6員環の単環若しくは2~4縮合環又はこれらから選ばれる環が複数連結した一価の基が挙げられる。複数連結する場合は2~10連結した一価の基が好ましい。 The aromatic heterocyclic group preferably has 3 or more carbon atoms and 60 or less carbon atoms. Specifically, a furan ring, a benzofuran ring, a thiophene ring, a benzothiophene ring, a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, an oxadiazole ring, an indole ring, a carbazole ring, a pyroloymidazole ring, a pyrrolopyrazole ring, a pyrrolopyrrole ring, Thienopyrrole ring, thienothiophene ring, flopyrrole ring, furan ring, thienofran ring, benzoisoxazole ring, benzoisothiazole ring, benzimidazole ring, pyrazine ring, pyridazine ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring, cinnoline ring, quinoxalin ring, phenant Examples thereof include a 5- to 6-membered monocyclic ring, a 2- to 4-condensed ring, or a monovalent group in which a plurality of rings selected from these are linked, such as a lysine ring, a perimidine ring, a quinazoline ring, and a quinazolinone ring. When a plurality of them are linked, a monovalent group in which 2 to 10 are linked is preferable.
 Arは、電荷輸送性が優れる点、耐久性に優れる点から、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基が好ましい。中でも置換基を有していてもよいベンゼン環又はフルオレン環の一価の基、すなわち、置換基を有していてもよいフェニル基又はフルオレニル基がより好ましく、置換基を有していてもよいフルオレニル基が更に好ましく、置換基を有していてもよい2-フルオレニル基が特に好ましい。 Ar 7 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent from the viewpoint of excellent charge transportability and durability. Among them, a monovalent group of a benzene ring or a fluorene ring which may have a substituent, that is, a phenyl group or a fluorenyl group which may have a substituent is more preferable, and a substituent may be provided. A fluorenyl group is more preferred, and a 2-fluorenyl group, which may have a substituent, is particularly preferred.
 Arの芳香族炭化水素基が有してもよい置換基としては、本実施形態の重合体の特性を著しく低減させないものであれば、特に制限はない。好ましくは、前記置換基群Z又は前記架橋性基から選ばれる基が挙げられる。該置換基としては、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、芳香族炭化水素基、部分構造Aに該当しない芳香族複素環基又は前記架橋性基が好ましく、アルキル基がより好ましい。 The substituent that the aromatic hydrocarbon group of Ar 7 may have is not particularly limited as long as it does not significantly reduce the characteristics of the polymer of the present embodiment. Preferably, a group selected from the substituent group Z or the crosslinkable group is mentioned. As the substituent, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic heterocyclic group not corresponding to the partial structure A or the crosslinkable group is preferable, and an alkyl group is more preferable.
 Arは、塗布溶媒への溶解性の点から、炭素数1~24のアルキル基で置換されたフルオレニル基が好ましく、特に、炭素数4~12のアルキル基で置換された2-フルオレニル基が好ましい。更に、2-フルオレニル基の9位にアルキル基が置換された9-アルキル-2-フルオレニル基が好ましく、特に、アルキル基が2置換された9,9’-ジアルキル-2-フルオレニル基が好ましい。9位及び9’位の少なくとも一方がアルキル基で置換されたフルオレニル基であることにより、溶媒に対する溶解性及びフルオレン環の耐久性が向上しやすい。更に、9位及び9’位の両方がアルキル基で置換されたフルオレニル基であることにより、溶媒に対する溶解性及びフルオレン環の耐久性が更に向上しやすい。
 Arは前記架橋性基を含むことが、成膜後、積層塗布する際に溶媒に対する不溶性が向上するため好ましい。
From the viewpoint of solubility in a coating solvent, Ar 7 is preferably a fluorenyl group substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, and particularly a 2-fluorenyl group substituted with an alkyl group having 4 to 12 carbon atoms. preferable. Further, a 9-alkyl-2-fluorenyl group in which the alkyl group is substituted at the 9-position of the 2-fluorenyl group is preferable, and a 9,9'-dialkyl-2-fluorenyl group in which the alkyl group is 2-substituted is particularly preferable. Since at least one of the 9-position and the 9'-position is a fluorenyl group substituted with an alkyl group, the solubility in a solvent and the durability of the fluorene ring are likely to be improved. Further, since both the 9-position and the 9'-position are substituted with an alkyl group, the solubility in a solvent and the durability of the fluorene ring are likely to be further improved.
It is preferable that Ar 7 contains the crosslinkable group because the insolubility in the solvent is improved when the film is laminated and coated after the film formation.
 不溶化の観点からは、更なる置換基として、少なくとも一つの前述の架橋性基を含む式(3)-1~式(3)-3で表される繰り返し単位を含むことが好ましい。該架橋性基は、Arで表される芳香族炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基に更に置換していることが好ましい。 From the viewpoint of insolubilization, it is preferable that the further substituent contains a repeating unit represented by the formulas (3) -1 to (3) -3 containing at least one of the above-mentioned crosslinkable groups. The crosslinkable group is preferably further substituted with a substituent which the aromatic hydrocarbon group represented by Ar 7 may have.
(具体例)
 前記式(3)-1~前記式(3)-3で表される繰り返し単位構造の具体例としては、以下の構造が挙げられる。
(Concrete example)
Specific examples of the repeating unit structure represented by the formulas (3) -1 to (3) -3 include the following structures.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
[他の繰り返し単位]
 本実施形態の重合体は、電荷輸送性及び耐久性の点で、更に下記式(4)又は下記式(5)で表される繰り返し単位を含んでいてもよい。
[Other repeating units]
The polymer of the present embodiment may further contain a repeating unit represented by the following formula (4) or the following formula (5) in terms of charge transportability and durability.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
 式(4)中、R及びRは、各々独立して、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基を表す。 In formula (4), R 8 and R 9 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Represents an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a group.
 式(5)中、Ar10は、置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基、或いは、置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族複素環基から選ばれる2以上の基が直接若しくは連結基を介して複数個連結した二価の基を表す。 In formula (5), Ar 10 has a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Two or more groups selected from a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may be present and a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent are linked directly or via a linking group. Represents a valence group.
(R及びR
 R及びRのアルキル基、芳香族炭化水素基、芳香族複素環基としては、前記置換基群Zとして例示したアルキル基、芳香族炭化水素基、芳香族複素環基が挙げられる。これらの基が有していてもよい置換基は前記置換基群Z又は前記架橋性基と同様の基が好ましい。
(R 8 and R 9 )
Examples of the alkyl group, aromatic hydrocarbon group and aromatic heterocyclic group of R 8 and R 9 include the alkyl group exemplified as the substituent group Z, the aromatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic heterocyclic group. The substituents that these groups may have are preferably a group similar to the substituent group Z or the crosslinkable group.
(Ar10
 Ar10の具体的な構造としては、前記式(1)のArと同様の二価の基が挙げられる。これらの基が有していてもよい置換基は前記置換基群Z又は前記架橋性基と同様の基が好ましい。
(Ar 10 )
As a specific structure of Ar 10, a divalent group similar to Ar 2 in the above formula (1) can be mentioned. The substituents that these groups may have are preferably a group similar to the substituent group Z or the crosslinkable group.
[重合体の分子量]
 本実施形態の重合体の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、通常3,000,000以下、好ましくは1,000,000以下、より好ましくは500,000以下、更に好ましくは200,000以下、特に好ましくは100,000以下であり、通常10,000以上、好ましくは15,000以上である。
[Molecular weight of polymer]
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer of the present embodiment is usually 3,000,000 or less, preferably 1,000,000 or less, more preferably 500,000 or less, still more preferably 200,000 or less, particularly preferably. Is 100,000 or less, usually 10,000 or more, preferably 15,000 or more.
 重合体の重量平均分子量が上記上限値以下であることで、溶媒に対する溶解性が得られ、成膜性に優れる傾向にある。重合体の重量平均分子量が上記下限値以上であることで、重合体のガラス転移温度、融点及び気化温度の低下が抑制され、耐熱性が向上する場合がある。加えて、架橋反応後の塗膜の有機溶媒に対する不溶性が十分である場合がある。 When the weight average molecular weight of the polymer is not more than the above upper limit value, solubility in a solvent is obtained, and the film forming property tends to be excellent. When the weight average molecular weight of the polymer is at least the above lower limit value, the decrease in the glass transition temperature, the melting point and the vaporization temperature of the polymer may be suppressed, and the heat resistance may be improved. In addition, the coating film after the cross-linking reaction may be sufficiently insoluble in the organic solvent.
 本実施形態の重合体における数平均分子量(Mn)は、通常2,500,000以下、好ましくは750,000以下、より好ましくは400,000以下、特に好ましくは100,000以下であり、通常2,000以上、好ましくは4,000以上、より好ましくは8,000以上、更に好ましくは20,000以上である。 The number average molecular weight (Mn) of the polymer of the present embodiment is usually 2.5 million or less, preferably 750,000 or less, more preferably 400,000 or less, particularly preferably 100,000 or less, and usually 2 It is 3,000 or more, preferably 4,000 or more, more preferably 8,000 or more, and even more preferably 20,000 or more.
 本実施形態の重合体における分散度(Mw/Mn)は、好ましくは3.5以下であり、更に好ましくは2.5以下、特に好ましくは2.0以下である。分散度は値が小さい程よいため、下限値は理想的には1である。該重合体の分散度が、上記上限値以下であると、精製が容易で、また溶媒に対する溶解性や電荷輸送能が良好である。 The dispersity (Mw / Mn) in the polymer of the present embodiment is preferably 3.5 or less, more preferably 2.5 or less, and particularly preferably 2.0 or less. The smaller the value of the dispersion, the better, so the lower limit is ideally 1. When the dispersity of the polymer is not more than the above upper limit value, purification is easy, and solubility in a solvent and charge transporting ability are good.
 通常、重合体の重量平均分子量及び数平均分子量はSEC(サイズ排除クロマトグラフィー)測定により決定される。SEC測定では高分子量成分ほど溶出時間が短く、低分子量成分ほど溶出時間が長くなるが、分子量既知のポリスチレン(標準試料)の溶出時間から算出した校正曲線を用いて、サンプルの溶出時間を分子量に換算することによって、重量平均分子量及び数平均分子量が算出される。 Usually, the weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight of the polymer are determined by SEC (size exclusion chromatography) measurement. In the SEC measurement, the higher the molecular weight component, the shorter the elution time, and the lower the molecular weight component, the longer the elution time. By conversion, the weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight are calculated.
[好ましい重合体]
 本実施形態の重合体は、下記式(6a)~(6h)内のいずれかで示されることが最も好ましい。
[Preferable polymer]
The polymer of the present embodiment is most preferably represented by any of the following formulas (6a) to (6h).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
 式(6a)~(6h)の各重合体において、A、Q、R、R、R、Rは前記式(2)-1~式(2)-3におけると同じである。Arは前記式(3)-1~式(3)-3におけると同じである。各重合体中の少なくとも一つのA又はArは前述の架橋性基を有することが好ましい。n、mは繰り返し数を表す。 In each of the polymers of the formulas (6a) to (6h), A, Q, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and R 4 are the same as those in the formulas (2) -1 to (2) -3. Ar 7 is the same as in the above equations (3) -1 to (3) -3. At least one A or Ar 7 in each polymer preferably has the above-mentioned crosslinkable group. n and m represent the number of repetitions.
[具体例]
 以下に、後述の実施例で用いた式(HT-1)で表される重合体1及び式(HT-2)、式(HT-4)で表される重合体以外の本実施形態の重合体の具体例を示す。本実施形態の重合体はこれらに限定されるものではない。以下の化学式中の数字は繰返し単位のモル比を表す。
 これらの重合体は、ランダム共重合体、交互共重合体、ブロック共重合体、又はグラフト共重合体等のいずれでもよく、繰り返し単位の配列順序は限定されない。
[Concrete example]
Below, the weight of the present embodiment other than the polymer 1 represented by the formula (HT-1) and the polymers represented by the formulas (HT-2) and (HT-4) used in the examples described later. A specific example of coalescence is shown. The polymer of the present embodiment is not limited to these. The numbers in the following chemical formulas represent the molar ratio of repeating units.
These polymers may be any of a random copolymer, an alternating copolymer, a block copolymer, a graft copolymer and the like, and the arrangement order of the repeating units is not limited.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
[重合体の製造方法]
 本実施形態の重合体の製造方法は特には制限されない。例えば、Suzuki反応による重合方法、Grignard反応による重合方法、Yamamoto反応による重合方法、Ullmann反応による重合方法、Buchwald-Hartwig反応による重合方法等などによって製造できる。
[Method for producing polymer]
The method for producing the polymer of the present embodiment is not particularly limited. For example, it can be produced by a polymerization method by Suzuki reaction, a polymerization method by Grignard reaction, a polymerization method by Yamamoto reaction, a polymerization method by Ullmann reaction, a polymerization method by Buchwald-Hartwig reaction, or the like.
 Ullmann反応による重合方法およびBuchwald-Hartwig反応による重合方法の場合、例えば、下記式(1a)で表されるジハロゲン化アリール(EはI、Br、Cl、F等のハロゲン原子を示す。)と式(1b)で表される1級アミノアリールとを反応させ、更に式(2a)で表されるジハロゲン化アリールと反応させることにより、本実施形態の重合体が合成される。 In the case of the polymerization method by the Ullmann reaction and the polymerization method by the Buchwald-Hartwig reaction, for example, the aryl dihalide represented by the following formula (1a) (E represents a halogen atom such as I, Br, Cl, F) and the formula. The polymer of the present embodiment is synthesized by reacting with the primary aminoaryl represented by (1b) and further reacting with the dial halide represented by the formula (2a).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
 上記式中、A、R~R、Q、a、b、c1、d1は前記式(2)-1~(2)-3と同義である。n、mは繰り返し数を表す。 In the above formula, A, R 1 ~ R 2 , Q, a, b, c1, d1 has the same meaning as the formula (2) -1 to (2) -3. n and m represent the number of repetitions.
 前記の重合方法において、通常、N-アリール結合を形成する反応は、例えば炭酸カリウム、tert-ブトキシナトリウム、トリエチルアミン等の塩基存在下で行う。また、例えば銅やパラジウム錯体等の遷移金属触媒存在下で行うこともできる。 In the above polymerization method, the reaction for forming an N-aryl bond is usually carried out in the presence of a base such as potassium carbonate, tert-butoxysodium or triethylamine. It can also be carried out in the presence of a transition metal catalyst such as a copper or palladium complex.
〔低分子化合物〕
 本発明の一形態である発光層に含まれる、部分構造A含有材料は低分子化合物であることが好ましい。該低分子化合物の部分構造A含有材料は、下記式(10)、下記式(11)、又は下記式(12)で表される、分子量5,000以下の化合物(以下、これらの化合物を「本実施形態の低分子化合物」と称す場合がある。)であることが好ましい。
[Small molecule compound]
The partial structure A-containing material contained in the light emitting layer, which is one embodiment of the present invention, is preferably a small molecule compound. The partial structure A-containing material of the small molecule compound is a compound having a molecular weight of 5,000 or less represented by the following formula (10), the following formula (11), or the following formula (12) (hereinafter, these compounds are referred to as “these compounds”. It may be referred to as a "small molecule compound of the present embodiment").
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
(式(10)~(12)中、
 Aは前記部分構造Aである。
 Bは単結合又は任意の部分構造を表す。
 na、nb及びncは1~5の整数を表す。
 na、nb、ncが2以上の場合、複数のA、B、A-Bは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。)
(In equations (10) to (12),
A is the partial structure A.
B represents a single bond or any substructure.
na, nb and nc represent integers from 1 to 5.
When na, nb, and nc are 2 or more, the plurality of A, B, and AB may be the same or different. )
(B)
 上記式(10)および上記式(11)におけるBは、特に限定されないが、好ましくは置換基を有していてもよい機能性基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基、或いは、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基から選ばれる2以上の基が直接若しくは連結基を介して複数個連結した基が挙げられる。
(B)
B in the above formula (10) and the above formula (11) is not particularly limited, but preferably a functional group which may have a substituent, an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, and the like. It is selected from an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent and an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent 2 Examples thereof include a group in which a plurality of the above groups are directly linked or linked via a linking group.
 機能性基としては、正孔輸送性を有する構造、電子輸送性を有する構造、電荷輸送を抑制する構造、有機溶剤への可溶性を付与する構造、結晶化を阻害しアモルファス性を向上させる構造、又は発光性を有する構造を含む基が好ましい。
 正孔輸送性を有する構造としては、芳香族アミン構造、すなわち、アミンの窒素原子に少なくとも一つ芳香族炭化水素基が結合した構造を含む基が好ましい。
Functional groups include a structure having hole transportability, a structure having electron transportability, a structure that suppresses charge transport, a structure that imparts solubility in an organic solvent, a structure that inhibits crystallization and improves amorphousness, and a structure. Alternatively, a group containing a structure having luminescence is preferable.
As the structure having hole transportability, an aromatic amine structure, that is, a group containing at least one aromatic hydrocarbon group bonded to a nitrogen atom of the amine is preferable.
 芳香族炭化水素基、芳香族複素環基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基から選ばれる2以上の基が直接若しくは連結基を介して複数個連結した基としては、前記式(31)におけるArと同様の構造に基づくものが好ましい。 Two or more groups selected directly from an aromatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent and an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent are directly Alternatively, as a plurality of groups linked via a linking group, those based on the same structure as Ar 0 in the above formula (31) are preferable.
 Bが結合するAの位置としては、少なくとも一つのBが部分構造Aにおける環HAに結合していることが好ましい。 As the position of A to which B is bonded, it is preferable that at least one B is bonded to the ring HA in the partial structure A.
 本実施形態の低分子化合物は好ましくは発光層中の電荷輸送材料である。本実施形態の低分子化合物は、好ましくは前記式(10)又は前記式(12)で表される化合物である。 The small molecule compound of this embodiment is preferably a charge transport material in the light emitting layer. The small molecule compound of the present embodiment is preferably a compound represented by the above formula (10) or the above formula (12).
 前記式(10)で表される化合物は、下記式(10A)又は下記式(10B)で表される化合物が好ましい。前記式(12)で表される化合物は、下記式(12A)で表される化合物が好ましい。 The compound represented by the formula (10) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (10A) or the following formula (10B). The compound represented by the formula (12) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (12A).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
(式(10A)中、
 HAは、下記構造式(10A-a)、(10A-b)及び(10A-c)で表される三価の芳香族複素環基のいずれかを表す。
 Xa、Ya、及びZaは、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の二価の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の二価の芳香族複素環基を表す。
 Xa、Ya及びZaは、各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基を表す。
 g11、h11、及びj11は各々独立に0~6の整数を表す。
 g11、h11、j11の少なくとも一つは1以上の整数である。
 g11、h11、j11が2以上の場合、Xa、Ya、Zaは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 R31は水素原子又は置換基を表す。4個のR31は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。)
(In formula (10A),
HA represents any of the trivalent aromatic heterocyclic groups represented by the following structural formulas (10A-a), (10A-b) and (10A-c).
Xa 1 , Ya 1 , and Za 1 each independently have a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, which may have a substituent, or a carbon which may have a substituent. Represents a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group of numbers 3 to 30.
Each of Xa 2 , Ya 2 and Za 2 independently has a hydrogen atom, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon number which may have a substituent. Represents 3 to 30 aromatic heterocyclic groups.
g11, h11, and j11 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 6.
At least one of g11, h11, and j11 is an integer of 1 or more.
When g11, h11, and j11 are 2 or more, Xa 1 , Ya 1 , and Za 1 may be the same or different.
R 31 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. The four R 31s may be the same or different. )
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
(式(10A-a)~式(10A-c)中、*は結合位置を表す。) (In formulas (10A-a) to (10A-c), * represents the bonding position.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
(式(10B)中、
 Aは、前記式(10)におけると同義である。
 Xb、Yb、及びZbは、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の二価の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の二価の芳香族複素環基を表す。
 p12、q12、及びr12は各々独立に0~6の整数を表す。
 p12、q12、r12が2以上の場合、複数のXb、Yb、Zbは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 q13、r13は各々独立に0又は1を表す。
 但し、q12とq13は同時に0ではなく、r12とr13は同時に0ではない。
 q13が0の場合のYb及びr13が0の場合のZbは、各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基を表す。
 q13が1の場合のYbは直接結合である。
 r13が1の場合のZbは直接結合である。)
(In formula (10B),
A has the same meaning as in the above formula (10).
Xb 1 , Yb 1 , and Zb 1 each independently may have a substituent or a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, or a carbon which may have a substituent. Represents a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group of numbers 3 to 30.
p12, q12, and r12 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 6.
When p12, q12, and r12 are 2 or more, the plurality of Xb 1 , Yb 1 , and Zb 1 may be the same or different.
q13 and r13 independently represent 0 or 1, respectively.
However, q12 and q13 are not 0 at the same time, and r12 and r13 are not 0 at the same time.
Yb 2 when q13 is 0 and Zb 2 when r13 is 0 independently have a hydrogen atom, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Represents an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have.
When q13 is 1, Yb 2 is a direct bond.
When r13 is 1, Zb 2 is a direct bond. )
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
(式(12A)中、
 環HA、Arは、前記式(31)におけると同義である。
 ncは前記式(12)におけると同義である。
 Xc及びYcは、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の二価の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の二価の芳香族複素環基を表す。
 Xc及びYcは各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基を表す。
 s11及びt11は各々独立に0~6の整数を表す。
 s11、t11が2以上の場合、複数のXc、Ycは、同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 R31は水素原子又は置換基を表す。
 u11は置換基R31が置換可能な数である。
 u12は置換基Arが置換可能な数である。
 u11が2以上の場合、複数のR31は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。)
(In formula (12A),
Rings HA and Ar 0 are synonymous with those in the above formula (31).
nc has the same meaning as in the above formula (12).
Each of Xc 1 and Yc 1 independently has a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Represents a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group of.
Each of Xc 2 and Yc 2 has a hydrogen atom, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Represents an aromatic heterocyclic group.
Each of s11 and t11 independently represents an integer of 0 to 6.
When s11 and t11 are 2 or more, the plurality of Xc 1 and Yc 1 may be the same or different.
R 31 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
u11 is the number of substitutable substituents R 31.
u12 is a number in which the substituent Ar 0 can be substituted.
If u11 is 2 or more, plural R 31 may be different even in the same. )
 前記式(10A)、(10B)、(12A)において、炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基の芳香族炭化水素環としては、6員環の単環、又は2~5縮合環が好ましい。具体的には、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、フェナントレン環、フルオレン環、ペリレン環、テトラセン環、ピレン環、ベンズピレン環、クリセン環、トリフェニレン環、フルオランテン環等が挙げられる。さらに好ましくは、単環又は2~3縮合環であり、具体的には、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、フェナントレン環、フルオレン環が挙げられる。中でも好ましくはベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、フェナントレン環、フルオレン環であり、さらに好ましくはベンゼン環又はフルオレン環である。 In the formulas (10A), (10B), and (12A), the aromatic hydrocarbon ring of the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms is preferably a 6-membered single ring or a 2 to 5 condensed ring. .. Specific examples thereof include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a fluorene ring, a perylene ring, a tetracene ring, a pyrene ring, a benzpyrene ring, a chrysene ring, a triphenylene ring, and a fluoranthene ring. More preferably, it is a monocyclic ring or a 2-3 condensed ring, and specific examples thereof include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenanthrene ring, and a fluorene ring. Of these, a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, and a fluorene ring are preferable, and a benzene ring or a fluorene ring is more preferable.
 前記式(10A)、(10B)、(12A)において、炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基の芳香族複素環としては、5又は6員環の単環、或いはこれらの2~5縮合環が好ましい。具体的には、フラン環、ベンゾフラン環、ジベンゾフラン環、チオフェン環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ジベンゾチオフェン環、ピロール環、ピラゾール環、イミダゾール環、オキサジアゾール環、インドール環、カルバゾール環、インドロカルバゾール環、ピロロイミダゾール環、ピロロピラゾール環、ピロロピロール環、チエノピロール環、チエノチオフェン環、フロピロール環、フロフラン環、チエノフラン環、ベンゾイソオキサゾール環、ベンゾイソチアゾール環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、ピリジン環、ピラジン環、ピリダジン環、ピリミジン環、トリアジン環、キノリン環、イソキノリン環、シノリン環、キノキサリン環、ペリミジン環、キナゾリン環、キナゾリノン環等が挙げられる。
 中でも好ましくはチオフェン環、ピロール環、イミダゾール環、ピリジン環、ピリミジン環、トリアジン環、キノリン環、キナゾリン環、カルバゾール環、ジベンゾフラン環、ジベンゾチオフェン環、インドロカルバゾール環、フェナントロリン環、又はインドロカルバゾール環であり、より好ましくは、ピリジン環、ピリミジン環、トリアジン環、キノリン環、キナゾリン環、カルバゾール環、ジベンゾフラン環、ジベンゾチオフェン環、又はインドロカルバゾール環であり、さらに好ましくはカルバゾール環、ジベンゾフラン環、ジベンゾチオフェン環、又はインドロカルバゾール環である。
In the formulas (10A), (10B), and (12A), the aromatic heterocycle of the aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms is a 5- or 6-membered single ring, or a 2 to 5 condensation thereof. Rings are preferred. Specifically, furan ring, benzofuran ring, dibenzofuran ring, thiophene ring, benzothiophene ring, dibenzothiophene ring, pyrol ring, pyrazole ring, imidazole ring, oxadiazole ring, indole ring, carbazole ring, indolocarbazole ring, Pyrroylmidazole ring, pyrrolopyrazole ring, pyrrolopyrrole ring, thienopyrrole ring, thienothiophene ring, flopyrol ring, flofuran ring, thienofuran ring, benzoisoxazole ring, benzoisothiazole ring, benzoimidazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrazine ring, pyridazine ring , Pyrimide ring, triazine ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring, shinoline ring, quinoxaline ring, perimidine ring, quinazoline ring, quinazolinone ring and the like.
Of these, the thiophene ring, pyrrole ring, imidazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, triazine ring, quinoline ring, quinazoline ring, carbazole ring, dibenzofuran ring, dibenzothiophene ring, indolocarbazole ring, phenanthroline ring, or indolocarbazole ring are preferable. It is more preferably a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a triazine ring, a quinoline ring, a quinazoline ring, a carbazole ring, a dibenzofuran ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, or an indolocarbazole ring, and more preferably a carbazole ring, a dibenzofuran ring, or a dibenzo ring. It is a thiophene ring or an indolocarbazole ring.
 前記式(10A)におけるXa、Ya、Za、前記式(10B)におけるq13=0の場合のYb、及びr13=0の場合のZb、前記式(12A)におけるXc、Ycにおいて、特に好ましい芳香族炭化水素環は、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環又はフェナントレン環であり、特に好ましい芳香族複素環は、カルバゾール環、ジベンゾフラン環、ジベンゾチオフェン環、又はインドロカルバゾール環であり、芳香族炭化水素環の方がより好ましい。 Xa 2 , Ya 2 , Za 2 in the formula (10A) , Yb 2 in the case of q13 = 0 in the formula (10B) , Zb 2 in the case of r13 = 0, Xc 2 , Yc in the formula (12A). In 2 , a particularly preferable aromatic hydrocarbon ring is a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring or a phenanthrene ring, and a particularly preferable aromatic heterocycle is a carbazole ring, a dibenzofuran ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, or an indolocarbazole ring, which is aromatic. Group hydrocarbon rings are more preferred.
 置換基である場合のR31としては、好ましくは置換基を有していても良い炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基である。耐久性向上及び電荷輸送性の観点からは、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基であることがさらに好ましい。置換基である場合のR31が複数存在する場合は互いに異なっていてもよい。 When it is a substituent, R 31 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aromatic having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. It is a group heterocyclic group. From the viewpoint of improving durability and charge transportability, it is more preferable that the aromatic hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. When there are a plurality of R 31s as substituents, they may be different from each other.
 上述した炭素数6~30の炭化水素芳香環が有していてもよい置換基、炭素数3~30の複素芳香環が有していても良い置換基、置換基であるR31が有していてもよい置換基としては、本実施形態の重合体における前記置換基群Zに挙げられた置換基又は前記架橋性基と同様であり、好ましい置換基も同様である。それら置換基がさらに有していてもよい置換基も同様である。 The above-mentioned hydrocarbon aromatic ring having 6 to 30 carbon atoms may have a substituent, a heteroaromatic ring having 3 to 30 carbon atoms may have a substituent, and the substituent R 31 has. The substituents may be the same as the substituents listed in the substituent group Z or the crosslinkable group in the polymer of the present embodiment, and the preferred substituents are also the same. The same applies to the substituents that the substituents may further have.
 前記式(10A)で表される化合物は、下記一般式(10A-1)~(10A-3)で表される化合物であることがより好ましい。 The compound represented by the formula (10A) is more preferably a compound represented by the following general formulas (10A-1) to (10A-3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
(式(10A-1)~(10A-3)中、
 Xa、Ya、Za、Xa、Ya、Zaは、式(10)におけると同義である。
 R33は水素原子又は置換基を表す。複数のR33は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 g11’、h11’及びj11’は、各々独立に、0~5の整数を表す。
 g11’、h11’、j11’が2以上の場合、複数のXa、Ya、Zaは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。)
(In formulas (10A-1) to (10A-3),
Xa 1 , Ya 1 , Za 1 , Xa 2 , Ya 2 , and Za 2 are synonymous with those in equation (10).
R 33 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. The plurality of R 33s may be the same or different.
g11', h11' and j11'independently represent integers from 0 to 5.
When g11', h11', and j11' are 2 or more, the plurality of Xa 1 , Ya 1 , and Za 1 may be the same or different. )
 上記式(10A-1)~式(10A-3)のそれぞれにおいて、3つのベンゼン環の内の一つのベンゼン環と、中心のピリジン環、ピリミジン環、又はトリアジン環とが結合した部分構造を部分構造Aとみなすことができ、部分構造Aを構成しているベンゼン環に結合しているR33は、式(10A)におけるR31に該当する。 In each of the above formulas (10A-1) to (10A-3), a partial structure in which one of the three benzene rings is bonded to the central pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, or triazine ring is partially formed. R 33 , which can be regarded as the structure A and is bonded to the benzene ring constituting the partial structure A, corresponds to R 31 in the formula (10A).
 前記式(10B)で表される化合物は、下記式(10B-1)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the formula (10B) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (10B-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
(式(10B-1)中、
 A、Xb、Yb、Zb、Yb、Zb、q13、r13は、前記式(10B)におけると同義である。
 p12’、q12’及びr12’は各々独立に0~5の整数を表す。
 p12’、q12’、r12’が2以上の場合、複数のXb、Yb、Zbは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 q15及びr15は各々独立に4又は5である。
 R33は水素原子又は置換基である。
 式(10B-1)中の複数のR33は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。)
(In equation (10B-1),
A, Xb 1 , Yb 1 , Zb 1 , Yb 2 , Zb 2 , q13, and r13 are synonymous with those in the above formula (10B).
p12', q12' and r12'independently represent integers from 0 to 5.
When p12', q12', and r12'are 2 or more, a plurality of Xb 1 , Yb 1 , and Zb 1 may be the same or different.
q15 and r15 are 4 or 5 independently, respectively.
R 33 is a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
The plurality of R 33s in the formula (10B-1) may be the same or different. )
 前記式(10A-1)~式(10A-3)、及び式(10B-1)におけるR33が置換基である場合の基及び、R33が置換基である場合にさらに有してよい置換基は、前記R31の場合と同様である。 A group when R 33 is a substituent in the formulas (10A-1) to (10A-3) and (10B-1), and a substitution which may be further possessed when R 33 is a substituent. group is the same as the R 31.
[分子量]
 本実施形態の低分子化合物の分子量は通常5,000以下であり、好ましくは4,000以下、特に好ましくは3,000以下、最も好ましくは2,000以下で、通常300以上、好ましくは350以上、より好ましくは400以上である。本実施形態の低分子化合物の分子量は必要とする部分構造Aを含むために、通常その分子量は上記下限以上である。
[Molecular weight]
The molecular weight of the small molecule compound of the present embodiment is usually 5,000 or less, preferably 4,000 or less, particularly preferably 3,000 or less, most preferably 2,000 or less, usually 300 or more, preferably 350 or more. , More preferably 400 or more. Since the molecular weight of the small molecule compound of the present embodiment contains the required partial structure A, the molecular weight is usually equal to or higher than the above lower limit.
[具体例]
 本実施形態の低分子化合物の具体例を以下に示す。本実施形態の低分子化合物は、これらに限定されるものではない。
[Concrete example]
Specific examples of the small molecule compound of this embodiment are shown below. The small molecule compounds of this embodiment are not limited to these.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
[発光ドーパント]
 本発明の一形態である発光層に含まれる、低分子化合物である、部分構造A含有材料は発光ドーパントである場合も好ましい。発光ドーパントとしては、下記式(40)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。下記式(40)は、前記式(31)で表される部分構造Aにおける環HAがトリアジン環、Arがピリジン環、に対応している。式(40)に置けるR44が置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基から選ばれる2以上の基が複数個連結した一価の基である場合は、n1は2であり、もう一方のArはR44である。
[Light emitting dopant]
It is also preferable that the partial structure A-containing material, which is a small molecule compound contained in the light emitting layer according to one embodiment of the present invention, is a light emitting dopant. The light emitting dopant is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (40). In the following formula (40), the ring HA in the partial structure A represented by the formula (31) corresponds to the triazine ring, and Ar 0 corresponds to the pyridine ring. R 44 in the formula (40) may have an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic which may have a substituent. When two or more groups selected from group aromatic heterocyclic groups which may have a group hydrocarbon group and a substituent are linked to be a monovalent group, n1 is 2 and the other Ar. 0 is R 44 .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
 上記式(40)中、R41、R42、R43は、それぞれ独立して、炭素数1~20のアルキル基、炭素数7~40の(ヘテロ)アラルキル基、炭素数1~20のアルコキシ基、炭素数3~20の(ヘテロ)アリールオキシ基、炭素数1~20のアルキルシリル基、炭素数6~20のアリールシリル基、炭素数2~20のアルキルカルボニル基、炭素数7~20のアリールカルボニル基、炭素数1~20のアルキルアミノ基、炭素数6~20のアリールアミノ基、または炭素数3~30の(ヘテロ)アリール基である。これらの基はさらに置換基を有していてもよい。R41、R42、R43が複数存在する場合、それらはそれぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよい。Rが複数存在する場合、隣り合うRが互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 a40は0~4の整数であり、b40は0~3の整数であり、c40は0~5の整数である。
In the above formula (40), R 41 , R 42 , and R 43 independently have an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a (hetero) aralkyl group having 7 to 40 carbon atoms, and an alkoxy having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Group, (hetero) aryloxy group with 3 to 20 carbon atoms, alkylsilyl group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms, arylsilyl group with 6 to 20 carbon atoms, alkylcarbonyl group with 2 to 20 carbon atoms, 7 to 20 carbon atoms Arylcarbonyl group, alkylamino group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, arylamino group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or (hetero) aryl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms. These groups may further have substituents. When a plurality of R 41 , R 42 , and R 43 exist, they may be the same or different from each other. If R 1 there are a plurality bonded R 1 adjacent to each other may form a ring.
a40 is an integer of 0 to 4, b40 is an integer of 0 to 3, and c40 is an integer of 0 to 5.
 R44は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、炭素数1~20のアルキル基、炭素数7~40の(ヘテロ)アラルキル基、炭素数1~20のアルコキシ基、炭素数3~20の(ヘテロ)アリールオキシ基、炭素数1~20のアルキルシリル基、炭素数6~20のアリールシリル基、炭素数2~20のアルキルカルボニル基、炭素数7~20のアリールカルボニル基、炭素数2~20のアルキルアミノ基、炭素数6~20のアリールアミノ基、または炭素数3~20の(ヘテロ)アリール基である。これらの基はさらに置換基を有していてもよい。R44が複数存在する場合、それらはそれぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 Lは有機配位子を表し、m40は1~3の整数である。
R 44 independently has a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a (hetero) arylyl group having 7 to 40 carbon atoms, and an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. , A (hetero) aryloxy group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkylsilyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an arylsilyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkylcarbonyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and 7 to 20 carbon atoms. It is an arylcarbonyl group, an alkylamino group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, an arylamino group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or a (hetero) aryl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms. These groups may further have substituents. When a plurality of R 44s exist, they may be the same or different from each other.
L 1 represents an organic ligand, and m40 is an integer of 1 to 3.
 R41~R44はそれぞれ独立して、耐久性の点から、炭素数1~20のアルキル基、炭素数7~40の(ヘテロ)アラルキル基、炭素数6~20のアリールアミノ基、または炭素数3~30の(ヘテロ)アリール基若しくは炭素数3~20の(ヘテロ)アリール基であることがより好ましく、炭素数1~20のアルキル基、炭素数7~40の(ヘテロ)アラルキル基または炭素数3~20の(ヘテロ)アリール基であることがさらに好ましく、炭素数1~20のアルキル基、炭素数7~40のアラルキル基または炭素数6~20のアリール基であることがより更に好ましい。
 R41~R44がさらに有していてもよい置換基は、前記置換基群Zから選択される置換基であることが好ましい。
 a40が2以上である場合、隣接する2つのR41は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
R 41 to R 44 are independent of each other, and from the viewpoint of durability, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a (hetero) aralkyl group having 7 to 40 carbon atoms, an arylamino group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or a carbon. More preferably, it is a (hetero) aryl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms or a (hetero) aryl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a (hetero) aralkyl group having 7 to 40 carbon atoms, or the like. It is more preferably an (hetero) aryl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aralkyl group having 7 to 40 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. preferable.
The substituent that R 41 to R 44 may further have is preferably a substituent selected from the substituent group Z.
When a40 is 2 or more, two adjacent R 41s may be combined with each other to form a ring.
 R41が複数存在し、隣り合うR41が互いに結合して環を形成したものとしては、例えば、フルオレン、ナフタレン、ジベンゾチオフェン、ジベンゾフランが挙げられる。安定性の観点からは特に、フルオレンが好ましい。
 発光波長を長波長化する観点からは隣り合うR41が互いに結合して環を形成したものであることが好ましい。
Examples of a plurality of R 41s in which adjacent R 41s are bonded to each other to form a ring include fluorene, naphthalene, dibenzothiophene, and dibenzofuran. From the viewpoint of stability, fluorene is particularly preferable.
From the viewpoint of lengthening the emission wavelength, it is preferable that adjacent R 41s are bonded to each other to form a ring.
 また、発光波長を長波長化しない観点からは隣り合うR41が互いに結合せず環を形成したものでないことが好ましい。すなわち、式(40)におけるa40が1である、又は、a40が2以上、かつ隣り合うR41が互いに結合した環を有さないことが好ましい。 Further, from the viewpoint of not lengthening the emission wavelength, it is preferable that the adjacent R 41s do not bond with each other to form a ring. That is, it is preferable that a40 in the formula (40) is 1, or a40 is 2 or more, and adjacent R 41s do not have a ring bonded to each other.
 a40は製造が容易な点から0であることが好ましく、耐久性及び溶解性が高められる点からは1又は2であることが好ましく、1であることがさらに好ましい。b40は製造が容易な点から0であることが好ましく、溶解性が高められる点からは1であることが好ましい。
 トリアジン環を含む電子受容性の高い構造が多く存在し、LUMOがより安定化することから、m40は2又は3であることが好ましく、3であることがさらに好ましい。
The a40 is preferably 0 from the viewpoint of easy production, preferably 1 or 2 from the viewpoint of enhancing durability and solubility, and further preferably 1. b40 is preferably 0 from the viewpoint of easy production, and preferably 1 from the viewpoint of enhancing solubility.
Since there are many structures having a high electron acceptability including a triazine ring and LUMO is more stabilized, m40 is preferably 2 or 3, and more preferably 3.
 Lは有機配位子であり、特に制限は無いが、好ましくは1価の2座配位子であり、より好ましくは下記化学式の中から選ばれる。なお、下記化学式中の破線は配位結合を表す。2つの有機配位子Lが存在する場合には、有機配位子Lは互いに異なる構造であってもよい。また、m40が3のときは、Lは存在しない。
 式(40)中のm40が3未満の場合、Lは下記式(3)、式(4)、及び式(5)からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも一つの構造を有することが好ましい。
L 1 is an organic ligand and is not particularly limited, but is preferably a monovalent bidentate ligand, and is more preferably selected from the following chemical formulas. The broken line in the following chemical formula represents a coordination bond. When two organic ligands L 1 is present, the organic ligand L 1 may have a different structure from each other. In addition, when m40 is 3, L 1 does not exist.
For m40 is less than 3 in the formula (40), L 1 is represented by the following formula (3), Equation (4), and preferably has at least one structure selected from the group consisting of Formula (5).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
 上記式(3)、(4)、(5)中、R49、R50は、前記式(40)におけるR41と同義である。すなわち、R41として選択される置換基と同様の群から選択され、好ましい例も同様であり、さらに置換基を有していてもよい。R49、R50が複数存在する場合、それらはそれぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよい。 In the above formulas (3), (4) and (5), R 49 and R 50 are synonymous with R 41 in the above formula (40). That is, it is selected from the same group as the substituent selected as R 41 , and the preferred example is also the same, and may further have a substituent. When a plurality of R 49 and R 50 exist, they may be the same or different from each other.
 R51~R53はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよい炭素数1~20のアルキル基、炭素数1~20のアルキル基で置換されていてもよいフェニル基またはハロゲン原子である。 R 51 to R 53 are independently substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a hydrogen atom and a fluorine atom, a phenyl group which may be substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group which may be substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. It is a halogen atom.
 gは0~4の整数である。hは0~4の整数である。 G is an integer from 0 to 4. h is an integer from 0 to 4.
 環B40は、ピリジン環、ピリミジン環、イミダゾール環、キノリン環、イソキノリン環、キナゾリン環、キノキサリン環、アザトリフェニレン環、カルボリン環、ベンゾチアゾール環、またはベンゾオキサゾール環である。環B40はさらに置換基を有していてもよい。 Ring B 40 is a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, an imidazole ring, a quinoline ring, an isoquinoline ring, a quinazoline ring, a quinoxaline ring, an azatriphenylene ring, a carboline ring, a benzothiazole ring, or a benzoxazole ring. Ring B 40 may further have a substituent.
 R49、R50、環B40がさらに有していてもよい置換基は、前記置換基群Zから選択される置換基であることが好ましい。
 さらに好ましいR49、R50はそれぞれ独立して、炭素数1~20のアルキル基、または、炭素数1~20のアルキル基で置換されていてもよい炭素数6~30のアリール基である。ここで、炭素数6~30のアリール基とは、単環、2環縮合環、3環縮合環、または単環、2環縮合環、若しくは3環縮合環が複数連結した基である。
The substituents that R 49 , R 50 , and ring B 40 may further have are preferably substituents selected from the substituent group Z.
Further preferable R 49 and R 50 are independently alkyl groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or aryl groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may be substituted with alkyl groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Here, the aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms is a group in which a plurality of monocyclic, bicyclic condensed rings, tricyclic condensed rings, monocyclic, dicyclic fused rings, or tricyclic condensed rings are linked.
 g、hは製造が容易な点から0であることが好ましく、溶解性が高められる点からは1又は2であることが好ましく、1であることがさらに好ましい。 G and h are preferably 0 from the viewpoint of easy production, preferably 1 or 2 from the viewpoint of enhancing solubility, and even more preferably 1.
 R51~R53はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよい炭素数1~20のアルキル基、炭素数1~20のアルキル基で置換されていてもよいフェニル基またはハロゲン原子を表すが、好ましくは、R51とR53はメチル基またはt-ブチル基であり、R52は、水素原子、炭素数1~20のアルキル基またはフェニル基である。 R 51 to R 53 are independently substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a hydrogen atom and a fluorine atom, and a phenyl group or a halogen which may be substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, respectively. Representing an atom, preferably R 51 and R 53 are methyl or t-butyl groups, and R 52 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl or phenyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
 環B40は、耐久性の点から、ピリジン環、ピリミジン環、イミダゾール環であることが好ましく、ピリジン環であることがさらに好ましい。
 環B40上の水素原子は、耐久性の点及び溶解性が高められる点から、炭素数1~20のアルキル基、炭素数7~40の(ヘテロ)アラルキル基、または炭素数3~20の(ヘテロ)アリール基で置換されていることが好ましい。
 環B40上の水素原子は、製造容易な点からは、置換されていないことが好ましい。
 環B40上の水素原子は、有機電界発光素子として用いられたときに励起子が生成しやすくなるため、発光効率が高められる点からは、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はナフチル基で置換されていることが好ましい。フェニル基又はナフチル基が有していてもよい置換基は、前述の置換基群Zから選ばれる置換基が好ましい。
From the viewpoint of durability, the ring B 40 is preferably a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, or an imidazole ring, and more preferably a pyridine ring.
Hydrogen atoms on the ring B 40, from the point of viewpoint and solubility of durability is enhanced, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, having 7 to 40 carbon atoms (hetero) aralkyl group or a C 3-20, It is preferably substituted with a (hetero) aryl group.
The hydrogen atom on ring B 40 is preferably not substituted from the viewpoint of easy production.
Since the hydrogen atom on the ring B 40 is likely to generate excitons when used as an organic electroluminescent device, a phenyl group or a naphthyl group which may have a substituent may be used from the viewpoint of increasing the luminous efficiency. It is preferably replaced with. The substituent that the phenyl group or the naphthyl group may have is preferably a substituent selected from the above-mentioned Substituent Group Z.
 環B40は、アシストドーパント上で励起子が生成しやすくなるため、発光効率が高められる点からは、キノリン環、イソキノリン環、キナゾリン環、キノキサリン環、アザトリフェニレン環、カルボリン環であることが好ましい。中でも、耐久性の点及び赤色発光を示す点で、キノリン環、イソキノリン環、キナゾリン環であることがより好ましい。
 さらに好ましい環B40の置換基は、炭素数1~20のアルキル基、または炭素数1~20のアルキル基で置換されていてもよい炭素数6~20のアリール基である。ここで、炭素数6~20のアリール基とは、単環、2環縮合環、3環縮合環、または単環、2環縮合環、若しくは3環縮合環が複数連結した基である。
Ring B 40 is preferably a quinoline ring, an isoquinoline ring, a quinazoline ring, a quinoxaline ring, an azatriphenylene ring, or a carboline ring from the viewpoint of increasing the luminous efficiency because excitons are easily generated on the assist dopant. .. Of these, a quinoline ring, an isoquinoline ring, and a quinazoline ring are more preferable in terms of durability and red emission.
A more preferred substituent of ring B 40 is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may be substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Here, the aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is a group in which a plurality of monocyclic, bicyclic condensed rings, tricyclic condensed rings, monocyclic, dicyclic fused rings, or tricyclic condensed rings are linked.
 本発明の一形態である発光層に含まれる発光ドーパントである、式(40)で表される化合物としては、R44が置換基を有してもよいフェニル基である化合物、すなわち、下記式(40-1)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 A light-emitting dopant in the light-emitting layer which is an embodiment of the present invention, compound Examples of the compound represented by the formula (40), R 44 is a phenyl group which may have a substituent group, i.e., the following formula It is preferably the compound represented by (40-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
 上記式中、R41、R42、R43、a40、b40、c40、L、m40は、式(40)におけるR41、R42、R43、a40、b40、c40、L、m40とそれぞれ同義である。
 R45はR43と同義であり、R43とR45は同じであっても異なっていてもよい。R43、R45が複数存在する場合、それらはそれぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 d40は0~5の整数である。
In the above formulas, R 41, R 42, R 43, a40, b40, c40, L 1, m40 is, R 41 in formula (40), R 42, R 43, a40, b40, c40, and L 1, m40 Each is synonymous.
R 45 has the same meaning as R 43, R 43 and R 45 may be different even in the same. When a plurality of R 43 and R 45 exist, they may be the same or different from each other.
d40 is an integer from 0 to 5.
 R43、R45は、耐久性の点から、炭素数1~20のアルキル基、炭素数7~40の(ヘテロ)アラルキル基、炭素数6~20のアリールアミノ基、または炭素数3~30の(ヘテロ)アリール基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~20のアルキル基、炭素数7~40の(ヘテロ)アラルキル基または炭素数3~20の(ヘテロ)アリール基であることがより好ましく、炭素数1~20のアルキル基又は炭素数7~40のアラルキル基であることがより更に好ましい。
 R43、R45がさらに有していてもよい置換基は、前記置換基群Zから選択される置換基であることが好ましい。
From the viewpoint of durability, R 43 and R 45 have an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a (hetero) aralkyl group having 7 to 40 carbon atoms, an arylamino group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or an arylamino group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms. It is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a (hetero) aralkyl group having 7 to 40 carbon atoms, or a (hetero) aryl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms. , An alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or an aralkyl group having 7 to 40 carbon atoms is more preferable.
The substituent that R 43 and R 45 may further have is preferably a substituent selected from the substituent group Z.
 c40、d40は製造が容易な点から0であることが好ましく、耐久性及び溶解性が高められる点からは1又は2であることが好ましく、1であることがさらに好ましい。b40は製造が容易な点から0であることが好ましく溶解性が高められる点からは1であることが好ましい。 C40 and d40 are preferably 0 from the viewpoint of easy production, preferably 1 or 2 from the viewpoint of enhancing durability and solubility, and further preferably 1. b40 is preferably 0 from the viewpoint of easy production, and preferably 1 from the viewpoint of enhancing solubility.
 本発明の一形態である発光層に含まれる式(40)で表される発光ドーパントは、a40が2以上であり、隣接するR41同士が結合してフルオレン環を形成した構造が好ましい。その中でも、下記式(40-2)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The light emitting dopant represented by the formula (40) contained in the light emitting layer according to one embodiment of the present invention preferably has a structure in which a40 is 2 or more and adjacent R 41s are bonded to each other to form a fluorene ring. Among them, the compound represented by the following formula (40-2) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
 上記式中、R42~R44、b40、c40、L、m40は、式(40)におけるR42~R44、b40、c40、L、m40とそれぞれ同義である。
 R54~R56は置換基である。R54~R56が複数存在する場合、それらはそれぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 i40は0~4の整数である。
In the above formula, R 42 ~ R 44, b40, c40, L 1, m40 are each the R 42 ~ R 44, b40, c40, L 1, m40 synonymous in the formula (40).
R 54 to R 56 are substituents. When a plurality of R 54 to R 56 exist, they may be the same or different from each other.
i40 is an integer from 0 to 4.
 R54は、R51がフェニル基であった場合のR51に置換する置換基であり、好ましくは前記置換基群Zから選ばれる置換基である。R54はより好ましくは、炭素数1~20のアルキル基、炭素数1~20のアルキル基で置換されていてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基である。ここで、炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基とは、単環、2~4環縮合環、または単環若しくは2~4環縮合環が複数連結した基である。R54はさらに好ましくは、炭素数1~20のアルキル基であり、よりさらに好ましくは炭素数1~8のアルキル基である。 R 54 is a substituent that substitutes for R 51 when R 51 is a phenyl group, and is preferably a substituent selected from the substituent group Z. R 54 is more preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, which may be substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Here, the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms is a monocyclic, 2 to 4 ring fused ring, or a group in which a plurality of monocyclic or 2 to 4 ring fused rings are linked. R 54 is more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
 R55、R56は、R41の一部またはR41がメチル基であった場合のR41に置換する置換基であり、好ましくは各々独立に、炭素数1~20のアルキル基、炭素数1~20のアルキル基で置換されていてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、炭素数1~20のアルコキシ基、又は炭素数1~20のアルコキシ基で置換されていてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基である。ここで、炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基とは、単環、2~4環縮合環、または単環若しくは2~4環縮合環が複数連結した基である。R55、R56は、より好ましくは、炭素数1~20のアルキル基、又は、炭素数1~20のアルキル基で置換されていてもよい炭素数6若しくは12の芳香族炭化水素基であり、さらに好ましくは、炭素数1~8のアルキル基、又は、炭素数1~8のアルキル基で置換されていてもよい炭素数6の芳香族炭化水素基である。ここで、炭素数6の芳香族炭化水素構造はベンゼン構造であり、炭素数12の芳香族炭化水素構造はビフェニル構造である。 R 55, R 56 is a substituent in which a part or R 41 in R 41 is substituted on R 41 when there was a methyl group, preferably each independently, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, carbon atoms It may be substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. It is an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms. Here, the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms is a monocyclic, 2 to 4 ring fused ring, or a group in which a plurality of monocyclic or 2 to 4 ring fused rings are linked. R 55 and R 56 are more preferably aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 or 12 carbon atoms which may be substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. More preferably, it is an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. Here, the aromatic hydrocarbon structure having 6 carbon atoms has a benzene structure, and the aromatic hydrocarbon structure having 12 carbon atoms has a biphenyl structure.
 R54~R56における好ましいアルキル基の具体例としては、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、n-ヘキシル基、n-オクチル基、イソプロピル基、イソブチル基、イソペンチル基、t-ブチル基、シクロヘキシル基、2エチルヘキシル基等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of preferable alkyl groups in R 54 to R 56 include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, n-butyl group, n-pentyl group, n-hexyl group, n-octyl group, isopropyl group and isobutyl. Examples thereof include a group, an isopentyl group, a t-butyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group and the like.
 R54~R56における好ましい芳香族炭化水素基の具体例としては、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、フェナントレン環、ペリレン環、テトラセン環、ピレン環、ベンズピレン環、クリセン環、トリフェニレン環、フルオランテン環、ビフェニル基、テルフェニル基等の1価の基が挙げられる。 Specific examples of preferable aromatic hydrocarbon groups in R 54 to R 56 include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a perylene ring, a tetracene ring, a pyrene ring, a benzpyrene ring, a chrysene ring, a triphenylene ring, and a fluorantene ring. , Biphenyl group, terphenyl group and other monovalent groups.
 R54~R56における好ましいアルコキシ基の具体例としては、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、プロピルオキシ基、イソプロピルオキシ基、ヘキシルオキシ基、シクロヘキシルオキシ基、オクタデシルオキシ基等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the preferred alkoxy group in R 54 to R 56 include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propyloxy group, an isopropyloxy group, a hexyloxy group, a cyclohexyloxy group, an octadecyloxy group and the like.
 本発明の一形態である発光層に含まれる式(40-1)で表される発光ドーパントとなる化合物は、下記式(40-3)で表される化合物であることがさらに好ましい。 The compound that becomes the light emitting dopant represented by the formula (40-1) contained in the light emitting layer which is one form of the present invention is more preferably the compound represented by the following formula (40-3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
 上記式中、R42、R43、R45、b40、c40、d40、L、m40は、式(40-1)におけるR42、R43、R45、b40、c40、d40、L、m40とそれぞれ同義である。
 R54~R56、i40は、式(40-2)におけるR54~R56、i40とそれぞれ同義である。
In the above formulas, R 42, R 43, R 45, b40, c40, d40, L 1, m40 is, R 42 in the formula (40-1), R 43, R 45, b40, c40, d40, L 1, It is synonymous with m40.
R 54 ~ R 56, i40 are each synonymous with R 54 ~ R 56, i40 in Equation (40-2).
 以下に、実施例に示した以外の本発明の一形態である発光層に含まれる発光ドーパントとなる式(40)で表される化合物の好ましい具体例を示すが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。 Hereinafter, preferred specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (40), which is a light emitting dopant contained in the light emitting layer, which is one embodiment of the present invention other than those shown in the examples, will be shown, but the present invention is limited thereto. It's not a thing.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
〔正孔輸送層〕
 本発明の有機電界発光素子の正孔輸送層(以下、「本実施形態の正孔輸送層」と称す場合がある。)は、好ましくは前述の本実施形態の重合体を部分構造A含有材料として含む。
 本実施形態の正孔輸送層は、本実施形態の重合体の1種類を含むものであってもよく、2種類以上を任意の組み合わせおよび任意の比率で含むものであってもよい。
[Hole transport layer]
The hole transport layer of the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention (hereinafter, may be referred to as “hole transport layer of the present embodiment”) is preferably a material containing a partial structure A of the polymer of the present embodiment described above. Include as.
The hole transport layer of the present embodiment may contain one type of the polymer of the present embodiment, or may contain two or more types in any combination and in any ratio.
 本実施形態の正孔輸送層中の本実施形態の重合体の含有量は、通常1~100重量%、好ましくは5~100重量%、更に好ましくは10~100重量%である。上記の範囲であると、本実施形態の正孔輸送層の電荷輸送性が向上し、駆動電圧が低減し、駆動安定性が向上するため好ましい。 The content of the polymer of the present embodiment in the hole transport layer of the present embodiment is usually 1 to 100% by weight, preferably 5 to 100% by weight, and more preferably 10 to 100% by weight. The above range is preferable because the charge transportability of the hole transport layer of the present embodiment is improved, the drive voltage is reduced, and the drive stability is improved.
 本実施形態の重合体が、前記本実施形態の正孔輸送層中で100重量%でない場合に、本実施形態の正孔輸送層を構成する成分としては後述する正孔輸送性化合物等が挙げられる。 When the polymer of the present embodiment is not 100% by weight in the hole transport layer of the present embodiment, examples of the components constituting the hole transport layer of the present embodiment include hole transporting compounds described later. Be done.
 有機電界発光素子を簡便に製造することができることから、本実施形態の重合体は、湿式成膜法で形成される本実施形態の正孔輸送層に用いることが好ましい。湿式成膜法による正孔輸送層の形成方法等については後述する。 Since the organic electroluminescent device can be easily manufactured, the polymer of the present embodiment is preferably used for the hole transport layer of the present embodiment formed by the wet film forming method. The method of forming the hole transport layer by the wet film formation method and the like will be described later.
[正孔輸送層形成用組成物]
 湿式成膜法により本実施形態の正孔輸送層を形成するための正孔輸送層形成用組成物は、上記本実施形態の重合体を含有するものである。本実施形態の正孔輸送層形成用組成物は、上記重合体の1種類を含有するものであってもよく、2種類以上を任意の組み合わせおよび任意の比率で含有するものであってもよい。
[Composition for forming a hole transport layer]
The hole transport layer forming composition for forming the hole transport layer of the present embodiment by the wet film forming method contains the polymer of the present embodiment. The composition for forming a hole transport layer of the present embodiment may contain one kind of the above polymer, or may contain two or more kinds in any combination and any ratio. ..
[重合体の含有量]
 本実施形態の正孔輸送層形成用組成物中の、上記重合体の含有量は、通常0.01~70重量%、好ましくは0.1~60重量%、更に好ましくは0.5~50重量%である。
 上記範囲内であると、形成した正孔輸送層に欠陥が生じ難く、また膜厚ムラが生じ難いため好ましい。
 本実施形態の正孔輸送層形成用組成物は、上記重合体以外に溶媒等を含むことができる。
[Polymer content]
The content of the polymer in the composition for forming a hole transport layer of the present embodiment is usually 0.01 to 70% by weight, preferably 0.1 to 60% by weight, and more preferably 0.5 to 50% by weight. By weight%.
When it is within the above range, defects are unlikely to occur in the formed hole transport layer, and uneven film thickness is unlikely to occur, which is preferable.
The composition for forming a hole transport layer of the present embodiment may contain a solvent or the like in addition to the above polymer.
[溶媒]
 本実施形態の正孔輸送層形成用組成物は、通常、溶媒を含有する。この溶媒は、上記重合体を溶解するものが好ましい。具体的には、上記重合体を、室温で通常0.05重量%以上、好ましくは0.5重量%以上、更に好ましくは1重量%以上溶解する溶媒が好適である。
[solvent]
The composition for forming a hole transport layer of the present embodiment usually contains a solvent. The solvent is preferably one that dissolves the above polymer. Specifically, a solvent that dissolves the polymer in an amount of usually 0.05% by weight or more, preferably 0.5% by weight or more, and more preferably 1% by weight or more at room temperature is preferable.
 溶媒の具体例としては、トルエン、キシレン、メシチレン、シクロヘキシルベンゼン等の芳香族系溶媒;1,2-ジクロロエタン、クロロベンゼン、o-ジクロロベンゼン等の含ハロゲン溶媒;エチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコール-1-モノメチルエーテルアセタート(PGMEA)等の脂肪族エーテル、1,2-ジメトキシベンゼン、1,3-ジメトキシベンゼン、アニソール、フェネトール、2-メトキシトルエン、3-メトキシトルエン、4-メトキシトルエン、2,3-ジメチルアニソール、2,4-ジメチルアニソール等の芳香族エーテル等のエーテル系溶媒;酢酸エチル、酢酸n-ブチル、乳酸エチル、乳酸n-ブチル等の脂肪族エステル系溶媒;酢酸フェニル、プロピオン酸フェニル、安息香酸メチル、安息香酸エチル、安息香酸イソプロピル、安息香酸プロピル、安息香酸n-ブチル等の芳香族エステル等のエステル系溶媒;等の有機溶媒、その他、後述の正孔注入層形成用組成物や正孔輸送層形成用組成物に用いられる有機溶媒が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the solvent include aromatic solvents such as toluene, xylene, mesityrene and cyclohexylbenzene; halogen-containing solvents such as 1,2-dichloroethane, chlorobenzene and o-dichlorobenzene; ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol diethyl ether and propylene. Aliper ethers such as glycol-1-monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), 1,2-dimethoxybenzene, 1,3-dimethoxybenzene, anisole, phenetol, 2-methoxytoluene, 3-methoxytoluene, 4-methoxytoluene, Ether-based solvents such as aromatic ethers such as 2,3-dimethylanisole and 2,4-dimethylanisole; aliphatic ester-based solvents such as ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, ethyl lactate and n-butyl lactate; phenyl acetate, Ester-based solvents such as phenyl propionate, methyl benzoate, ethyl benzoate, isopropyl benzoate, propyl benzoate, n-butyl benzoate and other aromatic esters; Examples thereof include organic solvents used in the composition for forming a hole transport layer and the composition for forming a hole transport layer.
 溶媒は、1種類を用いてもよく、2種類以上を任意の組み合わせおよび任意の比率で併用してもよい。 One type of solvent may be used, or two or more types may be used in any combination and in any ratio.
 中でも、本実施形態の正孔輸送層形成用組成物に含有される溶媒としては、20℃における表面張力が、通常40dyn/cm未満、好ましくは36dyn/cm以下、より好ましくは33dyn/cm以下である溶媒が好ましい。 Among them, as the solvent contained in the composition for forming a hole transport layer of the present embodiment, the surface tension at 20 ° C. is usually less than 40 dyn / cm, preferably 36 dyn / cm or less, more preferably 33 dyn / cm or less. Certain solvents are preferred.
 本実施形態の正孔輸送層形成用組成物を用いて湿式成膜法により塗膜を形成し、上記重合体を架橋させて正孔輸送層を形成する場合、溶媒と下地の親和性が高いことが好ましい。これは、膜質の均一性が有機電界発光素子の発光の均一性および安定性に大きく影響するためである。従って、湿式成膜法に用いる正孔輸送層形成用組成物には、よりレベリング性が高く均一な塗膜を形成しうるように表面張力が低いことが求められる。そこで前記のような低い表面張力を有する溶媒を使用することにより、上記重合体を含有する均一な層を形成することができ、ひいては均一な架橋層を形成することができることから、好ましい。 When a coating film is formed by a wet film forming method using the composition for forming a hole transport layer of the present embodiment and the polymer is crosslinked to form a hole transport layer, the affinity between the solvent and the substrate is high. Is preferable. This is because the uniformity of the film quality greatly affects the uniformity and stability of the light emission of the organic electroluminescent device. Therefore, the composition for forming a hole transport layer used in the wet film forming method is required to have a low surface tension so that a uniform coating film having higher leveling property can be formed. Therefore, by using a solvent having a low surface tension as described above, a uniform layer containing the polymer can be formed, and a uniform crosslinked layer can be formed, which is preferable.
 低表面張力の溶媒の具体例としては、前述したトルエン、キシレン、メシチレン、シクロヘキシルベンゼン等の芳香族系溶媒、安息香酸エチル等の芳香族エステル系溶媒、アニソール等の芳香族エーテル系溶媒、トリフルオロメトキシアニソール、ペンタフルオロメトキシベンゼン、3-(トリフルオロメチル)アニソール、エチル(ペンタフルオロベンゾエート)等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the low surface tension solvent include the above-mentioned aromatic solvents such as toluene, xylene, mesityrene and cyclohexylbenzene, aromatic ester solvents such as ethyl benzoate, aromatic ether solvents such as anisole, and trifluoro. Examples thereof include methoxyanisole, pentafluoromethoxybenzene, 3- (trifluoromethyl) anisole, and ethyl (pentafluorobenzoate).
 一方で、本実施形態の正孔輸送層形成用組成物に含有される溶媒としては、25℃における蒸気圧が、通常10mmHg以下、好ましくは5mmHg以下であり、通常0.1mmHg以上であるものが好ましい。このような溶媒を使用することにより、正孔輸送層を湿式成膜法により製造するプロセスに好適で、本実施形態の重合体の性質に適した正孔輸送層形成用組成物を調製することができる。 On the other hand, as the solvent contained in the composition for forming a hole transport layer of the present embodiment, a solvent having a vapor pressure at 25 ° C. of usually 10 mmHg or less, preferably 5 mmHg or less, and usually 0.1 mmHg or more is used. preferable. By using such a solvent, a composition for forming a hole transport layer suitable for a process of producing a hole transport layer by a wet film forming method and suitable for the properties of the polymer of the present embodiment is prepared. Can be done.
 より均一な膜を得るためには、成膜直後の液膜から溶媒が適当な速度で蒸発することが好ましい。このため、用いる溶媒の沸点は、前述の通り、通常80℃以上、好ましくは100℃以上、より好ましくは120℃以上で、通常350℃以下、好ましくは300℃以下、より好ましくは沸点280℃以下である。
 このような溶媒の具体例としては、前述したメシチレン、シクロヘキシルベンゼン等の芳香族系溶媒、芳香族エーテル系溶媒および芳香族エステル系溶媒が挙げられる。
In order to obtain a more uniform film, it is preferable that the solvent evaporates at an appropriate rate from the liquid film immediately after the film formation. Therefore, as described above, the boiling point of the solvent used is usually 80 ° C. or higher, preferably 100 ° C. or higher, more preferably 120 ° C. or higher, usually 350 ° C. or lower, preferably 300 ° C. or lower, more preferably 280 ° C. or lower. Is.
Specific examples of such a solvent include the above-mentioned aromatic solvents such as mesitylene and cyclohexylbenzene, aromatic ether solvents and aromatic ester solvents.
 水分は有機電界発光素子の性能劣化を引き起こす可能性があり、中でも特に連続駆動時の輝度低下を促進する可能性がある。そこで、湿式成膜中に残留する水分をできる限り低減するために、前記の溶媒の中でも、25℃における水の溶解度が1重量%以下であるものが好ましく、0.1重量%以下である溶媒がより好ましい。 Moisture may cause performance deterioration of the organic electroluminescent element, and in particular, it may promote a decrease in brightness during continuous driving. Therefore, in order to reduce the water content remaining during the wet film formation as much as possible, among the above-mentioned solvents, those having a water solubility at 25 ° C. of 1% by weight or less are preferable, and those having a solubility of 0.1% by weight or less are preferable. Is more preferable.
 本実施形態の正孔輸送層形成用組成物に含有される溶媒の含有量は、通常10重量%以上、好ましくは30重量%以上、特に好ましくは50重量%以上である。溶媒の含有量が上記下限以上であることにより、形成される層の平坦さおよび均一さを良好にすることができる。 The content of the solvent contained in the composition for forming a hole transport layer of the present embodiment is usually 10% by weight or more, preferably 30% by weight or more, and particularly preferably 50% by weight or more. When the content of the solvent is at least the above lower limit, the flatness and uniformity of the formed layer can be improved.
[電子受容性化合物]
 本実施形態の正孔輸送層形成用組成物は、低抵抗化観点から、更に電子受容性化合物を含有していてもよい。
 電子受容性化合物としては、酸化力を有し、上記重合体から一電子受容する能力を有する化合物が好ましい。具体的には、電子親和力が4eV以上である化合物が好ましく、5eV以上である化合物が更に好ましい。
[Electron accepting compound]
The composition for forming a hole transport layer of the present embodiment may further contain an electron-accepting compound from the viewpoint of reducing resistance.
As the electron-accepting compound, a compound having an oxidizing power and an ability to accept one electron from the above polymer is preferable. Specifically, a compound having an electron affinity of 4 eV or more is preferable, and a compound having an electron affinity of 5 eV or more is more preferable.
 このような電子受容性化合物としては、例えば、トリアリールホウ素化合物、ハロゲン化金属、ルイス酸、有機酸、オニウム塩、アリールアミンとハロゲン化金属との塩、および、アリールアミンとルイス酸との塩よりなる群から選ばれる1種又は2種以上の化合物等が挙げられる。 Examples of such an electron-accepting compound include a triarylboron compound, a metal halide, a Lewis acid, an organic acid, an onium salt, a salt of an arylamine and a metal halide, and a salt of an arylamine and a Lewis acid. Examples thereof include one kind or two or more kinds of compounds selected from the group consisting of two or more kinds.
 具体的には、4-イソプロピル-4’-メチルジフェニルヨードニウムテトラキス(ペンタフルオロフェニル)ボラート、トリフェニルスルホニウムテトラフルオロボラート等の有機基の置換したオニウム塩(国際公開第2005/089024号)、(国際公開第2017/164268号);塩化鉄(III)(特開平11-251067号公報)、ペルオキソ二硫酸アンモニウム等の高原子価の無機化合物;テトラシアノエチレン等のシアノ化合物;トリス(ペンタフルオロフェニル)ボラン(特開2003-31365号公報)等の芳香族ホウ素化合物;フラーレン誘導体およびヨウ素等が挙げられる。 Specifically, onium salts substituted with organic groups such as 4-isopropyl-4'-methyldiphenyliodonium tetrakis (pentafluorophenyl) borate, triphenylsulfonium tetrafluoroborate (International Publication No. 2005/089024), ( International Publication No. 2017/164268); High valence inorganic compounds such as iron chloride (III) (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 11-251067), ammonium peroxodisulfate; cyano compounds such as tetracyanoethylene; tris (pentafluorophenyl) Examples include aromatic boron compounds such as borane (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2003-31365); fullerene derivatives, iodine and the like.
 本実施形態の正孔輸送層形成用組成物は、上記のような電子受容性化合物の1種を単独で含んでいてもよく、また2種以上を任意の組み合わせ、および比率で含んでいてもよい。 The composition for forming a hole transport layer of the present embodiment may contain one kind of the above-mentioned electron-accepting compound alone, or may contain two or more kinds in any combination and ratio. good.
 本実施形態の正孔輸送層形成用組成物が電子受容性化合物を含む場合、電子受容性化合物の含有量は、通常0.0005重量%以上、好ましくは0.001重量%以上であり、通常20重量%以下、好ましくは10重量%以下である。
 正孔輸送層形成用組成物中の上記重合体に対する電子受容性化合物の割合は、通常0.5重量%以上、好ましくは1重量%以上、より好ましくは3重量%以上であり、通常80重量%以下、好ましくは60重量%以下、更に好ましくは40重量%以下である。
When the composition for forming a hole transport layer of the present embodiment contains an electron-accepting compound, the content of the electron-accepting compound is usually 0.0005% by weight or more, preferably 0.001% by weight or more, and is usually used. It is 20% by weight or less, preferably 10% by weight or less.
The ratio of the electron-accepting compound to the polymer in the hole transport layer forming composition is usually 0.5% by weight or more, preferably 1% by weight or more, more preferably 3% by weight or more, and usually 80% by weight. % Or less, preferably 60% by weight or less, more preferably 40% by weight or less.
 正孔輸送層形成用組成物中の電子受容性化合物の含有量が上記下限以上であると重合体から電子受容体が電子を受容し、形成した正孔輸送層が低抵抗化するため好ましい。正孔輸送層形成用組成物中の電子受容性化合物の含有量が上記上限以下であると形成した正孔輸送層に欠陥が生じ難く、また膜厚ムラが生じ難いため好ましい。 When the content of the electron-accepting compound in the composition for forming a hole transport layer is at least the above lower limit, the electron acceptor accepts electrons from the polymer and the formed hole transport layer has low resistance, which is preferable. When the content of the electron-accepting compound in the composition for forming a hole transport layer is not more than the above upper limit, defects are unlikely to occur in the formed hole transport layer, and uneven film thickness is unlikely to occur, which is preferable.
[カチオンラジカル化合物]
 本実施形態の正孔輸送層形成用組成物は、更にカチオンラジカル化合物を含有していてもよい。
 カチオンラジカル化合物としては、正孔輸送性化合物から一電子取り除いた化学種であるカチオンラジカルと、対アニオンとからなるイオン化合物が好ましい。但し、カチオンラジカルが正孔輸送性の高分子化合物由来である場合、カチオンラジカルは高分子化合物の繰り返し単位から一電子取り除いた構造となる。
[Cation radical compound]
The composition for forming a hole transport layer of the present embodiment may further contain a cationic radical compound.
As the cation radical compound, an ionic compound composed of a cation radical, which is a chemical species obtained by removing one electron from a hole transporting compound, and a counter anion is preferable. However, when the cation radical is derived from a hole-transporting polymer compound, the cation radical has a structure in which one electron is removed from the repeating unit of the polymer compound.
 カチオンラジカルとしては、後述の正孔輸送性化合物から一電子取り除いた化学種であることが好ましい。正孔輸送性化合物として好ましい化合物から一電子取り除いた化学種であることが、非晶質性、可視光の透過率、耐熱性、および溶解性等の点から好適である。 The cation radical is preferably a chemical species obtained by removing one electron from the hole transporting compound described later. A chemical species obtained by removing one electron from a preferable compound as a hole transporting compound is preferable from the viewpoints of amorphousness, visible light transmittance, heat resistance, solubility and the like.
 ここで、カチオンラジカル化合物は、後述の正孔輸送性化合物と前述の電子受容性化合物を混合することにより生成させることができる。即ち、正孔輸送性化合物と電子受容性化合物とを混合することにより、正孔輸送性化合物から電子受容性化合物へと電子移動が起こり、正孔輸送性化合物のカチオンラジカルと対アニオンとからなるカチオンイオン化合物が生成する。 Here, the cationic radical compound can be produced by mixing the hole transporting compound described later and the electron accepting compound described above. That is, by mixing the hole transporting compound and the electron accepting compound, electron transfer occurs from the hole transporting compound to the electron accepting compound, and the hole transporting compound is composed of a cationic radical and a counter anion. A cationic ion compound is produced.
 本実施形態の正孔輸送層形成用組成物がカチオンラジカル化合物を含む場合、正孔輸送層形成用組成物中のカチオンラジカル化合物の含有量は、通常0.0005重量%以上、好ましくは0.001重量%以上であり、通常40重量%以下、好ましくは20重量%以下である。カチオンラジカル化合物の含有量が下限以上であると形成した正孔輸送層が低抵抗化するため好ましい。カチオンラジカル化合物の含有量が上限以下であると形成した正孔輸送層に欠陥が生じ難く、また膜厚ムラが生じ難いため好ましい。 When the composition for forming a hole transport layer of the present embodiment contains a cation radical compound, the content of the cation radical compound in the composition for forming a hole transport layer is usually 0.0005% by weight or more, preferably 0. It is 001% by weight or more, usually 40% by weight or less, preferably 20% by weight or less. When the content of the cationic radical compound is at least the lower limit, the formed hole transport layer has low resistance, which is preferable. When the content of the cationic radical compound is not more than the upper limit, defects are less likely to occur in the formed hole transport layer, and uneven film thickness is less likely to occur, which is preferable.
 本実施形態の正孔輸送層形成用組成物には、上記の成分以外に、後述の正孔注入層形成用組成物や正孔輸送層形成用組成物に含まれる成分を、後述の含有量で含有していてもよい。 In the composition for forming a hole transport layer of the present embodiment, in addition to the above-mentioned components, the components contained in the composition for forming a hole injection layer and the composition for forming a hole transport layer, which will be described later, are contained in the composition described below. It may be contained in.
〔発光層〕
 本発明の有機電界発光素子の発光層(以下、「本実施形態の発光層」と称す場合がある。)は、好ましくは前述の本実施形態の低分子化合物を部分構造A含有材料として含む。
 本実施形態の発光層は、本実施形態の低分子化合物の1種類を含むものであってもよく、2種類以上を任意の組み合わせおよび任意の比率で含むものであってもよい。
[Light emitting layer]
The light emitting layer of the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention (hereinafter, may be referred to as “light emitting layer of the present embodiment”) preferably contains the above-mentioned low molecular weight compound of the present embodiment as a partial structure A-containing material.
The light emitting layer of the present embodiment may contain one kind of the small molecule compound of the present embodiment, or may contain two or more kinds in any combination and any ratio.
 本実施形態の発光層は、少なくとも本実施形態の低分子化合物と発光材料とを含むものであり、本実施形態の低分子化合物は発光材料のホスト材料として機能する。
 発光材料としては燐光発光材料又は蛍光発光材料を用いることができる。
The light emitting layer of the present embodiment contains at least the low molecular weight compound of the present embodiment and the light emitting material, and the low molecular weight compound of the present embodiment functions as a host material of the light emitting material.
As the light emitting material, a phosphorescent light emitting material or a fluorescent light emitting material can be used.
 本発明の発光層に含まれる発光材料の含有量は、通常0.1~50重量%、好ましくは0.2~40重量%、より好ましくは0.5~35重量%である。発光材料の含有量が上記範囲内であれば、高い発光効率を得ることができる。 The content of the light emitting material contained in the light emitting layer of the present invention is usually 0.1 to 50% by weight, preferably 0.2 to 40% by weight, and more preferably 0.5 to 35% by weight. When the content of the light emitting material is within the above range, high luminous efficiency can be obtained.
 本実施形態の発光層中の本実施形態の低分子化合物の含有量は、発光材料以外の材料中の含有量として、通常5重量%以上、好ましくは10重量%以上、更に好ましくは20重量%以上、特に好ましくは30重量%以上であり、通常100重量%以下、好ましくは90重量%以下、更に好ましくは80重量%以下であり、特に好ましくは70重量%以下である。上記の範囲であると、本実施形態の発光層の電荷輸送性が向上し、駆動電圧が低減し、駆動安定性が向上すると考えられるため好ましい。 The content of the small molecule compound of the present embodiment in the light emitting layer of the present embodiment is usually 5% by weight or more, preferably 10% by weight or more, more preferably 20% by weight, as the content in the material other than the light emitting material. As described above, it is particularly preferably 30% by weight or more, usually 100% by weight or less, preferably 90% by weight or less, still more preferably 80% by weight or less, and particularly preferably 70% by weight or less. The above range is preferable because it is considered that the charge transportability of the light emitting layer of the present embodiment is improved, the driving voltage is reduced, and the driving stability is improved.
 本実施形態の発光層が発光材料と本実施形態の低分子化合物以外のその他の成分を含む場合、その他の成分としては、後述する電荷輸送材料等が挙げられる。本実施形態の発光層中の後述の電荷輸送材料等のその他の成分の含有量は、発光材料以外の材料中の含有量として、通常0重量%以上、好ましくは10重量%以上、さらに好ましくは20重量%以上、特に好ましくは30重量%であり、通常95重量%以下、好ましくは90重量%以下、さらに好ましくは80重量%以下、特に好ましくは70重量%以下である。上記範囲であると、発光層中の電子と正孔のキャリアバランスが良く発光効率が向上すること、電荷輸送性が向上し低電圧化すること及び駆動安定性が向上すると考えられるため好ましい。 When the light emitting layer of the present embodiment contains a light emitting material and other components other than the small molecule compound of the present embodiment, examples of the other components include a charge transport material described later. The content of other components such as the charge transport material described later in the light emitting layer of the present embodiment is usually 0% by weight or more, preferably 10% by weight or more, more preferably 10% by weight or more, as the content in the material other than the light emitting material. It is 20% by weight or more, particularly preferably 30% by weight, usually 95% by weight or less, preferably 90% by weight or less, still more preferably 80% by weight or less, and particularly preferably 70% by weight or less. The above range is preferable because it is considered that the carrier balance of electrons and holes in the light emitting layer is good, the luminous efficiency is improved, the charge transportability is improved, the voltage is lowered, and the drive stability is improved.
 有機電界発光素子を簡便に製造することができることから、本実施形態の低分子化合物は、湿式成膜法で形成される本実施形態の発光層に用いることが好ましい。湿式成膜法による発光層の形成方法等については後述する。 Since the organic electroluminescent device can be easily manufactured, the small molecule compound of the present embodiment is preferably used for the light emitting layer of the present embodiment formed by the wet film formation method. The method of forming the light emitting layer by the wet film forming method will be described later.
[発光層形成用組成物]
 湿式成膜法により本実施形態の発光層を形成するための発光層形成用組成物は、上記本実施形態の低分子化合物を含有するものである。本実施形態の発光層形成用組成物は、上記低分子化合物の1種類を含有するものであってもよく、2種類以上を任意の組み合わせおよび任意の比率で含有するものであってもよい。
[Composition for forming a light emitting layer]
The composition for forming a light emitting layer for forming the light emitting layer of the present embodiment by the wet film forming method contains the low molecular weight compound of the present embodiment. The composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present embodiment may contain one kind of the above-mentioned small molecule compound, or may contain two or more kinds in any combination and any ratio.
[低分子化合物の含有量]
 本実施形態の発光層形成用組成物中の、上記低分子化合物、発光材料、電荷輸送材料等の固形分の合計の含有量は、通常0.01~70重量%、好ましくは0.1~60重量%、更に好ましくは0.5~50重量%である。
 上記範囲内であると、形成した発光層に欠陥が生じ難く、また膜厚ムラが生じ難いため好ましい。
 本実施形態の発光層形成用組成物は、上記低分子化合物、発光材料、電荷輸送材料等の成分以外に溶媒等を含むことができる。
[Content of small molecule compounds]
The total content of solids such as the small molecule compound, the light emitting material, and the charge transport material in the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present embodiment is usually 0.01 to 70% by weight, preferably 0.1 to 0.1. It is 60% by weight, more preferably 0.5 to 50% by weight.
When it is within the above range, defects are unlikely to occur in the formed light emitting layer, and uneven film thickness is unlikely to occur, which is preferable.
The composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present embodiment may contain a solvent or the like in addition to the components such as the small molecule compound, the light emitting material, and the charge transport material.
[溶媒]
 本実施形態の発光層形成用組成物は、通常、溶媒を含有する。
[solvent]
The composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present embodiment usually contains a solvent.
 溶媒としては、前記正孔輸送層形成用組成物が含有する溶媒と同様の溶媒から選択して用いることができる。溶媒に求められる特性も同様であり、好ましい溶媒も同様である。 As the solvent, the same solvent as the solvent contained in the composition for forming a hole transport layer can be selected and used. The properties required for the solvent are similar, and so are the preferred solvents.
 溶媒の使用量は、本発明の効果を著しく損なわない限り任意であるが、発光層形成用組成物中の含有量として好ましくは1質量%以上、より好ましくは10質量%以上、特に好ましくは50質量%以上で、好ましくは99.99質量%以下、より好ましくは99.9質量%以下、特に好ましくは99質量%以下である。 The amount of the solvent used is arbitrary as long as the effect of the present invention is not significantly impaired, but the content in the light emitting layer forming composition is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 50. It is 9% by mass or more, preferably 99.99% by mass or less, more preferably 99.9% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 99% by mass or less.
[燐光発光層]
 本実施形態の発光層が発光材料として燐光発光材料を含む燐光発光層である場合、燐光発光材料としては以下の材料が好ましい。
[Phosphorescent layer]
When the light emitting layer of the present embodiment is a phosphorescent light emitting layer containing a phosphorescent light emitting material as a light emitting material, the following materials are preferable as the phosphorescent light emitting material.
<燐光発光材料>
 燐光発光材料とは、励起三重項状態から発光を示す材料をいう。例えば、Ir、Pt、Euなどを有する金属錯体化合物がその代表例であり、材料の構造として、金属錯体を含むものが好ましい。
<Phosphorescent material>
The phosphorescent material refers to a material that emits light from an excited triplet state. For example, a metal complex compound having Ir, Pt, Eu, etc. is a typical example, and a material containing a metal complex is preferable as the structure of the material.
 金属錯体の中でも、三重項状態を経由して発光する燐光発光性有機金属錯体として、長周期型周期表(以下、特に断り書きの無い限り「周期表」という場合には、長周期型周期表を指すものとする。)第7~11族から選ばれる金属を中心金属として含むウェルナー型錯体又は有機金属錯体化合物が挙げられる。このような燐光発光材料としては、式(201)で表される化合物、又は下記式(205)で表される化合物が好ましく、より好ましくは下記式(201)で表される化合物である。 Among the metal complexes, as a phosphorescent organic metal complex that emits light via a triple term state, it is a long-periodic periodic table (hereinafter, unless otherwise specified, the term "periodic table" refers to the long-periodic table. A Werner-type complex or an organic metal complex compound containing a metal selected from Groups 7 to 11 as a central metal can be mentioned. As such a phosphorescent material, a compound represented by the formula (201) or a compound represented by the following formula (205) is preferable, and a compound represented by the following formula (201) is more preferable.
[式(201)で表される化合物]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
[Compound represented by formula (201)]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
 式(201)中、環A1は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素環構造又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環構造を表す。
 環A2は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環構造を表す。
 R201、R202は各々独立に式(202)で表される構造である。“*”は環A1又は環A2との結合部位を表す。R201、R202は同じであっても異なっていてもよい。R201、R202がそれぞれ複数存在する場合、それらは同じであっても異なっていてもよい。
 Ar201、Ar203は、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素構造、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環構造を表す。
 Ar202は、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素構造、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環構造、又は置換基を有していてもよい脂肪族炭化水素構造を表す。
 環A1に結合する置換基どうし、環A2に結合する置換基どうし、又は環A1に結合する置換基と環A2に結合する置換基どうしは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 B201-L200-B202は、アニオン性の二座配位子を表す。B201およびB202は、それぞれ独立に、炭素原子、酸素原子又は窒素原子を表し、これらの原子は環を構成する原子であってもよい。L200は、単結合、又は、B201およびB202とともに二座配位子を構成する原子団を表す。B201-L200-B202が複数存在する場合、それらは同一でも異なっていてもよい。
 i1、i2はそれぞれ独立に、0以上12以下の整数を表す。
 i3は、Ar202に置換可能な数を上限とする0以上の整数である。
 j1は、Ar201に置換可能な数を上限とする0以上の整数である。
 k1、k2はそれぞれ独立に、環A1、環A2に置換可能な数を上限とする0以上の整数である。
 m1は1~3の整数である。
In the formula (201), the ring A1 represents an aromatic hydrocarbon ring structure which may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic structure which may have a substituent.
Ring A2 represents an aromatic heterocyclic structure which may have a substituent.
R 201 and R 202 are structures independently represented by the equation (202). “*” Represents a binding site with ring A1 or ring A2. R 201 and R 202 may be the same or different. When there are a plurality of R 201 and R 202 , they may be the same or different.
Ar 201 and Ar 203 each independently represent an aromatic hydrocarbon structure which may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic structure which may have a substituent.
Ar 202 has an aromatic hydrocarbon structure which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic structure which may have a substituent, or an aliphatic hydrocarbon structure which may have a substituent. show.
Substituents bonded to ring A1, substituents bonded to ring A2, or substituents bonded to ring A1 and substituents bonded to ring A2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
B 201- L 200- B 202 represents an anionic bidentate ligand. B 201 and B 202 each independently represent a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, or a nitrogen atom, and these atoms may be atoms constituting a ring. L 200 represents a single bond, or represents an atomic group together with B 201 and B 202 constituting the bidentate ligand. When there are a plurality of B 201- L 200- B 202 , they may be the same or different.
i1 and i2 independently represent integers of 0 or more and 12 or less.
i3 is an integer of 0 or more up to a number substitutable for Ar 202.
j1 is an integer of 0 or more up to a number substitutable for Ar 201.
k1 and k2 are independently integers of 0 or more, up to a number substitutable for rings A1 and A2, respectively.
m1 is an integer of 1 to 3.
 特に断りのない場合、上記置換基としては、次の置換基群Z´から選ばれる基が好ましい。 Unless otherwise specified, as the above-mentioned substituent, a group selected from the following substituent group Z'is preferable.
<置換基群Z´>
・アルキル基:好ましくは炭素数1~20のアルキル基、より好ましくは炭素数1~12のアルキル基、更に好ましくは炭素数1~8のアルキル基、特に好ましくは炭素数1~6のアルキル基
・アルコキシ基:好ましくは炭素数1~20のアルコキシ基、より好ましくは炭素数1~12のアルコキシ基、更に好ましくは炭素数1~6のアルコキシ基
・アリールオキシ基:好ましくは炭素数6~20のアリールオキシ基、より好ましくは炭素数6~14のアリールオキシ基、更に好ましくは炭素数6~12のアリールオキシ基、特に好ましくは炭素数6のアリールオキシ基
・ヘテロアリールオキシ基:好ましくは炭素数3~20のヘテロアリールオキシ基、より好ましくは炭素数3~12のヘテロアリールオキシ基
・アルキルアミノ基:好ましくは炭素数1~20のアルキルアミノ基、より好ましくは炭素数1~12のアルキルアミノ基
・アリールアミノ基:好ましくは炭素数6~36のアリールアミノ基、より好ましくは炭素数6~24のアリールアミノ基
・アラルキル基:好ましくは炭素数7~40のアラルキル基、より好ましくは炭素数7~18のアラルキル基、更に好ましくは炭素数7~12のアラルキル基
・ヘテロアラルキル基:好ましくは炭素数4~40のヘテロアラルキル基、より好ましくは炭素数4~18のヘテロアラルキル基
・アルケニル基:好ましくは炭素数2~20のアルケニル基、より好ましくは炭素数2~12のアルケニル基、更に好ましくは炭素数2~8のアルケニル基、特に好ましくは炭素数2~6のアルケニル基
・アルキニル基:好ましくは炭素数2~20のアルキニル基、より好ましくは炭素数2~12のアルキニル基
・アリール基:好ましくは炭素数6~30のアリール基、より好ましくは炭素数6~24のアリール基、更に好ましくは炭素数6~18のアリール基、特に好ましくは炭素数6~14のアリール基
・ヘテロアリール基:好ましくは炭素数3~30のヘテロアリール基、より好ましくは炭素数3~24のヘテロアリール基、更に好ましくは炭素数3~18のヘテロアリール基、特に好ましくは炭素数3~14のヘテロアリール基
・アルキルシリル基:好ましくはアルキル基の炭素数が1~20であるアルキルシリル基、より好ましくはアルキル基の炭素数が1~12であるアルキルシリル基
・アリールシリル基:好ましくはアリール基の炭素数が6~20であるアリールシリル基、より好ましくはアリール基の炭素数が6~14であるアリールシリル基
・アルキルカルボニル基:好ましくは炭素数2~20のアルキルカルボニル基
・アリールカルボニル基:好ましくは炭素数7~20のアリールカルボニル基
 以上の置換基は一つ以上の水素原子がフッ素原子で置き換えられているか、若しくは1つ以上の水素原子が重水素原子で置き換えらえられていてもよい。
 特に断りのない限り、アリール基は芳香族炭化水素基であり、ヘテロアリール基は芳香族複素環基である。
・水素原子、重水素原子、フッ素原子、シアノ基、又は、-SF
<Substituent group Z'>
Aryl group: An alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, further preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. -Aalkoxy group: An alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, further preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and an aryloxy group: preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms. Aryloxy group, more preferably an aryloxy group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, further preferably an aryloxy group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, particularly preferably an aryloxy group having 6 carbon atoms or a heteroaryloxy group: preferably carbon. Heteroaryloxy group having 3 to 20, more preferably heteroaryloxy group / alkylamino group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms: preferably an alkylamino group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Amino group / arylamino group: preferably an arylamino group having 6 to 36 carbon atoms, more preferably an arylamino group / aralkyl group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms: preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably carbon. Aralkyl groups having 7 to 18 carbon atoms, more preferably arylyl groups having 7 to 12 carbon atoms / heteroaralkyl groups: preferably heteroaralkyl groups having 4 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably heteroaralkyl groups having 4 to 18 carbon atoms / alkenyl. Group: An alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, further preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, alkynyl. Group: preferably an alkynyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkynyl group / aryl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms: preferably an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms. An aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, particularly preferably an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms or a heteroaryl group: preferably a heteroaryl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably having 3 to 24 carbon atoms. Heteroaryl groups, more preferably heteroaryl groups having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, particularly preferably heteroaryl groups having 3 to 14 carbon atoms / alkylsilyl groups: preferably alkylsilyl groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. , More preferably an alkylsilyl group / arylsilyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms: preferably an arylcy having an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. Arylsilyl group / alkylcarbonyl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group: preferably an alkylcarbonyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, an arylcarbonyl group: preferably an aryl having 7 to 20 carbon atoms. Substituents having a carbonyl group or more may have one or more hydrogen atoms replaced with fluorine atoms, or one or more hydrogen atoms may have been replaced with heavy hydrogen atoms.
Unless otherwise specified, the aryl group is an aromatic hydrocarbon group and the heteroaryl group is an aromatic heterocyclic group.
-Hydrogen atom, deuterium atom, fluorine atom, cyano group, or -SF 5
(置換基群Z´の中の好ましい基)
 上記置換基群Z´のうち、
 好ましくは、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アリールアミノ基、アラルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アルキルシリル基、アリールシリル基、およびこれらの基の一つ以上の水素原子がフッ素原子で置き換えられている基、フッ素原子、シアノ基、-SFであり、
 より好ましくはアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アリールアミノ基、アラルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、およびこれらの基の一つ以上の水素原子がフッ素原子で置き換えられている基、フッ素原子、シアノ基、-SFであり、
 更に好ましくは、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アリールアミノ基、アラルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基であり、
 特に好ましくはアルキル基、アリールアミノ基、アラルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基であり、
 最も好ましくはアルキル基、アリールアミノ基、アラルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基である。
(Preferable group in substituent group Z')
Of the above substituent group Z',
Preferably, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an arylamino group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkylsilyl group, an arylsilyl group, and one or more hydrogen atoms of these groups are present. A group replaced by a fluorine atom, a fluorine atom, a cyano group, -SF 5 ,
More preferably, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an arylamino group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, and a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms of these groups are replaced with fluorine atoms. , Fluorine atom, cyano group, -SF 5 ,
More preferably, it is an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an arylamino group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
Particularly preferred are an alkyl group, an arylamino group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group.
Most preferably, it is an alkyl group, an arylamino group, an aralkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group.
(Z´に置換する置換基)
 これら置換基群Z´は、更に置換基群Z´から選ばれる置換基を置換基として有していてもよい。有していてもよい置換基の好ましい基、より好ましい基、更に好ましい基、特に好ましい基、最も好ましい基は置換基群Z´の中の好ましい基と同様である。
(Substituent substituting for Z')
These substituent group Z'may further have a substituent selected from the substituent group Z'as a substituent. The preferred group, the more preferable group, the more preferable group, the particularly preferable group, and the most preferable group of the substituents which may be possessed are the same as the preferable groups in the substituent group Z'.
<環A1>
 環A1は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素環構造又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環構造を表す。
<Ring A1>
Ring A1 represents an aromatic hydrocarbon ring structure which may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic structure which may have a substituent.
 環A1の芳香族炭化水素環としては、好ましくは炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素環である。具体的には、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、トリフェニリル環、アセナフテン環、フルオランテン環、フルオレン環が好ましい。
 環A1の芳香族複素環としては、ヘテロ原子として窒素原子、酸素原子、又は硫黄原子のいずれかを含む、炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環が好ましく、更に好ましくは、フラン環、ベンゾフラン環、チオフェン環、ベンゾチオフェン環である。
 環A1としてより好ましくは、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、フルオレン環であり、特に好ましくはベンゼン環又はフルオレン環であり、最も好ましくはベンゼン環である。
The aromatic hydrocarbon ring of ring A1 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 30 carbon atoms. Specifically, a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a triphenylyl ring, an acenaphthene ring, a fluoranthene ring, and a fluorene ring are preferable.
As the aromatic heterocycle of ring A1, an aromatic heterocycle having 3 to 30 carbon atoms containing any of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom as a heteroatom is preferable, and a furan ring and a benzofuran ring are more preferable. , Thiophene ring, benzothiophene ring.
The ring A1 is more preferably a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, or a fluorene ring, particularly preferably a benzene ring or a fluorene ring, and most preferably a benzene ring.
<環A2>
 環A2は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環構造を表す。
<Ring A2>
Ring A2 represents an aromatic heterocyclic structure which may have a substituent.
 環A2の芳香族複素環としては、好ましくはヘテロ原子として窒素原子、酸素原子、又は硫黄原子のいずれかを含む、炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環である。具体的には、ピリジン環、ピリミジン環、ピラジン環、トリアジン環、イミダゾール環、オキサゾール環、チアゾール環、ベンゾチアゾール環、ベンゾオキサゾール環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、キノリン環、イソキノリン環、キノキサリン環、キナゾリン環、ナフチリジン環、フェナントリジン環が挙げられ、更に好ましくは、ピリジン環、ピラジン環、ピリミジン環、イミダゾール環、ベンゾチアゾール環、ベンゾオキサゾール環、キノリン環、イソキノリン環、キノキサリン環、キナゾリン環であり、より好ましくは、ピリジン環、イミダゾール環、ベンゾチアゾール環、キノリン環、イソキノリン環、キノキサリン環、キナゾリン環であり、最も好ましくは、ピリジン環、イミダゾール環、ベンゾチアゾール環、キノリン環、キノキサリン環、キナゾリン環である。 The aromatic heterocycle of ring A2 is preferably an aromatic heterocycle having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, which contains any of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom as a hetero atom. Specifically, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyrazine ring, triazine ring, imidazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, benzothiazole ring, benzoxazole ring, benzoimidazole ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring, quinoxalin ring, quinazoline ring, Examples thereof include a naphthylidine ring and a phenanthridine ring, more preferably a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, an imidazole ring, a benzothiazole ring, a benzoxazole ring, a quinoline ring, an isoquinoline ring, a quinazoline ring and a quinazoline ring. Preferred are a pyridine ring, an imidazole ring, a benzothiazole ring, a quinoline ring, an isoquinoline ring, a quinazoline ring, and a quinazoline ring, and most preferably a pyridine ring, an imidazole ring, a benzothiazole ring, a quinoline ring, a quinazoline ring, and a quinazoline ring. be.
(環A1と環A2との組み合わせ)
 環A1と環A2の好ましい組合せとしては、(環A1-環A2)と表記すると、(ベンゼン環-ピリジン環)、(ベンゼン環-キノリン環)、(ベンゼン環-キノキサリン環)、(ベンゼン環-キナゾリン環)、(ベンゼン環-イミダゾール環)、(ベンゼン環-ベンゾチアゾール環)である。
(Combination of ring A1 and ring A2)
As a preferable combination of ring A1 and ring A2, when expressed as (ring A1-ring A2), (benzene ring-pyridine ring), (benzene ring-quinoline ring), (benzene ring-quinoxaline ring), (benzene ring- Quinazoline ring), (benzene ring-imidazole ring), (benzene ring-benzothiazole ring).
(環A1、環A2の置換基)
 環A1、環A2が有していてもよい置換基は任意に選択できるが、好ましくは前記置換基群Z´から選ばれる1種又は複数種の置換基である。
(Substituents of ring A1 and ring A2)
The substituents that the rings A1 and A2 may have can be arbitrarily selected, but preferably one or a plurality of substituents selected from the substituent group Z'.
<Ar201、Ar202、Ar203
 Ar201、Ar203は、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素環構造、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環構造を表す。
 Ar202は、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素環構造、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環構造、又は置換基を有していてもよい脂肪族炭化水素構造を表す。
<Ar 201 , Ar 202 , Ar 203 >
Ar 201 and Ar 203 each independently represent an aromatic hydrocarbon ring structure which may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic structure which may have a substituent.
Ar 202 has an aromatic hydrocarbon ring structure which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic structure which may have a substituent, or an aliphatic hydrocarbon structure which may have a substituent. Represents.
(Ar201、Ar202、Ar203の芳香族炭化水素環)
 Ar201、Ar202、Ar203のいずれかが置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素構造である場合、芳香族炭化水素構造としては、好ましくは炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素環である。具体的にはベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、トリフェニリル環、アセナフテン環、フルオランテン環、フルオレン環が挙げられ、更に好ましくは、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、フルオレン環であり、最も好ましくはベンゼン環である。
(Aromatic hydrocarbon rings of Ar 201 , Ar 202 , Ar 203)
When any one of Ar 201 , Ar 202 , and Ar 203 has an aromatic hydrocarbon structure which may have a substituent, the aromatic hydrocarbon structure is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon having 6 to 30 carbon atoms. It is a ring. Specific examples thereof include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a triphenylyl ring, an acenaphthene ring, a fluoranthene ring and a fluorene ring, more preferably a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring and a fluorene ring, and most preferably a benzene ring. ..
(フルオレンの9,9’位)
 Ar201、Ar202、Ar203のいずれかが置換基を有していてもよいフルオレン環である場合、フルオレン環の9位および9’位は、置換基を有するか又は隣接する構造と結合していることが好ましい。
(9,9'of Fluorene)
When any of Ar 201 , Ar 202 , and Ar 203 is a fluorene ring which may have a substituent, the 9-position and 9'-position of the fluorene ring have a substituent or are bonded to an adjacent structure. Is preferable.
(о-、m-フェニレン)
 Ar201、Ar202のいずれかが置換基を有していてもよいベンゼン環である場合、少なくとも一つのベンゼン環がオルト位又はメタ位で隣接する構造と結合していることが好ましく、少なくとも一つのベンゼン環がメタ位で隣接する構造と結合していることがより好ましい。
(О-, m-phenylene)
When either Ar 201 or Ar 202 is a benzene ring which may have a substituent, at least one benzene ring is preferably bonded to an adjacent structure at the ortho-position or the meta-position, and at least one. It is more preferable that one benzene ring is bonded to an adjacent structure at the meta position.
(Ar201、Ar202、Ar203の芳香族複素環)
 Ar201、Ar202、Ar203のいずれかが置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環構造である場合、芳香族複素環構造としては、好ましくはヘテロ原子として窒素原子、酸素原子、又は硫黄原子のいずれかを含む、炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環である。具体的には、ピリジン環、ピリミジン環、ピラジン環、トリアジン環、イミダゾール環、オキサゾール環、チアゾール環、ベンゾチアゾール環、ベンゾオキサゾール環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、キノリン環、イソキノリン環、キノキサリン環、キナゾリン環、ナフチリジン環、フェナントリジン環、カルバゾール環、ジベンゾフラン環、ジベンゾチオフェン環が挙げられ、更に好ましくはピリジン環、ピリミジン環、トリアジン環、カルバゾール環、ジベンゾフラン環、ジベンゾチオフェン環である。
(Aromatic heterocycles of Ar 201 , Ar 202 , Ar 203)
When any one of Ar 201 , Ar 202 , and Ar 203 is an aromatic heterocyclic structure which may have a substituent, the aromatic heterocyclic structure is preferably a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, or a heteroatom as a heteroatom. It is an aromatic heterocycle containing any of the sulfur atoms and having 3 to 30 carbon atoms. Specifically, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyrazine ring, triazine ring, imidazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, benzothiazole ring, benzoxazole ring, benzimidazole ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring, quinoxalin ring, quinazoline ring, Examples thereof include a naphthylidine ring, a phenanthridin ring, a carbazole ring, a dibenzofuran ring and a dibenzothiophene ring, and more preferably a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a triazine ring, a carbazole ring, a dibenzofuran ring and a dibenzothiophene ring.
(カルバゾールのN位)
 Ar201、Ar202、Ar203のいずれかが置換基を有していてもよいカルバゾール環である場合、カルバゾール環のN位は、置換基を有するか又は隣接する構造と結合していることが好ましい。
(N position of carbazole)
If any of Ar 201 , Ar 202 , and Ar 203 is a carbazole ring which may have a substituent, the N-position of the carbazole ring may have a substituent or be bonded to an adjacent structure. preferable.
(Ar202の脂肪族炭化水素)
 Ar202が置換基を有していてもよい脂肪族炭化水素構造である場合、直鎖、分岐鎖、又は環状構造を有する脂肪族炭化水素構造であり、好ましくは炭素数が1以上24以下であり、更に好ましくは炭素数が1以上12以下であり、より好ましくは炭素数が1以上8以下である。
(Alphatic hydrocarbon of Ar 202)
When Ar 202 is an aliphatic hydrocarbon structure which may have a substituent, it is an aliphatic hydrocarbon structure having a straight chain, a branched chain, or a cyclic structure, preferably having 1 or more and 24 or less carbon atoms. Yes, more preferably the carbon number is 1 or more and 12 or less, and more preferably the carbon number is 1 or more and 8 or less.
<i1、i2、i3、j1、k1、k2>
(i1、i2の好ましい範囲)
 i1は0~12の整数を表し、好ましくは1~12、更に好ましくは1~8、より好ましくは1~6の整数である。この範囲であることにより、溶解性と電荷輸送性の向上が見込まれる。
<I1, i2, i3, j1, k1, k2>
(Preferable range of i1 and i2)
i1 represents an integer of 0 to 12, preferably an integer of 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 8, and even more preferably an integer of 1 to 6. Within this range, the solubility and charge transportability are expected to be improved.
(i3の好ましい範囲)
 i3は好ましくは0~5の整数を表し、更に好ましくは0~2、より好ましくは0又は1である。
(Preferable range of i3)
i3 preferably represents an integer of 0 to 5, more preferably 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1.
(j1の好ましい範囲)
 j1は好ましくは0~2の整数を表し、更に好ましくは0又は1である。
(Preferable range of j1)
j1 preferably represents an integer of 0 to 2, and is more preferably 0 or 1.
(k1、k2の好ましい範囲)
 k1、k2は好ましくは0~3の整数を表し、更に好ましくは1~3であり、より好ましくは1又は2であり、特に好ましくは1である。
(Preferable range of k1 and k2)
k1 and k2 preferably represent an integer of 0 to 3, more preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 or 2, and particularly preferably 1.
<Ar201、Ar202、Ar203の好ましい置換基>
 Ar201、Ar202、Ar203が有していてもよい置換基は任意に選択できるが、好ましくは前記置換基群Z´から選ばれる1種又は複数種の置換基である。好ましい基も前記置換基群Z´の通りであるが、より好ましくは水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基であり、特に好ましくは水素原子、アルキル基であり、最も好ましくは無置換(水素原子)である。
<Preferable substituents of Ar 201 , Ar 202 , Ar 203>
The substituents that Ar 201 , Ar 202 , and Ar 203 may have can be arbitrarily selected, but preferably one or a plurality of substituents selected from the substituent group Z'. The preferred group is also the same as that of the substituent group Z', but more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and most preferably an unsubstituted (hydrogen atom). be.
<式(201)の好ましい構造>
 前記式(201)で表される化合物のなかでも、以下の構造を有する化合物が好ましい。
<Preferable structure of formula (201)>
Among the compounds represented by the formula (201), compounds having the following structures are preferable.
(フェニレン連結式)
 ベンゼン環が連結した基を有する構造。
 すなわち、Ar201がベンゼン環構造、i1が1~6、少なくとも一つの前記ベンゼン環がオルト位又はメタ位で隣接する構造と結合している。
 この構造であることによって、溶解性が向上し、かつ電荷輸送性が向上することが期待される。
(Phenylene connection type)
A structure having a group in which benzene rings are linked.
That is, Ar 201 is bonded to a benzene ring structure, i1 is 1 to 6, and at least one of the benzene rings is bonded to an adjacent structure at the ortho-position or the meta-position.
With this structure, it is expected that the solubility is improved and the charge transportability is improved.
((フェニレン)-(アラルキル)-(アルキル))
 環A1又は環A2に、アルキル基若しくはアラルキル基が結合した芳香族炭化水素基若しくは芳香族複素環基を有する構造。
 すなわち、Ar201が芳香族炭化水素構造又は芳香族複素環構造、i1が1~6、Ar202が脂肪族炭化水素構造、i2が1~12、好ましくは3~8、Ar203がベンゼン環構造、i3が0又は1。
 好ましくは、Ar201は前記芳香族炭化水素構造であり、更に好ましくはベンゼン環が1~5連結した構造であり、より好ましくはベンゼン環1つである。
 この構造であることによって、溶解性が向上し、かつ電荷輸送性が向上することが期待される。
((Phenylene)-(Aralkill)-(Alkyl))
A structure having an aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic heterocyclic group having an alkyl group or an aralkyl group bonded to the ring A1 or the ring A2.
That is, Ar 201 is an aromatic hydrocarbon structure or an aromatic heterocyclic structure, i1 is 1 to 6, Ar 202 is an aliphatic hydrocarbon structure, i2 is 1 to 12, preferably 3 to 8, and Ar 203 is a benzene ring structure. , I3 is 0 or 1.
Preferably, Ar 201 has the aromatic hydrocarbon structure, more preferably a structure in which 1 to 5 benzene rings are linked, and more preferably one benzene ring.
With this structure, it is expected that the solubility is improved and the charge transportability is improved.
(デンドロン)
 環A1又は環A2に、デンドロンが結合した構造。
 例えば、Ar、Ar202がベンゼン環構造、Ar203がビフェニル又はターフェニル構造、i1、i2が1~6、i3が2、jが2。
 この構造であることによって、溶解性が向上し、かつ電荷輸送性が向上することが期待される。
(Dendron)
A structure in which dendron is bound to ring A1 or ring A2.
For example, Ar and Ar 202 have a benzene ring structure, Ar 203 has a biphenyl or terphenyl structure, i1 and i2 have 1 to 6, i3 has 2, and j has 2.
With this structure, it is expected that the solubility is improved and the charge transportability is improved.
<B201-L200-B202
 B201-L200-B202は、アニオン性の二座配位子を表す。B201およびB202は、それぞれ独立に、炭素原子、酸素原子又は窒素原子を表し、これらの原子は環を構成する原子であってもよい。L200は、単結合、又は、B201およびB202とともに二座配位子を構成する原子団を表す。B201-L200-B202が複数存在する場合、それらは同一でも異なっていてもよい。
<B 201- L 200- B 202 >
B 201- L 200- B 202 represents an anionic bidentate ligand. B 201 and B 202 each independently represent a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, or a nitrogen atom, and these atoms may be atoms constituting a ring. L 200 represents a single bond, or represents an atomic group together with B 201 and B 202 constituting the bidentate ligand. When there are a plurality of B 201- L 200- B 202 , they may be the same or different.
 B201-L200-B202で表される構造は、好ましくは下記式(203)又は(204)で表される構造である。 The structure represented by B 201- L 200- B 202 is preferably a structure represented by the following formula (203) or (204).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000081
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000081
(式(203)中、R211、R212、R213は置換基を表す。) (In formula (203), R 211 , R 212 , and R 213 represent substituents.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082
(式(204)中、環B3は、置換基を有していてもよい、窒素原子を含む芳香族複素環構造を表す。環B3は好ましくはピリジン環である。) (In formula (204), ring B3 represents an aromatic heterocyclic structure containing a nitrogen atom, which may have a substituent. Ring B3 is preferably a pyridine ring.)
<好ましい式(201)で表される燐光発光材料>
 式(201)で表される燐光発光材料としては特に限定はされないが、具体的には以下の構造が挙げられる。以下において「Ph」は「フェニル基」を、「Me」は「メチル基」を表す。
<Phosphorescent material represented by the preferred formula (201)>
The phosphorescent material represented by the formula (201) is not particularly limited, and specific examples thereof include the following structures. In the following, "Ph" represents a "phenyl group" and "Me" represents a "methyl group".
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000083
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000083
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000084
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000084
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000085
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000085
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000086
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000086
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000087
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000087
[式(205)で表される化合物]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000088
[Compound represented by formula (205)]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000088
 式(205)中、Mは金属を表す。Tは炭素原子又は窒素原子を表す。R92~R95は、それぞれ独立に置換基を表す。但し、Tが窒素原子の場合は、R94およびR95は無い。 In formula (205), M 2 represents a metal. T represents a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom. R 92 to R 95 each independently represent a substituent. However, when T is a nitrogen atom, there are no R 94 and R 95.
 式(205)中、Mは金属を表す。具体例としては、周期表第7~11族から選ばれる金属として前述した金属が挙げられる。中でも好ましくは、ルテニウム、ロジウム、パラジウム、銀、レニウム、オスミウム、イリジウム、白金又は金が挙げられ、特に好ましくは、白金、パラジウム等の2価の金属が挙げられる。 In formula (205), M 2 represents a metal. As a specific example, the above-mentioned metal can be mentioned as a metal selected from the 7th to 11th groups of the periodic table. Of these, ruthenium, rhodium, palladium, silver, renium, osmium, iridium, platinum or gold are preferable, and divalent metals such as platinum and palladium are particularly preferable.
 式(205)において、R92およびR93は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アラルキル基、アルケニル基、シアノ基、アミノ基、アシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、カルボキシル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルアミノ基、アラルキルアミノ基、ハロアルキル基、水酸基、アリールオキシ基、芳香族炭化水素基又は芳香族複素環基を表す。 In formula (205), R 92 and R 93 are independently hydrogen atom, halogen atom, alkyl group, aralkyl group, alkenyl group, cyano group, amino group, acyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, carboxyl group and alkoxy group, respectively. , Alkylamino group, aralkylamino group, haloalkyl group, hydroxyl group, aryloxy group, aromatic hydrocarbon group or aromatic heterocyclic group.
 Tが炭素原子の場合、R94およびR95は、それぞれ独立に、R92およびR93と同様の例示物で表される置換基を表す。Tが窒素原子の場合は該Tに直接結合するR94又はR95は存在しない。
 R92~R95は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、前記の置換基とすることができる。
 R92~R95のうち任意の2つ以上の基が互いに連結して環を形成してもよい。
When T is a carbon atom, R 94 and R 95 independently represent substituents represented by the same examples as R 92 and R 93, respectively. When T is a nitrogen atom, there is no R 94 or R 95 that directly binds to the T.
R 92 to R 95 may further have a substituent. The substituent can be the above-mentioned substituent.
Any two or more groups of R 92 to R 95 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
<燐光発光材料の分子量>
 燐光発光材料の分子量は、好ましくは5000以下、更に好ましくは4000以下、特に好ましくは3000以下で、通常800以上、好ましくは1000以上、更に好ましくは1200以上である。この分子量範囲であることによって、燐光発光材料どうしが凝集せず電荷輸送材料と均一に混合し、発光効率の高い発光層を得ることができると考えられる。
<Molecular weight of phosphorescent material>
The molecular weight of the phosphorescent material is preferably 5000 or less, more preferably 4000 or less, particularly preferably 3000 or less, usually 800 or more, preferably 1000 or more, still more preferably 1200 or more. Within this molecular weight range, it is considered that the phosphorescent materials do not aggregate and are uniformly mixed with the charge transport material, so that a light emitting layer having high luminous efficiency can be obtained.
 燐光発光材料の分子量は、Tgや融点、分解温度等が高く、燐光発光材料および形成された発光層の耐熱性に優れる点、および、ガス発生、再結晶化および分子のマイグレーション等に起因する膜質の低下や材料の熱分解に伴う不純物濃度の上昇等が起こり難い点では大きいことが好ましい。一方、燐光発光材料の分子量は、有機化合物の精製が容易である点では小さいことが好ましい。 The molecular weight of the phosphorescent material is high in Tg, melting point, decomposition temperature, etc., and the phosphorescent material and the formed light emitting layer are excellent in heat resistance, and the film quality due to gas generation, recrystallization, molecular migration, etc. It is preferable that it is large in that it is unlikely that a decrease in the concentration of impurities or an increase in the concentration of impurities due to thermal decomposition of the material will occur. On the other hand, the molecular weight of the phosphorescent material is preferably small in that the organic compound can be easily purified.
[燐光発光層用ホスト材料]
 本実施形態の発光層は、ホスト材料として本実施形態の低分子化合物を含むものであるが、発光層が燐光発光層である場合、その他のホスト材料として以下の材料を含むことが好ましい。
[Host material for phosphorescent layer]
The light emitting layer of the present embodiment contains the low molecular weight compound of the present embodiment as a host material, but when the light emitting layer is a phosphorescent light emitting layer, it is preferable to include the following materials as other host materials.
 発光層のホスト材料は、電荷輸送性に優れる骨格を有する材料であり、電子輸送性材料、正孔輸送性材料および電子と正孔の両方を輸送可能な両極性材料から選ばれることが好ましい。 The host material of the light emitting layer is a material having a skeleton excellent in charge transportability, and is preferably selected from an electron transporting material, a hole transporting material, and a bipolar material capable of transporting both electrons and holes.
(電荷輸送性に優れる骨格)
 電荷輸送性に優れる骨格としては、具体的には、芳香族構造、芳香族アミン構造、トリアリールアミン構造、ジベンゾフラン構造、ナフタレン構造、フェナントレン構造、フタロシアニン構造、ポルフィリン構造、チオフェン構造、ベンジルフェニル構造、フルオレン構造、キナクリドン構造、トリフェニレン構造、カルバゾール構造、ピレン構造、アントラセン構造、フェナントロリン構造、キノリン構造、ピリジン構造、ピリミジン構造、トリアジン構造、オキサジアゾール構造又はイミダゾール構造等が挙げられる。
(Skeleton with excellent charge transport)
Specific examples of the skeleton having excellent charge transport properties include an aromatic structure, an aromatic amine structure, a triarylamine structure, a dibenzofuran structure, a naphthalene structure, a phenanthrene structure, a phthalocyanine structure, a porphyrin structure, a thiophene structure, and a benzylphenyl structure. Examples thereof include a fluorene structure, a quinacridone structure, a triphenylene structure, a carbazole structure, a pyrene structure, an anthracene structure, a phenanthrene structure, a quinoline structure, a pyridine structure, a pyrimidine structure, a triazine structure, an oxadiazole structure or an imidazole structure.
(電子輸送性材料)
 電子輸送性材料としては、電子輸送性に優れ構造が比較的安定な材料である観点から、ピリジン構造、ピリミジン構造、トリアジン構造を有する化合物がより好ましく、ピリミジン構造、トリアジン構造を有する化合物であることが更に好ましい。
(Electronic transportable material)
As the electron transporting material, a compound having a pyridine structure, a pyrimidine structure, and a triazine structure is more preferable, and a compound having a pyrimidine structure and a triazine structure is preferable from the viewpoint of being a material having excellent electron transportability and a relatively stable structure. Is more preferable.
(正孔輸送性材料)
 正孔輸送性材料は、正孔輸送性に優れた構造を有する化合物であり、前記電荷輸送性に優れた中心骨格の中でも、カルバゾール構造、ジベンゾフラン構造、トリアリールアミン構造、ナフタレン構造、フェナントレン構造又はピレン構造が正孔輸送性に優れた構造として好ましく、カルバゾール構造、ジベンゾフラン構造又はトリアリールアミン構造が更に好ましい。
(Hole transport material)
The hole transporting material is a compound having a structure excellent in hole transporting property, and among the central skeletons having excellent hole transporting property, a carbazole structure, a dibenzofuran structure, a triarylamine structure, a naphthalene structure, a phenanthrene structure or The pyrene structure is preferable as a structure having excellent hole transportability, and a carbazole structure, a dibenzofuran structure or a triarylamine structure is more preferable.
(3環以上の縮合環構造)
 発光層のホスト材料は、3環以上の縮合環構造を有することが好ましく、3環以上の縮合環構造を2以上有する化合物又は5環以上の縮合環を少なくとも1つ有する化合物であることが更に好ましい。これらの化合物であることで、分子の剛直性が増し、熱に応答する分子運動の程度を抑制する効果が得られ易くなる。更に、3環以上の縮合環および5環以上の縮合環は、芳香族炭化水素環又は芳香族複素環を有することが電荷輸送性および材料の耐久性の点で好ましい。
(Condensed ring structure of 3 or more rings)
The host material of the light emitting layer preferably has a condensed ring structure of 3 or more rings, and is further preferably a compound having 2 or more condensed ring structures of 3 or more rings or a compound having at least one condensed ring structure of 5 or more rings. preferable. By using these compounds, the rigidity of the molecule is increased, and the effect of suppressing the degree of molecular motion in response to heat can be easily obtained. Further, it is preferable that the condensed ring having 3 or more rings and the condensed ring having 5 or more rings have an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocycle in terms of charge transportability and material durability.
 3環以上の縮合環構造としては、具体的には、アントラセン構造、フェナントレン構造、ピレン構造、クリセン構造、ナフタセン構造、トリフェニレン構造、フルオレン構造、ベンゾフルオレン構造、インデノフルオレン構造、インドロフルオレン構造、カルバゾール構造、インデノカルバゾール構造、インドロカルバゾール構造、ジベンゾフラン構造、ジベンゾチオフェン構造等が挙げられる。電荷輸送性ならびに溶解性の観点から、フェナントレン構造、フルオレン構造、インデノフルオレン構造、カルバゾール構造、インデノカルバゾール構造、インドロカルバゾール構造、ジベンゾフラン構造およびジベンゾチオフェン構造からなる群より選択される少なくとも1つが好ましい。電荷に対する耐久性の観点からカルバゾール構造又はインドロカルバゾール構造が更に好ましい。 Specific examples of the fused ring structure having three or more rings include anthracene structure, phenanthrene structure, pyrene structure, chrysene structure, naphthacene structure, triphenylene structure, fluorene structure, benzofluorene structure, indenofluorene structure, and indolofluorene structure. Examples thereof include a carbazole structure, an indenocarbazole structure, an indolocarbazole structure, a dibenzofuran structure, and a dibenzothiophene structure. From the viewpoint of charge transportability and solubility, at least one selected from the group consisting of phenanthrene structure, fluorene structure, indenofluorene structure, carbazole structure, indenocarbazole structure, indolocarbazole structure, dibenzofuran structure and dibenzothiophene structure is selected. preferable. A carbazole structure or an indolocarbazole structure is more preferable from the viewpoint of resistance to electric charge.
 有機電界発光素子の電荷に対する耐久性の観点から、発光層のホスト材料の内、少なくとも一つはピリミジン骨格又はトリアジン骨格を有する材料であることが好ましい。 From the viewpoint of durability against electric charge of the organic electroluminescent device, it is preferable that at least one of the host materials of the light emitting layer is a material having a pyrimidine skeleton or a triazine skeleton.
(分子量範囲)
 発光層のホスト材料は、可撓性に優れる観点では高分子材料であることが好ましい。可撓性に優れる材料を用いて形成された発光層は、フレキシブル基板上に形成された有機電界発光素子の発光層として好ましい。発光層に含まれるホスト材料が高分子材料である場合、分子量は、好ましくは5,000以上1,000,000以下、更に好ましくは10,000以上500,000以下、より好ましくは10,000以上100,000以下である。
(Molecular weight range)
The host material of the light emitting layer is preferably a polymer material from the viewpoint of excellent flexibility. A light emitting layer formed by using a material having excellent flexibility is preferable as a light emitting layer of an organic electroluminescent element formed on a flexible substrate. When the host material contained in the light emitting layer is a polymer material, the molecular weight is preferably 5,000 or more and 1,000,000 or less, more preferably 10,000 or more and 500,000 or less, and more preferably 10,000 or more. It is 100,000 or less.
 発光層のホスト材料は、合成および精製のしやすさ、電子輸送性能および正孔輸送性能の設計のしやすさ、溶媒に溶解した時の粘度調整のしやすさの観点から、低分子であることが好ましい。発光層に含まれるホスト材料が低分子材料である場合、分子量は、5,000以下が好ましく、更に好ましくは4,000以下であり、特に好ましくは3,000以下であり、最も好ましくは2,000以下であり、通常300以上、好ましくは350以上、より好ましくは400以上である。 The host material of the light emitting layer is a small molecule in terms of ease of synthesis and purification, ease of designing electron transport performance and hole transport performance, and ease of viscosity adjustment when dissolved in a solvent. Is preferable. When the host material contained in the light emitting layer is a low molecular weight material, the molecular weight is preferably 5,000 or less, more preferably 4,000 or less, particularly preferably 3,000 or less, and most preferably 2,. It is 000 or less, usually 300 or more, preferably 350 or more, and more preferably 400 or more.
[蛍光発光層]
 本実施形態の発光層が蛍光発光層である場合、蛍光発光材料として下記の青蛍光発光材料を用いた青蛍光発光層であることが好ましい。
[Fluorescent light emitting layer]
When the light emitting layer of the present embodiment is a fluorescent light emitting layer, it is preferable that the light emitting layer is a blue fluorescent light emitting layer using the following blue fluorescent light emitting material as the fluorescent light emitting material.
<青蛍光発光材料>
 青蛍光発光層用発光材料としては特に限定されないが、下記式(211)で表される化合物が好ましい。
<Blue fluorescent light emitting material>
The light emitting material for the blue fluorescent light emitting layer is not particularly limited, but a compound represented by the following formula (211) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000089
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000089
 上記式(211)において、Ar241は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素縮合環構造を表す。Ar242、Ar243は各々独立に置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、芳香族炭化水素基又はこれらが結合した基を表す。n41は1~4の整数である。 In the above formula (211), Ar 241 represents an aromatic hydrocarbon condensed ring structure which may have a substituent. Ar 242 and Ar 243 represent an alkyl group which may independently have a substituent, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, or a group to which these are bonded. n41 is an integer of 1 to 4.
 Ar241は好ましくは炭素数10~30の芳香族炭化水素縮合環構造を表す。具体的な構造としては、ナフタレン環、アセナフテン環、フルオレン環、アントラセン環、フェナトレン環、フルオランテン環、ピレン環、テトラセン環、クリセン環、ペリレン環等が挙げられる。より好ましくは炭素数12~20の芳香族炭化水素縮合環構造である。具体的な構造としては、アセナフテン環、フルオレン環、アントラセン環、フェナトレン環、フルオランテン環、ピレン環、テトラセン環、クリセン環、ペリレン環が挙げられる。更に好ましくは炭素数16~18の芳香族炭化水素縮合環構造である。具体的な構造としては、フルオランテン環、ピレン環、クリセン環が挙げられる。 Ar 241 preferably represents an aromatic hydrocarbon condensed ring structure having 10 to 30 carbon atoms. Specific structures include naphthalene ring, acenaphthene ring, fluorene ring, anthracene ring, phenatren ring, fluoranthene ring, pyrene ring, tetracene ring, chrysene ring, perylene ring and the like. More preferably, it has an aromatic hydrocarbon condensed ring structure having 12 to 20 carbon atoms. Specific structures include an acenaphthene ring, a fluorene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenatren ring, a fluoranthene ring, a pyrene ring, a tetracene ring, a chrysene ring, and a perylene ring. More preferably, it has an aromatic hydrocarbon condensed ring structure having 16 to 18 carbon atoms. Specific structures include a fluoranthene ring, a pyrene ring, and a chrysene ring.
 n41は1~4の整数であり、好ましくは1~3、更に好ましくは1~2、最も好ましくは2である。 N41 is an integer of 1 to 4, preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 to 2, and most preferably 2.
(Ar241、Ar242、Ar243の置換基)
 Ar241、Ar242、Ar243が有していてもよい置換基は、前記置換基群Z´から選ばれる基が好ましく、より好ましくは置換基群Z´に含まれる炭化水素基であり、更に好ましくは置換基群Z´として好ましい基の中の炭化水素基である。
(Substituents of Ar 241 and Ar 242 and Ar 243)
The substituents that Ar 241 , Ar 242 , and Ar 243 may have are preferably a group selected from the substituent group Z', more preferably a hydrocarbon group contained in the substituent group Z', and further. It is preferably a hydrocarbon group among the groups preferred as the substituent group Z'.
[青蛍光発光層用ホスト材料]
 本実施形態の発光層において、発光材料のホスト材料としては、本実施形態の低分子化合物を用いるが、青蛍光発光材料を用いた場合、その他のホスト材料としては、以下の材料が好ましい。
[Host material for blue fluorescent light emitting layer]
In the light emitting layer of the present embodiment, the small molecule compound of the present embodiment is used as the host material of the light emitting material, but when the blue fluorescent light emitting material is used, the following materials are preferable as the other host materials.
 青蛍光発光層用ホスト材料としては特に限定されないが、下記式(212)で表される化合物が好ましい。 The host material for the blue fluorescent light emitting layer is not particularly limited, but a compound represented by the following formula (212) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000090
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000090
 上記式(212)において、R241、R242はそれぞれ独立に以下の式(213)で表される構造である。R243は置換基を表す。R243は複数ある場合同一であっても異なっていてもよい。n43は0~8の整数である。 In the above formula (212), R 241 and R 242 have structures independently represented by the following formula (213). R243 represents a substituent. When there are a plurality of R 243s , they may be the same or different. n43 is an integer from 0 to 8.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000091
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000091
 上記式(213)において、Ar244、Ar245はそれぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素構造、又は置換基を有していてもよい複素芳香環構造を表す。Ar244、Ar245はそれぞれ、複数存在する場合、同一であっても異なっていてもよい。n44は1~5の整数である。n45は0~5の整数である。 In the above formula (213), Ar 244 and Ar 245 independently represent an aromatic hydrocarbon structure which may have a substituent or a heteroaromatic ring structure which may have a substituent. When a plurality of Ar 244 and Ar 245 exist, they may be the same or different. n44 is an integer from 1 to 5. n45 is an integer from 0 to 5.
 Ar244は好ましくは、置換基を有していてもよい、炭素数6~30の単環又は縮合環である芳香族炭化水素構造であり、より好ましくは、置換基を有していてもよい、炭素数6~12の単環又は縮合環である芳香族炭化水素構造である。 Ar 244 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon structure which is a monocyclic or condensed ring having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, which may have a substituent, and more preferably it may have a substituent. , An aromatic hydrocarbon structure which is a monocyclic or condensed ring having 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
 Ar245は好ましくは、置換基を有していてもよい、炭素数6~30の単環又は縮合環である芳香族炭化水素構造、又は、置換基を有していてもよい、炭素数6~30の縮合環である芳香族複素環構造であり、より好ましくは、置換基を有していてもよい、炭素数6~12の単環又は縮合環である芳香族炭化水素構造、又は、置換基を有していてもよい、炭素数12の縮合環である芳香族複素環構造である。 Ar 245 preferably has an aromatic hydrocarbon structure which is a monocyclic or fused ring having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, which may have a substituent, or may have a substituent, which has 6 carbon atoms. It has an aromatic heterocyclic structure which is a fused ring of to 30 and more preferably has an aromatic hydrocarbon structure which is a monocyclic ring or a fused ring having 6 to 12 carbon atoms or which may have a substituent. It is an aromatic heterocyclic structure which is a fused ring having 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
 n44は好ましくは1~3の整数であり、より好ましくは1又は2である。n45は好ましくは0~3であり、より好ましくは0~2である。 N44 is preferably an integer of 1 to 3, and more preferably 1 or 2. n45 is preferably 0 to 3, more preferably 0 to 2.
(R243、Ar244、Ar245の置換基)
 置換基であるR243および、Ar244およびAr245が有していてもよい置換基は、前記置換基群Z´から選ばれる基が好ましく、より好ましくは置換基群Z´に含まれる炭化水素基であり、更に好ましくは置換基群Z´として好ましい基の中の炭化水素基である。
(Substituents of R 243 , Ar 244 , Ar 245)
The substituents R 243 and Ar 244 and Ar 245 may have a substituent preferably a group selected from the substituent group Z', and more preferably a hydrocarbon contained in the substituent group Z'. It is a group, more preferably a hydrocarbon group among the groups preferred as the substituent group Z'.
(分子量)
 青蛍光発光層用発光材料およびそのホスト材料の分子量は5,000以下が好ましく、更に好ましくは4,000以下であり、特に好ましくは3,000以下であり、最も好ましくは2,000以下であり、通常300以上、好ましくは350以上、より好ましくは400以上である。
(Molecular weight)
The molecular weight of the light emitting material for the blue fluorescent light emitting layer and its host material is preferably 5,000 or less, more preferably 4,000 or less, particularly preferably 3,000 or less, and most preferably 2,000 or less. , Usually 300 or more, preferably 350 or more, more preferably 400 or more.
〔有機電界発光素子〕
 本実施形態の有機電界発光素子は、基板上に、陽極、陰極、及び該陽極と該陰極の間に有機層を有する有機電界発光素子であって、該有機層が、正孔輸送層と、該正孔輸送層に隣接する発光層とを有し、これら正孔輸送層に含まれる材料の少なくとも一つと、発光層に含まれる材料の少なくとも一つが、同一の部分構造Aを有する部分構造A含有材料であることを特徴とする。
[Organic electroluminescent device]
The organic electroluminescent device of the present embodiment is an organic electroluminescent device having an anode, a cathode, and an organic layer between the anode and the cathode on a substrate, and the organic layer is a hole transport layer and a hole transport layer. A partial structure A having a light emitting layer adjacent to the hole transport layer, and at least one of the materials contained in these hole transport layers and at least one of the materials contained in the light emitting layer have the same partial structure A. It is characterized by being a contained material.
 部分構造A含有材料を含む本実施形態の正孔輸送層及び部分構造A含有材料を含む本実施形態の発光層の好適態様については前述の通りである。 The preferred embodiments of the hole transport layer of the present embodiment containing the partial structure A-containing material and the light emitting layer of the present embodiment containing the partial structure A-containing material are as described above.
 本実施形態の有機電界発光素子の構造の一例として、図1に有機電界発光素子10の構造例の模式図(断面)を示す。図1において、1は基板、2は陽極、3は正孔注入層、4は正孔輸送層、5は発光層、6は正孔阻止層、7は電子輸送層、8は電子注入層、9は陰極を各々表す。 As an example of the structure of the organic electroluminescent device of the present embodiment, FIG. 1 shows a schematic view (cross section) of a structural example of the organic electroluminescent device 10. In FIG. 1, 1 is a substrate, 2 is an anode, 3 is a hole injection layer, 4 is a hole transport layer, 5 is a light emitting layer, 6 is a hole blocking layer, 7 is an electron transport layer, and 8 is an electron injection layer. 9 represents each cathode.
 以下、有機電界発光素子の層構成およびその一般的形成方法等の実施の形態の一例を、図1を参照して説明する。 Hereinafter, an example of an embodiment such as a layer structure of an organic electroluminescent device and a general forming method thereof will be described with reference to FIG.
 本実施形態において湿式成膜法とは、成膜方法、即ち、塗布方法として、例えば、スピンコート法、ディップコート法、ダイコート法、バーコート法、ブレードコート法、ロールコート法、スプレーコート法、キャピラリーコート法、インクジェット法、ノズルプリンティング法、スクリーン印刷法、グラビア印刷法、フレキソ印刷法等の湿式で成膜させる方法を採用し、この塗布膜を乾燥させて膜形成を行う方法をいう。これらの成膜方法の中でも、スピンコート法、スプレーコート法、インクジェット法、ノズルプリンティング法等が好ましい。 In the present embodiment, the wet film forming method is a film forming method, that is, as a coating method, for example, a spin coating method, a dip coating method, a die coating method, a bar coating method, a blade coating method, a roll coating method, a spray coating method, and the like. A method of forming a film by adopting a wet film forming method such as a capillary coating method, an inkjet method, a nozzle printing method, a screen printing method, a gravure printing method, or a flexographic printing method, and drying the coating film. Among these film forming methods, a spin coating method, a spray coating method, an inkjet method, a nozzle printing method and the like are preferable.
[基板]
 基板1は、有機電界発光素子の支持体となるものであり、通常、石英やガラスの板、金属板や金属箔、プラスチックフィルムやシート等が用いられる。これらのうち、ガラス板や、ポリエステル、ポリメタクリレート、ポリカーボネート、ポリスルホン等の透明な合成樹脂の板が好ましい。基板は、外気による有機電界発光素子の劣化が起こり難いことからガスバリア性の高い材質とするのが好ましい。このため、特に合成樹脂製の基板等のようにガスバリア性の低い材質を用いる場合は、基板の少なくとも片面に緻密なシリコン酸化膜等を設けてガスバリア性を上げるのが好ましい。
[substrate]
The substrate 1 serves as a support for an organic electroluminescent element, and usually a quartz or glass plate, a metal plate, a metal foil, a plastic film, a sheet, or the like is used. Of these, a glass plate or a transparent synthetic resin plate such as polyester, polymethacrylate, polycarbonate, or polysulfone is preferable. The substrate is preferably made of a material having a high gas barrier property because the organic electroluminescent element is unlikely to be deteriorated by the outside air. Therefore, particularly when a material having a low gas barrier property such as a synthetic resin substrate is used, it is preferable to provide a dense silicon oxide film or the like on at least one surface of the substrate to improve the gas barrier property.
[陽極]
 陽極2は、発光層5側の層に正孔を注入する機能を担う。
 陽極2は、通常、アルミニウム、金、銀、ニッケル、パラジウム、白金等の金属;インジウムおよび/又はスズの酸化物等の金属酸化物;ヨウ化銅等のハロゲン化金属;カーボンブラックおよびポリ(3-メチルチオフェン)、ポリピロール、ポリアニリン等の導電性高分子等により構成される。
[anode]
The anode 2 has a function of injecting holes into the layer on the light emitting layer 5 side.
The anode 2 is usually a metal such as aluminum, gold, silver, nickel, palladium, platinum; a metal oxide such as an oxide of indium and / or tin; a metal halide such as copper iodide; carbon black and poly (3). -Methylthiophene), polypyrrole, polyaniline and other conductive polymers.
 陽極2の形成は、通常、スパッタリング法、真空蒸着法等の乾式法により行われることが多い。銀等の金属微粒子、ヨウ化銅等の微粒子、カーボンブラック、導電性の金属酸化物微粒子、導電性高分子微粉末等を用いて陽極を形成する場合には、適当なバインダー樹脂溶液に分散させて、基板上に塗布することにより形成することもできる。導電性高分子の場合は、電解重合により直接基板上に薄膜を形成したり、基板上に導電性高分子を塗布して陽極を形成することもできる(Appl.Phys.Lett.,60巻,2711頁,1992年)。 The anode 2 is usually formed by a dry method such as a sputtering method or a vacuum vapor deposition method. When forming an anode using metal fine particles such as silver, fine particles such as copper iodide, carbon black, conductive metal oxide fine particles, conductive polymer fine powder, etc., disperse them in an appropriate binder resin solution. It can also be formed by applying it on a substrate. In the case of a conductive polymer, a thin film can be formed directly on the substrate by electrolytic polymerization, or an anode can be formed by applying the conductive polymer on the substrate (Appl. Phys. Lett., Volume 60, 2711 p., 1992).
 陽極2は、通常、単層構造であるが、適宜、積層構造としてもよい。陽極2が積層構造である場合、1層目の陽極上に異なる導電材料を積層してもよい。 The anode 2 usually has a single-layer structure, but may have a laminated structure as appropriate. When the anode 2 has a laminated structure, different conductive materials may be laminated on the first-layer anode.
 陽極2の厚みは、必要とされる透明性と材質等に応じて決めればよい。特に高い透明性が必要とされる場合は、可視光の透過率が60%以上となる厚みが好ましく、80%以上となる厚みが更に好ましい。陽極2の厚みは、通常5nm以上、好ましくは10nm以上で、通常1000nm以下、好ましくは500nm以下とするのが好ましい。透明性が不要な場合は、陽極2の厚みは必要な強度等に応じて任意に厚みとすればよく、この場合、陽極2は基板と同一の厚みでもよい。 The thickness of the anode 2 may be determined according to the required transparency, material, and the like. When particularly high transparency is required, a thickness having a visible light transmittance of 60% or more is preferable, and a thickness having a visible light transmittance of 80% or more is more preferable. The thickness of the anode 2 is usually 5 nm or more, preferably 10 nm or more, and usually 1000 nm or less, preferably 500 nm or less. When transparency is not required, the thickness of the anode 2 may be arbitrarily set according to the required strength and the like. In this case, the anode 2 may have the same thickness as the substrate.
 陽極2の表面に他の層を成膜する場合は、成膜前に、紫外線/オゾン、酸素プラズマ、アルゴンプラズマ等の処理を施すことにより、陽極2上の不純物を除去すると共に、そのイオン化ポテンシャルを調整して正孔注入性を向上させておくことが好ましい。 When another layer is formed on the surface of the anode 2, impurities on the anode 2 are removed and the ionization potential thereof is formed by treating the surface of the anode 2 with ultraviolet rays / ozone, oxygen plasma, argon plasma, or the like. It is preferable to improve the hole injection property.
[正孔注入層]
 陽極2側から発光層5側に正孔を輸送する機能を担う層は、通常、正孔注入輸送層又は正孔輸送層と呼ばれる。陽極2側から発光層5側に正孔を輸送する機能を担う層が2層以上ある場合に、より陽極側に近い方の層を正孔注入層3と呼ぶことがある。正孔注入層3は、陽極2から発光層5側に正孔を輸送する機能を強化する点で、形成することが好ましい。正孔注入層3を形成する場合、通常、正孔注入層3は、陽極2上に形成される。
[Hole injection layer]
The layer having a function of transporting holes from the anode 2 side to the light emitting layer 5 side is usually called a hole injection transport layer or a hole transport layer. When there are two or more layers having a function of transporting holes from the anode 2 side to the light emitting layer 5, the layer closer to the anode side may be referred to as the hole injection layer 3. The hole injection layer 3 is preferably formed in terms of enhancing the function of transporting holes from the anode 2 to the light emitting layer 5. When forming the hole injection layer 3, the hole injection layer 3 is usually formed on the anode 2.
 正孔注入層3の膜厚は、通常1nm以上、好ましくは5nm以上、通常1000nm以下、好ましくは500nm以下である。 The film thickness of the hole injection layer 3 is usually 1 nm or more, preferably 5 nm or more, usually 1000 nm or less, preferably 500 nm or less.
 正孔注入層の形成方法は、真空蒸着法でも、湿式成膜法でもよい。成膜性が優れる点では、湿式成膜法により形成することが好ましい。 The hole injection layer may be formed by either a vacuum vapor deposition method or a wet film deposition method. In terms of excellent film forming property, it is preferably formed by a wet film forming method.
 正孔注入層3は、正孔輸送性化合物を含むことが好ましく、正孔輸送性化合物と電子受容性化合物とを含むことがより好ましい。更には、正孔注入層中にカチオンラジカル化合物を含むことが好ましく、カチオンラジカル化合物と正孔輸送性化合物とを含むことが特に好ましい。 The hole injection layer 3 preferably contains a hole transporting compound, and more preferably contains a hole transporting compound and an electron accepting compound. Further, it is preferable to contain a cationic radical compound in the hole injection layer, and it is particularly preferable to contain a cationic radical compound and a hole transporting compound.
 以下に、一般的な正孔注入層の形成方法について説明する。本実施形態の有機電界発光素子において、正孔注入層は、前記有機電界発光素子用組成物を用いて湿式成膜法により形成されることが好ましい。 The general method for forming the hole injection layer will be described below. In the organic electroluminescent device of the present embodiment, the hole injection layer is preferably formed by a wet film forming method using the composition for an organic electroluminescent device.
<正孔輸送性化合物>
 正孔注入層形成用組成物は、通常、正孔注入層3となる正孔輸送性化合物を含有する。湿式成膜法の場合は、正孔注入層形成用組成物は通常、更に溶媒も含有する。正孔注入層形成用組成物は、正孔輸送性が高く、注入された正孔を効率よく輸送できるものが好ましい。このため、正孔移動度が大きく、トラップとなる不純物が製造時や使用時等に発生し難いことが好ましい。また、安定性に優れ、イオン化ポテンシャルが小さく、可視光に対する透明性が高いことが好ましい。特に、正孔注入層3が発光層5と接する場合は、発光層5からの発光を消光しないものや発光層5とエキサイプレックスを形成して、発光効率を低下させないものが好ましい。
<Hole transporting compound>
The composition for forming a hole injection layer usually contains a hole transporting compound that becomes the hole injection layer 3. In the case of the wet film formation method, the composition for forming a hole injection layer usually also contains a solvent. The composition for forming a hole injection layer preferably has high hole transportability and can efficiently transport the injected holes. Therefore, it is preferable that the hole mobility is high and impurities that serve as traps are unlikely to be generated during production or use. Further, it is preferable that the stability is excellent, the ionization potential is small, and the transparency to visible light is high. In particular, when the hole injection layer 3 is in contact with the light emitting layer 5, those that do not quench the light emitted from the light emitting layer 5 or those that form an exciplex with the light emitting layer 5 and do not reduce the luminous efficiency are preferable.
 正孔輸送性化合物としては、陽極2から正孔注入層3への電荷注入障壁の観点から、4.5eV~6.0eVのイオン化ポテンシャルを有する化合物が好ましい。正孔輸送性化合物の例としては、芳香族アミン系化合物、フタロシアニン系化合物、ポルフィリン系化合物、オリゴチオフェン系化合物、ポリチオフェン系化合物、ベンジルフェニル系化合物、フルオレン基で3級アミンを連結した化合物、ヒドラゾン系化合物、シラザン系化合物、キナクリドン系化合物等が挙げられる。 As the hole transporting compound, a compound having an ionization potential of 4.5 eV to 6.0 eV is preferable from the viewpoint of a charge injection barrier from the anode 2 to the hole injection layer 3. Examples of hole-transporting compounds include aromatic amine compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, porphyrin compounds, oligothiophene compounds, polythiophene compounds, benzylphenyl compounds, compounds in which a tertiary amine is linked with a fluorene group, and hydrazone. Examples thereof include system compounds, silazane compounds, and quinacridone compounds.
 上述の例示化合物のうち、非晶質性および可視光透過性の点から、芳香族アミン化合物が好ましく、芳香族三級アミン化合物が特に好ましい。芳香族三級アミン化合物とは、芳香族三級アミン構造を有する化合物であって、芳香族三級アミン由来の基を有する化合物も含む。 Among the above-mentioned exemplified compounds, aromatic amine compounds are preferable, and aromatic tertiary amine compounds are particularly preferable, from the viewpoint of amorphousness and visible light transmission. The aromatic tertiary amine compound is a compound having an aromatic tertiary amine structure, and also includes a compound having a group derived from an aromatic tertiary amine.
 芳香族三級アミン化合物の種類は、特に制限されないが、表面平滑化効果により均一な発光を得やすい点から、重量平均分子量が1000以上、1000000以下の高分子化合物(繰り返し単位が連なる重合型化合物)を用いることが好ましい。 The type of the aromatic tertiary amine compound is not particularly limited, but a polymer compound having a weight average molecular weight of 1000 or more and 1000,000 or less (polymerized compound in which repeating units are continuous) is easy to obtain uniform light emission due to the surface smoothing effect. ) Is preferably used.
 正孔注入層3には、正孔輸送性化合物の酸化により、正孔注入層の導電率を向上させることができるため、前述の電子受容性化合物や、前述のカチオンラジカル化合物を含有していることが好ましい。 Since the hole injecting layer 3 can improve the conductivity of the hole injecting layer by oxidizing the hole transporting compound, the hole injecting layer 3 contains the above-mentioned electron-accepting compound and the above-mentioned cationic radical compound. Is preferable.
 PEDOT/PSS(Adv.Mater.,2000年,12巻,481頁)やエメラルジン塩酸塩(J.Phys.Chem.,1990年,94巻,7716頁)等の高分子化合物由来のカチオンラジカル化合物は、酸化重合(脱水素重合)することによっても生成する。 Cationic radical compounds derived from polymer compounds such as PEDOT / PSS (Adv. Mater., 2000, Vol. 12, p. 481) and emeraldine hydrochloride (J. Phys. Chem., 1990, Vol. 94, p. 7716) It is also produced by oxidative polymerization (dehydrogenation polymerization).
 ここでいう酸化重合は、モノマーを酸性溶液中で、ペルオキソ二硫酸塩等を用いて化学的に、又は、電気化学的に酸化するものである。この酸化重合(脱水素重合)の場合、モノマーが酸化されることにより高分子化されるとともに、酸性溶液由来のアニオンを対アニオンとする、高分子の繰り返し単位から一電子取り除かれたカチオンラジカルが生成する。 The oxidative polymerization referred to here is to chemically or electrochemically oxidize a monomer in an acidic solution using peroxodisulfate or the like. In the case of this oxidative polymerization (dehydropolymerization), a cation radical obtained by removing one electron from a repeating unit of a polymer, which is polymerized by oxidizing a monomer and has an anion derived from an acidic solution as a counter anion, is generated. Generate.
<湿式成膜法による正孔注入層の形成>
 湿式成膜法により正孔注入層3を形成する場合、通常、正孔注入層3となる材料を可溶な溶媒(正孔注入層用溶媒)と混合して成膜用の組成物(正孔注入層形成用組成物)を調製し、この正孔注入層形成用組成物を正孔注入層3の下層に該当する層(通常は、陽極2)上に塗布して成膜し、乾燥させることにより形成する。
<Formation of hole injection layer by wet film formation method>
When the hole injection layer 3 is formed by the wet film formation method, the material to be the hole injection layer 3 is usually mixed with a soluble solvent (solvent for the hole injection layer) to form a composition for film formation (positive). A composition for forming a hole injection layer) is prepared, and this composition for forming a hole injection layer is applied onto a layer corresponding to the lower layer of the hole injection layer 3 (usually, an anode 2) to form a film, and then dried. It is formed by letting it.
 正孔注入層形成用組成物中における正孔輸送性化合物の濃度は、本発明の効果を著しく損なわない限り任意であるが、膜厚の均一性の点では、低い方が好ましく、正孔注入層に欠陥が生じ難い点では、高い方が好ましい。具体的には、0.01重量%以上であるのが好ましく、0.1重量%以上であるのが更に好ましく、0.5重量%以上であるのが特に好ましく、70重量%以下であるのが好ましく、60重量%以下であるのが更に好ましく、50重量%以下であるのが特に好ましい。 The concentration of the hole-transporting compound in the composition for forming a hole injection layer is arbitrary as long as the effect of the present invention is not significantly impaired, but it is preferably low in terms of film thickness uniformity, and hole injection Higher is preferable in that defects are less likely to occur in the layer. Specifically, it is preferably 0.01% by weight or more, more preferably 0.1% by weight or more, particularly preferably 0.5% by weight or more, and 70% by weight or less. Is more preferable, and it is more preferably 60% by weight or less, and particularly preferably 50% by weight or less.
 溶媒としては、例えば、エーテル系溶媒、エステル系溶媒、芳香族炭化水素系溶媒、アミド系溶媒等が挙げられる。 Examples of the solvent include ether solvents, ester solvents, aromatic hydrocarbon solvents, amide solvents and the like.
 エーテル系溶媒としては、例えば、エチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコール-1-モノメチルエーテルアセタート(PGMEA)等の脂肪族エーテルおよび1,2-ジメトキシベンゼン、1,3-ジメトキシベンゼン、アニソール、フェネトール、2-メトキシトルエン、3-メトキシトルエン、4-メトキシトルエン、2,3-ジメチルアニソール、2,4-ジメチルアニソール等の芳香族エーテル等が挙げられる。 Examples of the ether-based solvent include aliphatic ethers such as ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol diethyl ether, and propylene glycol-1-monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), and 1,2-dimethoxybenzene, 1,3-dimethoxybenzene, and anisole. , Fenetol, 2-methoxytoluene, 3-methoxytoluene, 4-methoxytoluene, 2,3-dimethylanisole, 2,4-dimethylanisole and other aromatic ethers.
 エステル系溶媒としては、例えば、酢酸フェニル、プロピオン酸フェニル、安息香酸メチル、安息香酸エチル、安息香酸プロピル、安息香酸n-ブチル等の芳香族エステル等が挙げられる。 Examples of the ester-based solvent include aromatic esters such as phenyl acetate, phenyl propionate, methyl benzoate, ethyl benzoate, propyl benzoate, and n-butyl benzoate.
 芳香族炭化水素系溶媒としては、例えば、トルエン、キシレン、シクロヘキシルベンゼン、3-イソプロピルビフェニル、1,2,3,4-テトラメチルベンゼン、1,4-ジイソプロピルベンゼン、シクロヘキシルベンゼン、メチルナフタレン等が挙げられる。 Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon solvent include toluene, xylene, cyclohexylbenzene, 3-isopropylbiphenyl, 1,2,3,4-tetramethylbenzene, 1,4-diisopropylbenzene, cyclohexylbenzene, methylnaphthalene and the like. Be done.
 アミド系溶媒としては、例えば、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド等が挙げられる。
 これらの他、ジメチルスルホキシド等も用いることができる。
Examples of the amide-based solvent include N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide and the like.
In addition to these, dimethyl sulfoxide and the like can also be used.
 正孔注入層3の湿式成膜法による形成は、通常、正孔注入層形成用組成物を調製後に、これを、正孔注入層3の下層に該当する層(通常は、陽極2)上に塗布成膜し、乾燥することにより行われる。
 正孔注入層3は、通常、成膜後に、加熱や減圧乾燥等により塗布膜を乾燥させる。
The formation of the hole injection layer 3 by the wet film formation method is usually performed on the layer corresponding to the lower layer of the hole injection layer 3 (usually, the anode 2) after preparing the composition for forming the hole injection layer. It is carried out by applying a film to the film and drying it.
In the hole injection layer 3, the coating film is usually dried by heating, vacuum drying, or the like after the film formation.
<真空蒸着法による正孔注入層の形成>
 真空蒸着法により正孔注入層3を形成する場合には、通常、正孔注入層3の構成材料(前述の正孔輸送性化合物、電子受容性化合物等)の1種類又は2種類以上を真空容器内に設置された坩堝に入れ(2種類以上の材料を用いる場合は、通常各々を別々の坩堝に入れ)、真空容器内を真空ポンプで10-4Pa程度まで排気した後、坩堝を加熱して(2種類以上の材料を用いる場合は、通常各々の坩堝を加熱して)、坩堝内の材料の蒸発量を制御しながら蒸発させ(2種類以上の材料を用いる場合は、通常各々独立に蒸発量を制御しながら蒸発させ)、坩堝に向き合って置かれた基板1上の陽極2上に正孔注入層3を形成する。2種類以上の材料を用いる場合は、それらの混合物を坩堝に入れ、加熱、蒸発させて正孔注入層を形成することもできる。
<Formation of hole injection layer by vacuum deposition method>
When the hole injection layer 3 is formed by the vacuum deposition method, usually one or more of the constituent materials of the hole injection layer 3 (the above-mentioned hole transporting compound, electron accepting compound, etc.) are vacuumed. Place in a crucible installed inside the container (when using two or more materials, usually put each in a separate crucible), exhaust the inside of the vacuum container to about 10-4 Pa with a vacuum pump, and then heat the crucible. (When two or more types of materials are used, each crucible is usually heated), and the material in the crucible is evaporated while controlling the amount of evaporation (when two or more types of materials are used, each is usually independent). Evaporates while controlling the amount of evaporation) to form the hole injection layer 3 on the anode 2 on the substrate 1 placed facing the crucible. When two or more kinds of materials are used, a mixture thereof can be placed in a crucible and heated and evaporated to form a hole injection layer.
 蒸着時の真空度は、本発明の効果を著しく損なわない限り限定されないが、通常0.1×10-6Torr(0.13×10-4Pa)以上、9.0×10-6Torr(12.0×10-4Pa)以下である。蒸着速度は、本発明の効果を著しく損なわない限り限定されないが、通常0.1Å/秒以上、5.0Å/秒以下である。蒸着時の成膜温度は、本発明の効果を著しく損なわない限り限定されないが、好ましくは10℃以上、50℃以下で行われる。
 正孔注入層3は、後述の正孔輸送層4と同様に架橋されていてもよい。
The degree of vacuum during vapor deposition is not limited as long as the effect of the present invention is not significantly impaired, but is usually 0.1 × 10 -6 Torr (0.13 × 10 -4 Pa) or more, 9.0 × 10 -6 Torr ( It is 12.0 × 10 -4 Pa) or less. The vapor deposition rate is not limited as long as the effect of the present invention is not significantly impaired, but is usually 0.1 Å / sec or more and 5.0 Å / sec or less. The film formation temperature at the time of vapor deposition is not limited as long as the effect of the present invention is not significantly impaired, but is preferably 10 ° C. or higher and 50 ° C. or lower.
The hole injection layer 3 may be crosslinked in the same manner as the hole transport layer 4 described later.
[正孔輸送層]
 正孔輸送層4は、陽極2側から発光層5側に正孔を輸送する機能を担う層である。本実施形態の正孔輸送層4は、部分構造A含有材料として好ましくは本実施形態の重合体を含む。正孔輸送層4は、通常、陽極2と発光層5の間に形成される。上述の正孔注入層3がある場合は、正孔輸送層4は正孔注入層3と発光層5の間に形成される。
[Hole transport layer]
The hole transport layer 4 is a layer that has a function of transporting holes from the anode 2 side to the light emitting layer 5. The hole transport layer 4 of the present embodiment preferably contains the polymer of the present embodiment as the partial structure A-containing material. The hole transport layer 4 is usually formed between the anode 2 and the light emitting layer 5. When there is the hole injection layer 3 described above, the hole transport layer 4 is formed between the hole injection layer 3 and the light emitting layer 5.
 正孔輸送層4の膜厚は、通常5nm以上、好ましくは10nm以上で、通常300nm以下、好ましくは100nm以下である。 The film thickness of the hole transport layer 4 is usually 5 nm or more, preferably 10 nm or more, usually 300 nm or less, preferably 100 nm or less.
 正孔輸送層4の形成方法は、真空蒸着法でも、湿式成膜法でもよい。成膜性が優れる点では、湿式成膜法により形成することが好ましい。 The hole transport layer 4 may be formed by either a vacuum vapor deposition method or a wet film deposition method. In terms of excellent film forming property, it is preferably formed by a wet film forming method.
 以下に一般的な正孔輸送層の形成方法について説明する。本実施形態の正孔輸送層は、前述の正孔輸送層形成用組成物を用いて湿式成膜法により形成されることが好ましい。 The general method for forming the hole transport layer will be described below. The hole transport layer of the present embodiment is preferably formed by a wet film forming method using the above-mentioned hole transport layer forming composition.
 正孔輸送層4は、通常、正孔輸送性化合物を含有する。正孔輸送層4に含まれる正孔輸送性化合物としては、上記本実施形態の重合体又は該重合体が架橋性基を有する場合は該重合体が架橋した重合体が好ましい。更に、上記重合体の他に、前記正孔輸送性化合物、好ましくは、4,4’-ビス[N-(1-ナフチル)-N-フェニルアミノ]ビフェニルで代表される、2個以上の3級アミンを含み2個以上の縮合芳香族環が窒素原子に置換した芳香族ジアミン(特開平5-234681号公報)、4,4’,4’’-トリス(1-ナフチルフェニルアミノ)トリフェニルアミン等のスターバースト構造を有する芳香族アミン化合物(J.Lumin.,72-74巻、985頁、1997年)、トリフェニルアミンの四量体から成る芳香族アミン化合物(Chem.Commun.,2175頁、1996年)、2,2’,7,7’-テトラキス-(ジフェニルアミノ)-9,9’-スピロビフルオレン等のスピロ化合物(Synth.Metals,91巻、209頁、1997年)、4,4’-N,N’-ジカルバゾールビフェニル等のカルバゾール誘導体等を含んでいてもよい。また、ポリビニルカルバゾール、ポリビニルトリフェニルアミン(特開平7-53953号公報)、テトラフェニルベンジジンを含有するポリアリーレンエーテルサルホン(Polym.Adv.Tech.,7巻、33頁、1996年)等を含んでもよい。 The hole transport layer 4 usually contains a hole transport compound. As the hole-transporting compound contained in the hole-transporting layer 4, the polymer of the present embodiment or, when the polymer has a crosslinkable group, a polymer in which the polymer is crosslinked is preferable. Further, in addition to the above polymer, two or more 3 represented by the hole transporting compound, preferably 4,4'-bis [N- (1-naphthyl) -N-phenylamino] biphenyl. Aromatic diamine containing a secondary amine in which two or more fused aromatic rings are replaced with nitrogen atoms (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 5-234681), 4,4', 4''-tris (1-naphthylphenylamino) triphenyl Aromatic amine compounds having a starburst structure such as amines (J. Lumin., 72-74, pp. 985, 1997), aromatic amine compounds consisting of triphenylamine tetramers (Chem. Commun., 2175). P. 1996), Spiro compounds such as 2,2', 7,7'-tetrax- (diphenylamino) -9,9'-spirobifluorene (Synth. Metals, Vol. 91, p. 209, 1997), It may contain a carbazole derivative such as 4,4'-N, N'-dicarbazolebiphenyl and the like. Further, it contains polyvinylcarbazole, polyvinyltriphenylamine (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 7-53953), polyarylene ether sulfone containing tetraphenylbenzidine (Polym. Adv. Tech., Vol. 7, p. 33, 1996) and the like. But it may be.
<湿式成膜法による正孔輸送層の形成>
 湿式成膜法で正孔輸送層4を形成する場合は、通常、上述の正孔注入層3を湿式成膜法で形成する場合と同様にして、正孔注入層形成用組成物の代わりに正孔輸送層形成用組成物を用いて形成させる。
<Formation of hole transport layer by wet film formation method>
When the hole transport layer 4 is formed by the wet film forming method, usually, in the same manner as when the hole injection layer 3 is formed by the wet film forming method, instead of the hole injection layer forming composition. It is formed using a composition for forming a hole transport layer.
 湿式成膜法で正孔輸送層4を形成する場合は、通常、正孔輸送層形成用組成物は、更に溶媒を含有する。正孔輸送層形成用組成物に用いる溶媒は、上述の正孔注入層形成用組成物で用いる溶媒と同様の溶媒を使用することができる。
 正孔輸送層形成用組成物中における正孔輸送性化合物の濃度は、正孔注入層形成用組成物中における正孔輸送性化合物の濃度と同様の範囲とすることができる。
 正孔輸送層4の湿式成膜法による形成は、前述の正孔注入層3の成膜法と同様に行うことができる。
When the hole transport layer 4 is formed by the wet film formation method, the hole transport layer forming composition usually further contains a solvent. As the solvent used in the hole transport layer forming composition, the same solvent as the solvent used in the hole injection layer forming composition described above can be used.
The concentration of the hole-transporting compound in the composition for forming a hole-transporting layer can be in the same range as the concentration of the hole-transporting compound in the composition for forming a hole-injecting layer.
The hole transport layer 4 can be formed by the wet film formation method in the same manner as the hole injection layer 3 film formation method described above.
<真空蒸着法による正孔輸送層の形成>
 真空蒸着法で正孔輸送層4を形成する場合についても、通常、上述の正孔注入層3を真空蒸着法で形成する場合と同様にして、正孔注入層3の構成材料の代わりに正孔輸送層4の構成材料を用いて形成することができる。蒸着時の真空度、蒸着速度および温度等の成膜条件などは、前記正孔注入層3の真空蒸着時と同様の条件で成膜することができる。
<Formation of hole transport layer by vacuum deposition method>
Even when the hole transport layer 4 is formed by the vacuum vapor deposition method, it is usually positive instead of the constituent material of the hole injection layer 3 in the same manner as when the hole injection layer 3 is formed by the vacuum vapor deposition method. It can be formed by using the constituent material of the hole transport layer 4. The film formation conditions such as the degree of vacuum, the vapor deposition rate, and the temperature at the time of vapor deposition can be the same as those at the time of vacuum deposition of the hole injection layer 3.
[発光層]
 発光層5は、一対の電極間に電界が与えられた時に、陽極2から注入される正孔と陰極9から注入される電子が再結合することにより励起され、発光する機能を担う層である。発光層5は、陽極2と陰極9の間に形成される層である。発光層5は、正孔輸送層4と陰極9の間に形成される。
[Light emitting layer]
The light emitting layer 5 is a layer having a function of emitting light by being excited by recombination of holes injected from the anode 2 and electrons injected from the cathode 9 when an electric field is applied between the pair of electrodes. .. The light emitting layer 5 is a layer formed between the anode 2 and the cathode 9. The light emitting layer 5 is formed between the hole transport layer 4 and the cathode 9.
 発光層5の膜厚は、本発明の効果を著しく損なわない限り任意であるが、膜に欠陥が生じ難い点では厚い方が好ましい。一方、薄い方が低駆動電圧としやすい点で好ましい。このため、発光層5の膜厚は、3nm以上が好ましく、5nm以上が更に好ましく、通常200nm以下が好ましく、100nm以下が更に好ましい。 The film thickness of the light emitting layer 5 is arbitrary as long as the effect of the present invention is not significantly impaired, but a thicker one is preferable in that defects are less likely to occur in the film. On the other hand, a thinner one is preferable because it is easy to obtain a low drive voltage. Therefore, the film thickness of the light emitting layer 5 is preferably 3 nm or more, more preferably 5 nm or more, usually 200 nm or less, and further preferably 100 nm or less.
 発光層5は、少なくとも、発光の性質を有する材料(発光材料)を含有するとともに、好ましくは、電荷輸送性を有する材料(電荷輸送性材料)とを含有する。本実施形態の発光層は少なくとも発光材料と部分構造A含有材料として好ましくは本実施形態の低分子化合物を含有する。 The light emitting layer 5 contains at least a material having a light emitting property (light emitting material) and preferably a material having a charge transporting property (charge transporting material). The light emitting layer of the present embodiment contains at least a light emitting material and a small molecule compound of the present embodiment as a partial structure A-containing material.
 以下に一般的な発光材料と発光層の形成方法について説明する。本実施形態の有機電界発光素子において、発光層は、前述の発光層形成用組成物を用いて湿式成膜法により形成されることが好ましい。 The general light emitting material and the method of forming the light emitting layer will be described below. In the organic electroluminescent device of the present embodiment, the light emitting layer is preferably formed by a wet film forming method using the above-mentioned composition for forming a light emitting layer.
<発光材料>
 発光材料は、所望の発光波長で発光し、本発明の効果を損なわない限りは特に制限はなく、公知の発光材料を適用可能である。発光材料は、蛍光発光材料でも、燐光発光材料でもよいが、発光効率が良好である材料が好ましく、内部量子効率の観点から燐光発光材料が好ましい。
<Luminescent material>
The light emitting material is not particularly limited as long as it emits light at a desired light emitting wavelength and the effect of the present invention is not impaired, and a known light emitting material can be applied. The light emitting material may be either a fluorescent light emitting material or a phosphorescent light emitting material, but a material having good luminous efficiency is preferable, and a phosphorescent light emitting material is preferable from the viewpoint of internal quantum efficiency.
 蛍光発光材料としては、例えば、以下の材料が挙げられる。 Examples of the fluorescent light emitting material include the following materials.
 青色発光を与える蛍光発光材料(青色蛍光発光材料)としては、例えば、ナフタレン、ペリレン、ピレン、アントラセン、クマリン、クリセン、p-ビス(2-フェニルエテニル)ベンゼンおよびそれらの誘導体等が挙げられる。 Examples of the fluorescent light emitting material (blue fluorescent light emitting material) that gives blue light emission include naphthalene, perylene, pyrene, anthracene, coumarin, chrysene, p-bis (2-phenylethenyl) benzene, and derivatives thereof.
 緑色発光を与える蛍光発光材料(緑色蛍光発光材料)としては、例えば、キナクリドン誘導体、クマリン誘導体、Al(CNO)等のアルミニウム錯体等が挙げられる。 The fluorescent light-emitting material giving green luminescence (green fluorescent material), for example, quinacridone derivatives, coumarin derivatives, Al (C 9 H 6 NO ) aluminum complex such as 3.
 黄色発光を与える蛍光発光材料(黄色蛍光発光材料)としては、例えば、ルブレン、ペリミドン誘導体等が挙げられる。 Examples of the fluorescent light emitting material (yellow fluorescent light emitting material) that gives yellow light emission include rubrene, a perimidone derivative, and the like.
 赤色発光を与える蛍光発光材料(赤色蛍光発光材料)としては、例えば、DCM(4-(dicyanomethylene)-2-methyl-6-(p-dimethylaminostyryl)-4H-pyran)系化合物、ベンゾピラン誘導体、ローダミン誘導体、ベンゾチオキサンテン誘導体、アザベンゾチオキサンテン等が挙げられる。 Examples of the fluorescent light emitting material (red fluorescent light emitting material) that gives red light emission include DCM (4- (dimethyanomethylene) -2-methyl-6- (p-dimethylaminostylyl) -4H-pyran) compounds, benzopyran derivatives, and rhodamine derivatives. , Benzothioxanthene derivatives, azabenzothioxanthene and the like.
 燐光発光材料としては、例えば、長周期型周期表の第7~11族から選ばれる金属を含む有機金属錯体等が挙げられる。周期表の第7~11族から選ばれる金属として、好ましくは、ルテニウム、ロジウム、パラジウム、銀、レニウム、オスミウム、イリジウム、白金、金等が挙げられる。 Examples of the phosphorescent material include an organometallic complex containing a metal selected from Groups 7 to 11 of the long periodic table. Preferred metals selected from Groups 7 to 11 of the periodic table include ruthenium, rhodium, palladium, silver, renium, osmium, iridium, platinum, gold and the like.
 有機金属錯体の配位子としては、(ヘテロ)アリールピリジン配位子、(ヘテロ)アリールピラゾール配位子等の(ヘテロ)アリール基とピリジン、ピラゾール、フェナントロリン等が連結した配位子が好ましく、特にフェニルピリジン配位子、フェニルピラゾール配位子が好ましい。ここで、(ヘテロ)アリールとは、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。 As the ligand of the organic metal complex, a ligand in which a (hetero) aryl group such as a (hetero) arylpyridine ligand or a (hetero) arylpyrazole ligand is linked to a pyridine, pyrazole, phenanthroline or the like is preferable. In particular, a phenylpyridine ligand and a phenylpyrazole ligand are preferable. Here, the (hetero) aryl represents an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
 好ましい燐光発光材料として、具体的には、トリス(2-フェニルピリジン)イリジウム、トリス(2-フェニルピリジン)ルテニウム、トリス(2-フェニルピリジン)パラジウム、ビス(2-フェニルピリジン)白金、トリス(2-フェニルピリジン)オスミウム、トリス(2-フェニルピリジン)レニウム等のフェニルピリジン錯体、オクタエチル白金ポルフィリン、オクタフェニル白金ポルフィリン、オクタエチルパラジウムポルフィリン、オクタフェニルパラジウムポルフィリン等のポルフィリン錯体等が挙げられる。 Specific preferred phosphorescent materials include tris (2-phenylpyridine) iridium, tris (2-phenylpyridine) ruthenium, tris (2-phenylpyridine) palladium, bis (2-phenylpyridine) platinum, and tris (2). Examples thereof include phenylpyridine complexes such as -phenylpyridine) osmium and tris (2-phenylpyridine) renium, and porphyrin complexes such as octaethyl platinum porphyrin, octaphenyl platinum porphyrin, octaethyl palladium porphyrin, and octaphenyl palladium porphyrin.
 高分子系の発光材料としては、ポリ(9,9-ジオクチルフルオレン-2,7-ジイル)、ポリ[(9,9-ジオクチルフルオレン-2,7-ジイル)-co-(4,4’-(N-(4-sec-ブチルフェニル))ジフェニルアミン)]、ポリ[(9,9-ジオクチルフルオレン-2,7-ジイル)-co-(1,4-ベンゾ-2{2,1’-3}-トリアゾール)]等のポリフルオレン系材料、ポリ[2-メトキシ-5-(2-ヘチルヘキシルオキシ)-1,4-フェニレンビニレン]等のポリフェニレンビニレン系材料が挙げられる。 Polymer-based luminescent materials include poly (9,9-dioctylfluorene-2,7-diyl) and poly [(9,9-dioctylfluorene-2,7-diyl) -co- (4,4'-). (N- (4-sec-butylphenyl)) diphenylamine)], poly [(9,9-dioctylfluorene-2,7-diyl) -co- (1,4-benzo-2 {2,1'-3) } -Triazole)] and other polyfluorene-based materials, and poly [2-methoxy-5- (2-hepylhexyloxy) -1,4-phenylene vinylene] and other polyphenylene vinylene-based materials can be mentioned.
<電荷輸送性材料>
 電荷輸送性材料は、正電荷(正孔)又は負電荷(電子)輸送性を有する材料である。電荷輸送性材料は、本発明の効果を損なわない限り、特に制限はなく、公知の電荷輸送材料を適用可能である。
<Charge transport material>
The charge transporting material is a material having a positive charge (hole) or negative charge (electron) transport property. The charge transporting material is not particularly limited as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired, and known charge transporting materials can be applied.
 電荷輸送性材料は、従来、有機電界発光素子の発光層に用いられている化合物等を用いることができ、特に、発光層のホスト材料として使用されている化合物が好ましい。 As the charge transporting material, a compound or the like conventionally used for the light emitting layer of the organic electroluminescent device can be used, and a compound used as a host material for the light emitting layer is particularly preferable.
 本実施形態の低分子化合物以外の電荷輸送性材料としては、具体的には、本実施形態の重合体を含む芳香族アミン系化合物、フタロシアニン系化合物、ポルフィリン系化合物、オリゴチオフェン系化合物、ポリチオフェン系化合物、ベンジルフェニル系化合物、フルオレン基で3級アミンを連結した化合物、ヒドラゾン系化合物、シラザン系化合物、シラナミン系化合物、ホスファミン系化合物、キナクリドン系化合物等の正孔注入層の正孔輸送性化合物として例示した化合物等が挙げられる。その他、アントラセン系化合物、ピレン系化合物、カルバゾール系化合物、ピリジン系化合物、フェナントロリン系化合物、オキサジアゾール系化合物、シロール系化合物等の電子輸送性化合物等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the charge transporting material other than the low molecular weight compound of the present embodiment include aromatic amine compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, porphyrin compounds, oligothiophene compounds, and polythiophene compounds containing the polymer of the present embodiment. As a hole transporting compound in the hole injection layer such as a compound, a benzylphenyl compound, a compound in which a tertiary amine is linked with a fluorene group, a hydrazone compound, a silazane compound, a silanamine compound, a phosphamine compound, a quinacridone compound, etc. Examples thereof include the exemplified compounds. In addition, electron-transporting compounds such as anthracene-based compounds, pyrene-based compounds, carbazole-based compounds, pyridine-based compounds, phenanthroline-based compounds, oxadiazole-based compounds, and silol-based compounds can be mentioned.
 また、例えば、4,4’-ビス[N-(1-ナフチル)-N-フェニルアミノ]ビフェニルで代表される2個以上の3級アミンを含み2個以上の縮合芳香族環が窒素原子に置換した芳香族ジアミン(特開平5-234681号公報)、4,4’,4’’-トリス(1-ナフチルフェニルアミノ)トリフェニルアミン等のスターバースト構造を有する芳香族アミン系化合物(J.Lumin.,72-74巻、985頁、1997年)、トリフェニルアミンの四量体から成る芳香族アミン系化合物(Chem.Commun.,2175頁、1996年)、2,2’,7,7’-テトラキス-(ジフェニルアミノ)-9,9’-スピロビフルオレン等のフルオレン系化合物(Synth.Metals,91巻、209頁、1997年)、4,4’-N,N’-ジカルバゾールビフェニル等のカルバゾール系化合物等の正孔輸送層の正孔輸送性化合物として例示した化合物等も好ましく用いることができる。 Further, for example, two or more fused aromatic rings containing two or more tertiary amines represented by 4,4'-bis [N- (1-naphthyl) -N-phenylamino] biphenyl are used as nitrogen atoms. Aromatic amine compounds having a starburst structure, such as substituted aromatic diamines (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 5-234681), 4,4', 4''-tris (1-naphthylphenylamino) triphenylamine, etc. Lumin., 72-74, 985, 1997), aromatic amine compounds consisting of triphenylamine tetramers (Chem. Commun., 2175, 1996), 2, 2', 7, 7 Fluorene compounds such as'-tetrax- (diphenylamino) -9,9'-spirobifluorene (Synth. Metals, Vol. 91, p. 209, 1997), 4,4'-N, N'-dicarbazolebiphenyl The compounds exemplified as the hole-transporting compounds in the hole-transporting layer such as carbazole-based compounds such as the above can also be preferably used.
 また、この他、2-(4-ビフェニリル)-5-(p-ターシャルブチルフェニル)-1,3,4-オキサジアゾール(tBu-PBD)、2,5-ビス(1-ナフチル)-1,3,4-オキサジアゾール(BND)等のオキサジアゾール系化合物、2,5-ビス(6’-(2’,2’’-ビピリジル))-1,1-ジメチル-3,4-ジフェニルシロール(PyPySPyPy)等のシロール系化合物、バソフェナントロリン(BPhen)、2,9-ジメチル-4,7-ジフェニル-1,10-フェナントロリン(BCP、バソクプロイン)等のフェナントロリン系化合物等も挙げられる。 In addition, 2- (4-biphenanthroline) -5- (p-talshalbutylphenyl) -1,3,4-oxadiazole (tBu-PBD), 2,5-bis (1-naphthyl)- Oxadiazole compounds such as 1,3,4-oxadiazole (BND), 2,5-bis (6'-(2', 2''-bipyridyl))-1,1-dimethyl-3,4 Examples thereof include silol compounds such as -diphenylcyrol (PyPySPyPy) and phenanthroline compounds such as vasophenanthroline (BPhen) and 2,9-dimethyl-4,7-diphenyl-1,10-phenanthroline (BCP, bathocuproine).
<湿式成膜法による発光層の形成>
 発光層5の形成方法は、真空蒸着法でも、湿式成膜法でもよい。成膜性に優れることから、湿式成膜法が好ましく、スピンコート法およびインクジェット法が更に好ましい。特に、前述の正孔輸送層形成用組成物を用いて、発光層5の下層となる正孔輸送層4を形成すると、湿式成膜法による積層化が容易であるため、湿式成膜法を採用することが好ましい。湿式成膜法により発光層5を形成する場合は、通常、上述の正孔注入層を湿式成膜法で形成する場合と同様にして、正孔注入層形成用組成物の代わりに、前述の発光層形成用組成物を用いて形成する。
<Formation of light emitting layer by wet film formation method>
The light emitting layer 5 may be formed by a vacuum vapor deposition method or a wet film deposition method. The wet film forming method is preferable, and the spin coating method and the inkjet method are more preferable because of the excellent film forming property. In particular, when the hole transport layer 4 to be the lower layer of the light emitting layer 5 is formed by using the composition for forming the hole transport layer described above, laminating by the wet film formation method is easy. It is preferable to adopt it. When the light emitting layer 5 is formed by the wet film forming method, usually, in the same manner as when the hole injection layer is formed by the wet film forming method, instead of the composition for forming the hole injection layer described above, the above-mentioned composition is used. It is formed using a composition for forming a light emitting layer.
 湿式成膜後の溶媒除去方法としては、加熱又は減圧を用いることができる。加熱方法において使用する加熱手段としては、膜全体に均等に熱を与えることから、クリーンオーブン、ホットプレートが好ましい。 As a method for removing the solvent after the wet film formation, heating or depressurization can be used. As the heating means used in the heating method, a clean oven and a hot plate are preferable because heat is evenly applied to the entire film.
 加熱工程における加熱温度は、本発明の効果を著しく損なわない限り任意である。乾燥時間を短くする点では温度が高いほうが好ましく、材料へのダメージが少ない点では低い方が好ましい。加温温度の上限は通常250℃以下であり、好ましくは200℃以下、更に好ましくは150℃以下である。加温温度の下限は通常30℃以上であり、好ましくは50℃以上、更に好ましくは80℃以上である。加温温度が上記上限を超える温度は、通常用いられる電荷輸送性材料又は燐光発光材料の耐熱性より高く、分解や結晶化する可能性があり好ましくない。加熱温度が上記下限未満では溶媒の除去に長時間を要するため、好ましくない。加熱工程における加熱時間は、発光層形成用組成物中の溶媒の沸点や蒸気圧、材料の耐熱性、および加熱条件によって適切に決定される。 The heating temperature in the heating step is arbitrary as long as the effect of the present invention is not significantly impaired. A high temperature is preferable in terms of shortening the drying time, and a low temperature is preferable in terms of less damage to the material. The upper limit of the heating temperature is usually 250 ° C. or lower, preferably 200 ° C. or lower, and more preferably 150 ° C. or lower. The lower limit of the heating temperature is usually 30 ° C. or higher, preferably 50 ° C. or higher, and more preferably 80 ° C. or higher. A temperature at which the heating temperature exceeds the above upper limit is higher than the heat resistance of a commonly used charge transporting material or phosphorescent material, and may be decomposed or crystallized, which is not preferable. If the heating temperature is less than the above lower limit, it takes a long time to remove the solvent, which is not preferable. The heating time in the heating step is appropriately determined by the boiling point and vapor pressure of the solvent in the composition for forming the light emitting layer, the heat resistance of the material, and the heating conditions.
<真空蒸着法による発光層の形成>
 真空蒸着法により発光層5を形成する場合には、通常、発光層5の構成材料(前述の発光材料、本実施形態の低分子化合物、電荷輸送性化合物等)の1種類又は2種類以上を真空容器内に設置された坩堝に入れ(2種類以上の材料を用いる場合は、通常各々を別々の坩堝に入れ)、真空容器内を真空ポンプで10-4Pa程度まで排気した後、坩堝を加熱して(2種類以上の材料を用いる場合は、通常各々の坩堝を加熱して)、坩堝内の材料の蒸発量を制御しながら蒸発させ(2種類以上の材料を用いる場合は、通常各々独立に蒸発量を制御しながら蒸発させ)、坩堝に向き合って置かれた正孔輸送層4の上に発光層5を形成させる。2種類以上の材料を用いる場合は、それらの混合物を坩堝に入れ、加熱、蒸発させて発光層5を形成することもできる。
<Formation of light emitting layer by vacuum deposition method>
When the light emitting layer 5 is formed by the vacuum deposition method, one or more of the constituent materials of the light emitting layer 5 (the above-mentioned light emitting material, the low molecular weight compound of the present embodiment, the charge transporting compound, etc.) are usually used. Place in a crucible installed in a vacuum vessel (when using two or more materials, usually put each in a separate crucible), exhaust the inside of the vacuum vessel to about 10-4 Pa with a vacuum pump, and then remove the crucible. Heat (usually heat each crucible when using two or more materials) and evaporate while controlling the amount of evaporation of the material in the crucible (usually each when using two or more materials). Evaporate while independently controlling the amount of evaporation) to form a light emitting layer 5 on the hole transport layer 4 placed facing the crucible. When two or more kinds of materials are used, a mixture thereof can be placed in a crucible and heated and evaporated to form the light emitting layer 5.
 蒸着時の真空度は、本発明の効果を著しく損なわない限り限定されないが、通常0.1×10-6Torr(0.13×10-4Pa)以上、9.0×10-6Torr(12.0×10-4Pa)以下である。蒸着速度は、本発明の効果を著しく損なわない限り限定されないが、通常0.1Å/秒以上、5.0Å/秒以下である。蒸着時の成膜温度は、本発明の効果を著しく損なわない限り限定されないが、好ましくは10℃以上、50℃以下で行われる。 The degree of vacuum during vapor deposition is not limited as long as the effect of the present invention is not significantly impaired, but is usually 0.1 × 10 -6 Torr (0.13 × 10 -4 Pa) or more, 9.0 × 10 -6 Torr ( It is 12.0 × 10 -4 Pa) or less. The vapor deposition rate is not limited as long as the effect of the present invention is not significantly impaired, but is usually 0.1 Å / sec or more and 5.0 Å / sec or less. The film formation temperature at the time of vapor deposition is not limited as long as the effect of the present invention is not significantly impaired, but is preferably 10 ° C. or higher and 50 ° C. or lower.
[正孔阻止層]
 発光層5と後述の電子注入層8との間に、正孔阻止層6を設けてもよい。正孔阻止層6は、発光層5の上に、発光層5の陰極9側の界面に接するように積層される層である。
[Hole blocking layer]
A hole blocking layer 6 may be provided between the light emitting layer 5 and the electron injection layer 8 described later. The hole blocking layer 6 is a layer laminated on the light emitting layer 5 so as to be in contact with the interface of the light emitting layer 5 on the cathode 9 side.
 正孔阻止層6は、陽極2から移動してくる正孔を陰極9に到達するのを阻止する役割と、陰極9から注入された電子を効率よく発光層5の方向に輸送する役割とを有する。正孔阻止層6を構成する材料に求められる物性としては、電子移動度が高く正孔移動度が低いこと、エネルギーギャップ(HOMO、LUMOの差)が大きいこと、励起三重項準位(T1)が高いことが挙げられる。 The hole blocking layer 6 has a role of blocking holes moving from the anode 2 from reaching the cathode 9 and a role of efficiently transporting electrons injected from the cathode 9 toward the light emitting layer 5. Have. The physical properties required for the material constituting the hole blocking layer 6 are high electron mobility and low hole mobility, a large energy gap (difference between HOMO and LUMO), and an excited triplet level (T1). Is high.
 このような条件を満たす正孔阻止層6の材料としては、例えば、ビス(2-メチル-8-キノリノラト)(フェノラト)アルミニウム、ビス(2-メチル-8-キノリノラト)(トリフェニルシラノラト)アルミニウム等の混合配位子錯体、ビス(2-メチル-8-キノラト)アルミニウム-μ-オキソ-ビス-(2-メチル-8-キノリラト)アルミニウム二核金属錯体等の金属錯体、ジスチリルビフェニル誘導体等のスチリル化合物(特開平11-242996号公報)、3-(4-ビフェニルイル)-4-フェニル-5-(4-tert-ブチルフェニル)-1,2,4-トリアゾール等のトリアゾール誘導体(特開平7-41759号公報)、バソクプロイン等のフェナントロリン誘導体(特開平10-79297号公報)等が挙げられる。更に、国際公開第2005/022962号に記載の2,4,6位が置換されたピリジン環を少なくとも1個有する化合物も、正孔阻止層6の材料として好ましい。 Examples of the material of the hole blocking layer 6 satisfying such conditions include bis (2-methyl-8-quinolinolato) (phenolato) aluminum and bis (2-methyl-8-quinolinolato) (triphenylsilanorat) aluminum. Mixed ligand complexes such as, bis (2-methyl-8-quinolato) aluminum-μ-oxo-bis- (2-methyl-8-quinolilato) aluminum dinuclear metal complexes and other metal complexes, distyrylbiphenyl derivatives, etc. Styryl compounds (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 11-242996), 3- (4-biphenylyl) -4-phenyl-5- (4-tert-butylphenyl) -1,2,4-triazole and other triazole derivatives (specifically) Kaihei 7-417759), phenylintroline derivatives such as bathocuproine (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-79297), and the like can be mentioned. Further, a compound having at least one pyridine ring in which the 2, 4 and 6 positions are substituted as described in WO 2005/022962 is also preferable as a material for the hole blocking layer 6.
 正孔阻止層6の形成方法に制限はない。従って、湿式成膜法、蒸着法や、その他の方法で形成できる。
 正孔阻止層6の膜厚は、本発明の効果を著しく損なわない限り任意であるが、通常0.3nm以上、好ましくは0.5nm以上で、通常100nm以下、好ましくは50nm以下である。
There is no limitation on the method of forming the hole blocking layer 6. Therefore, it can be formed by a wet film forming method, a thin film deposition method, or another method.
The film thickness of the hole blocking layer 6 is arbitrary as long as the effect of the present invention is not significantly impaired, but is usually 0.3 nm or more, preferably 0.5 nm or more, and usually 100 nm or less, preferably 50 nm or less.
[電子輸送層]
 電子輸送層7は素子の電流効率を更に向上させることを目的として、発光層5と電子注入層8との間に設けられる。
[Electron transport layer]
The electron transport layer 7 is provided between the light emitting layer 5 and the electron injection layer 8 for the purpose of further improving the current efficiency of the device.
 電子輸送層7は、電界を与えられた電極間において陰極9から注入された電子を効率よく発光層5の方向に輸送することができる化合物より形成される。電子輸送層7に用いられる電子輸送性化合物としては、陰極9又は電子注入層8からの電子注入効率が高く、かつ、高い電子移動度を有し、注入された電子を効率よく輸送することができる化合物であることが必要である。 The electron transport layer 7 is formed of a compound capable of efficiently transporting electrons injected from the cathode 9 in the direction of the light emitting layer 5 between the electrodes to which an electric field is applied. The electron-transporting compound used in the electron-transporting layer 7 has high electron-injection efficiency from the cathode 9 or the electron-injection layer 8 and high electron mobility, and efficiently transports the injected electrons. It needs to be a compound that can.
 電子輸送層に用いる電子輸送性化合物としては、具体的には、例えば、8-ヒドロキシキノリンのアルミニウム錯体等の金属錯体(特開昭59-194393号公報)、10-ヒドロキシベンゾ[h]キノリンの金属錯体、オキサジアゾール誘導体、ジスチリルビフェニル誘導体、シロール誘導体、3-ヒドロキシフラボン金属錯体、5-ヒドロキシフラボン金属錯体、ベンズオキサゾール金属錯体、ベンゾチアゾール金属錯体、トリスベンズイミダゾリルベンゼン(米国特許第5645948号明細書)、キノキサリン化合物(特開平6-207169号公報)、フェナントロリン誘導体(特開平5-331459号公報)、2-t-ブチル-9,10-N,N’-ジシアノアントラキノンジイミン、n型水素化非晶質炭化シリコン、n型硫化亜鉛、n型セレン化亜鉛等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the electron-transporting compound used in the electron-transporting layer include metal complexes such as an aluminum complex of 8-hydroxyquinolin (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 59-194393), 10-hydroxybenzo [h] quinoline. Metal Complex, Oxaziazole Derivative, Distyrylbiphenyl Derivative, Sirol Derivative, 3-Hydroxyflavon Metal Complex, 5-Hydroxyflavon Metal Complex, Benzoxazole Metal Complex, Benthiazole Metal Complex, Trisbenzimidazolylbenzene (US Patent No. 5645948) Specified specification), quinoxalin compound (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 6-207169), phenanthroline derivative (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 5-331459), 2-t-butyl-9,10-N, N'-dicyanoanthraquinone diimine, n-type. Examples thereof include hydride amorphous silicon carbide, n-type zinc sulfide, and n-type zinc selenium.
 電子輸送層7の膜厚は、通常1nm以上、好ましくは5nm以上で、通常300nm以下、好ましくは100nm以下である。 The film thickness of the electron transport layer 7 is usually 1 nm or more, preferably 5 nm or more, and usually 300 nm or less, preferably 100 nm or less.
 電子輸送層7は、前記と同様にして湿式成膜法、或いは真空蒸着法により正孔阻止層6上に積層することにより形成される。通常は、真空蒸着法が用いられる。 The electron transport layer 7 is formed by laminating on the hole blocking layer 6 by a wet film deposition method or a vacuum vapor deposition method in the same manner as described above. Usually, the vacuum deposition method is used.
[電子注入層]
 電子注入層8は、陰極9から注入された電子を効率よく、電子輸送層7又は発光層5へ注入する役割を果たす。
[Electron injection layer]
The electron injection layer 8 plays a role of efficiently injecting the electrons injected from the cathode 9 into the electron transport layer 7 or the light emitting layer 5.
 電子注入を効率よく行うには、電子注入層8を形成する材料は、仕事関数の低い金属が好ましい。例としては、ナトリウムやセシウム等のアルカリ金属、バリウムやカルシウム等のアルカリ土類金属等が用いられる。この場合、電子注入層8の膜厚は通常0.1nm以上、5nm以下が好ましい。 In order to efficiently perform electron injection, the material forming the electron injection layer 8 is preferably a metal having a low work function. As an example, alkali metals such as sodium and cesium, alkaline earth metals such as barium and calcium, and the like are used. In this case, the film thickness of the electron injection layer 8 is usually preferably 0.1 nm or more and 5 nm or less.
 電子注入層8を形成する材料としては、更に、バソフェナントロリン等の含窒素複素環化合物や8-ヒドロキシキノリンのアルミニウム錯体等の金属錯体に代表される有機電子輸送材料に、ナトリウム、カリウム、セシウム、リチウム、ルビジウム等のアルカリ金属をドープする(特開平10-270171号公報、特開2002-100478号公報、特開2002-100482号公報等に記載)ことも、電子注入・輸送性が向上し優れた膜質を両立させることが可能となるため好ましい。
 この場合、電子注入層8の膜厚は、通常5nm以上、好ましくは10nm以上で、通常200nm以下、好ましくは100nm以下の範囲である。
Materials for forming the electron injection layer 8 include organic electron transport materials typified by nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compounds such as basophenanthroline and metal complexes such as aluminum complexes of 8-hydroxyquinoline, and sodium, potassium, cesium, and the like. Dope with an alkali metal such as lithium or rubidium (described in JP-A No. 10-270171, JP-A-2002-100478, JP-A-2002-1000482, etc.) also improves electron injection and transportability and is excellent. It is preferable because it makes it possible to achieve both film quality and film quality.
In this case, the film thickness of the electron injection layer 8 is usually 5 nm or more, preferably 10 nm or more, and usually 200 nm or less, preferably 100 nm or less.
 電子注入層8は、湿式成膜法或いは真空蒸着法により、発光層5又はその上の正孔阻止層6や電子輸送層7上に積層することにより形成される。
 湿式成膜法の場合の詳細は、前述の発光層の場合と同様である。
The electron injection layer 8 is formed by laminating on the light emitting layer 5 or the hole blocking layer 6 or the electron transport layer 7 on the light emitting layer 5 by a wet film forming method or a vacuum vapor deposition method.
The details in the case of the wet film forming method are the same as in the case of the light emitting layer described above.
[陰極]
 陰極9は、発光層5側の層(電子注入層8又は発光層5など)に電子を注入する役割を果たす。
[cathode]
The cathode 9 plays a role of injecting electrons into a layer on the light emitting layer 5 side (electron injection layer 8 or light emitting layer 5 or the like).
 陰極9の材料としては、前記の陽極2に使用される材料を用いることが可能である。効率良く電子注入を行なう上では、仕事関数の低い金属を用いることが好ましく、例えば、スズ、マグネシウム、インジウム、カルシウム、アルミニウム、銀等の金属又はそれらの合金等が用いられる。具体例としては、例えば、マグネシウム-銀合金、マグネシウム-インジウム合金、アルミニウム-リチウム合金等の低仕事関数の合金電極等が挙げられる。 As the material of the cathode 9, the material used for the anode 2 can be used. In order to efficiently inject electrons, it is preferable to use a metal having a low work function, and for example, a metal such as tin, magnesium, indium, calcium, aluminum, silver or an alloy thereof is used. Specific examples include alloy electrodes having a low work function such as magnesium-silver alloy, magnesium-indium alloy, and aluminum-lithium alloy.
 素子の安定性の点では、陰極9の上に、仕事関数が高く、大気に対して安定な金属層を積層して、低仕事関数の金属からなる陰極を保護することが好ましい。積層する金属としては、例えば、アルミニウム、銀、銅、ニッケル、クロム、金、白金等の金属が挙げられる。
 陰極9の膜厚は通常、陽極2と同様である。
From the viewpoint of device stability, it is preferable to laminate a metal layer having a high work function and stable with respect to the atmosphere on the cathode 9 to protect the cathode made of a metal having a low work function. Examples of the metal to be laminated include metals such as aluminum, silver, copper, nickel, chromium, gold, and platinum.
The film thickness of the cathode 9 is usually the same as that of the anode 2.
[その他の層]
 本実施形態の有機電界発光素子は、本発明の効果を著しく損なわなければ、更に他の層を有していてもよい。すなわち、陽極2と陰極9との間に、上述の他の任意の層を有していてもよい。
[Other layers]
The organic electroluminescent device of the present embodiment may further have another layer as long as the effect of the present invention is not significantly impaired. That is, any of the above-mentioned other layers may be provided between the anode 2 and the cathode 9.
[その他の素子構成]
 本実施形態の有機電界発光素子は、上述の説明とは逆の構造、即ち、基板1上に陰極9、電子注入層8、電子輸送層7、正孔阻止層6、発光層5、正孔輸送層4、正孔注入層3、陽極2の順に積層することも可能である。少なくとも一方が透明性の高い2枚の基板の間に本発明の有機電界発光素子を設けることも可能である。
[Other element configurations]
The organic electroluminescent device of the present embodiment has a structure opposite to that described above, that is, the cathode 9, the electron injection layer 8, the electron transport layer 7, the hole blocking layer 6, the light emitting layer 5, and the holes on the substrate 1. It is also possible to stack the transport layer 4, the hole injection layer 3, and the anode 2 in this order. It is also possible to provide the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention between two substrates having at least one highly transparent substrate.
 本実施形態の有機電界発光素子を有機電界発光装置に適用する場合は、単一の有機電界発光素子として用いても、複数の有機電界発光素子がアレイ状に配置された構成にして用いても、陽極と陰極がX-Yマトリックス状に配置された構成にして用いてもよい。 When the organic electroluminescent device of the present embodiment is applied to an organic electroluminescent device, it may be used as a single organic electroluminescent device or may be used in a configuration in which a plurality of organic electroluminescent devices are arranged in an array. , The anode and the cathode may be arranged in an XY matrix.
〔有機EL表示装置〕
 本実施形態の有機EL表示装置(有機電界発光素子表示装置)は、上述の有機電界発光素子を用いたものである。本実施形態の有機EL表示装置の型式や構造については特に制限はなく、上述の有機電界発光素子を用いて常法に従って組み立てることができる。
 例えば、「有機ELディスプレイ」(オーム社、平成16年8月20日発行、時任静士、安達千波矢、村田英幸著)に記載されているような方法で、本発明の有機EL表示装置を形成することができる。
[Organic EL display device]
The organic EL display device (organic electroluminescent element display device) of the present embodiment uses the above-mentioned organic electroluminescent element. The model and structure of the organic EL display device of the present embodiment are not particularly limited, and can be assembled according to a conventional method using the above-mentioned organic electroluminescent element.
For example, the organic EL display device of the present invention can be used by the method described in "Organic EL Display" (Ohmsha, published on August 20, 2004, by Shizushi Tokito, Chihaya Adachi, Hideyuki Murata). Can be formed.
〔有機EL照明〕
 本実施形態の有機EL照明(有機電界発光素子照明)は、上述の有機電界発光素子を用いたものである。本実施形態の有機EL照明の型式や構造については特に制限はなく、上述の有機電界発光素子を用いて常法に従って組み立てることができる。
[Organic EL lighting]
The organic EL illumination (organic electroluminescent element illumination) of the present embodiment uses the above-mentioned organic electroluminescent element. The type and structure of the organic EL illumination of the present embodiment are not particularly limited, and can be assembled according to a conventional method using the above-mentioned organic electroluminescent element.
 以下、実施例を示して本発明について更に具体的に説明する。本発明は以下の実施例に限定されるものではなく、本発明はその要旨を逸脱しない限り任意に変更して実施できる。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail with reference to examples. The present invention is not limited to the following examples, and the present invention can be arbitrarily modified and implemented without departing from the gist thereof.
[合成例1:部分構造Aを有する高分子化合物の合成]
<原料モノマーの合成>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000092
[Synthesis Example 1: Synthesis of Polymer Compound with Partial Structure A]
<Synthesis of raw material monomer>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000092
 窒素気流下、1000mlのフラスコに3-ブロモ-3′-ニトロ-ビフェニル(14.1g、50.5mmol)、ビス(ピナコラト)ジボロン(17.1g、60.6mmol)、酢酸カリウム(24.8g、253.0mmol)を入れ、室温で窒素置換した。その後、200mlの1,4-ジオキサンを入れ、1,1’-ビス(ジフェニルホスフィノ)フェロセン-パラジウム(II)ジクロリド-ジクロロメタン〔PdCl(dppf)CHCl〕(1.24g、1.52mmol)を加え、100℃で8.5時間反応した。
 反応液を減圧濾過し、トルエンで希釈して活性白土により粗精製した。更に粗精製品をカラムクロマトグラフィー(展開液:ヘキサン/酢酸エチル=80/20)により精製し、化合物1(16.3g、収率99.5%)を得た。
3-Bromo-3'-nitro-biphenyl (14.1 g, 50.5 mmol), bis (pinacolato) diboron (17.1 g, 60.6 mmol), potassium acetate (24.8 g,) in a 1000 ml flask under a nitrogen stream. 253.0 mmol) was added and nitrogen was substituted at room temperature. Then, 200 ml of 1,4-dioxane was added, and 1,1'-bis (diphenylphosphino) ferrocene-palladium (II) dichloride-dichloromethane [PdCl 2 (dppf) CH 2 Cl 2 ] (1.24 g, 1. 52 mmol) was added, and the reaction was carried out at 100 ° C. for 8.5 hours.
The reaction mixture was filtered under reduced pressure, diluted with toluene, and roughly purified with activated clay. Further, the crude product was purified by column chromatography (developing solution: hexane / ethyl acetate = 80/20) to obtain Compound 1 (16.3 g, yield 99.5%).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000093
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000093
 次いで、化合物1(8.7g、26.76mmol)、1-ブロモ-3-ヨードベンゼン(7.95g、28.1mmol)、リン酸カリウム水溶液(2M、40.1ml)、トルエン(80ml)、エタノール(40ml)をフラスコに仕込み、系内を十分に窒素置換して65℃まで加温した。
 ここへビス(トリフェニルホスフィン)パラジウム(II)ジクロリド(0.094g、0.134mmol)を加え、65℃で3時間攪拌した。反応液に水を加え、トルエンで抽出を行った。有機層を無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥して活性白土より粗精製した。粗精製品をカラムクロマトグラフィー(展開液:ヘキサン/塩化メチレン=80/20)により精製し、化合物2(8.6g、収率90.5%)を得た。
Then, Compound 1 (8.7 g, 26.76 mmol), 1-bromo-3-iodobenzene (7.95 g, 28.1 mmol), potassium phosphate aqueous solution (2M, 40.1 ml), toluene (80 ml), ethanol. (40 ml) was placed in a flask, and the inside of the system was sufficiently substituted with nitrogen and heated to 65 ° C.
Bis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (II) dichloride (0.094 g, 0.134 mmol) was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred at 65 ° C. for 3 hours. Water was added to the reaction solution, and extraction was performed with toluene. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and crudely purified from activated clay. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (developing solution: hexane / methylene chloride = 80/20) to obtain Compound 2 (8.6 g, yield 90.5%).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000094
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000094
 窒素気流下、300mlのフラスコに100mlのジメチルスルホンキシド、化合物2(8.55g、24.14mmol)、ビス(ピナコラト)ジボロン(7.36g、28.97mmol)、酢酸カリウム(7.1g、72.42mmol)を入れ、60℃で30分間攪拌した。その後、1,1’-ビス(ジフェニルホスフィノ)フェロセン-パラジウム(II)ジクロリド-ジクロロメタン〔PdCl(dppf)CHCl〕(0.99g、1.21mmol)を加え、85℃で4.0時間反応した。
 反応液を減圧濾過し、濾液をトルエンで抽出し、無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥して活性白土により精製した。更に粗精製品をカラムクロマトグラフィー(展開液:ヘキサン/酢酸エチル=90/10)により精製し、化合物3(9.3g、収率96.0%)を得た。
Under a nitrogen stream, 100 ml of dimethylsulfonate, compound 2 (8.55 g, 24.14 mmol), bis (pinacolato) diboron (7.36 g, 28.97 mmol), potassium acetate (7.1 g, 72.97 mmol) in a 300 ml flask. 42 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C. for 30 minutes. Then, 1,1'-bis (diphenylphosphino) ferrocene-palladium (II) dichloride-dichloromethane [PdCl 2 (dppf) CH 2 Cl 2 ] (0.99 g, 1.21 mmol) was added, and the temperature was 85 ° C. Reacted for 0 hours.
The reaction mixture was filtered under reduced pressure, the filtrate was extracted with toluene, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and purified with activated clay. Further, the crude product was purified by column chromatography (developing solution: hexane / ethyl acetate = 90/10) to obtain Compound 3 (9.3 g, yield 96.0%).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000095
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000095
 次いで、化合物3(9.3g、23.18mmol)、1-ブロモ-4-ヨードベンゼン(6.88g、24.33mmol)、リン酸カリウム水溶液(2M、34.8ml)、トルエン(80ml)、エタノール(40ml)をフラスコに仕込み、系内を十分に窒素置換して65℃まで加温した。
 ここへビス(トリフェニルホスフィン)パラジウム(II)ジクロリド(0.081g、0.116mmol)を加え、65℃で3.5時間攪拌した。反応液に水を加え、トルエンで抽出を行った。有機層を無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥して活性白土より粗精製した。粗精製品をカラムクロマトグラフィー(展開液:ヘキサン/塩化メチレン=75/25)により精製し、化合物4(8.7g、収率87.2%)を得た。
Then, Compound 3 (9.3 g, 23.18 mmol), 1-bromo-4-iodobenzene (6.88 g, 24.33 mmol), aqueous potassium phosphate solution (2M, 34.8 ml), toluene (80 ml), ethanol. (40 ml) was placed in a flask, and the inside of the system was sufficiently substituted with nitrogen and heated to 65 ° C.
Bis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (II) dichloride (0.081 g, 0.116 mmol) was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred at 65 ° C. for 3.5 hours. Water was added to the reaction solution, and extraction was performed with toluene. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and crudely purified from activated clay. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (developing solution: hexane / methylene chloride = 75/25) to obtain Compound 4 (8.7 g, yield 87.2%).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000096
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000096
 窒素気流下、300mlのフラスコに100mlのジメチルスルホンキシド、化合物4(8.7g、20.22mmol)、ビス(ピナコラト)ジボロン(6.2g、24.26mmol)、酢酸カリウム(5.95g、60.66mmol)を入れ、60℃で30分間攪拌した。その後、1,1’-ビス(ジフェニルホスフィノ)フェロセン-パラジウム(II)ジクロリド-ジクロロメタン〔PdCl(dppf)CHCl〕(0.83g、1.01mmol)を加え、85℃で3.0時間反応した。
 反応液を減圧濾過し、濾液をトルエンで抽出し、無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥して活性白土により精製した。更に粗精製品をカラムクロマトグラフィー(展開液:ヘキサン/塩化メチレン=50/50)により精製し、化合物5(7.2g、収率75.0%)を得た。
Under a nitrogen stream, 100 ml of dimethylsulfonate, compound 4 (8.7 g, 20.22 mmol), bis (pinacolato) diboron (6.2 g, 24.26 mmol), potassium acetate (5.95 g, 60.) in a 300 ml flask. 66 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C. for 30 minutes. Then, 1,1'-bis (diphenylphosphino) ferrocene-palladium (II) dichloride-dichloromethane [PdCl 2 (dppf) CH 2 Cl 2 ] (0.83 g, 1.01 mmol) was added, and the temperature was 85 ° C. Reacted for 0 hours.
The reaction mixture was filtered under reduced pressure, the filtrate was extracted with toluene, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and purified with activated clay. Further, the crude product was purified by column chromatography (developing solution: hexane / methylene chloride = 50/50) to obtain Compound 5 (7.2 g, yield 75.0%).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000097
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000097
 次いで、化合物5(7.1g、14.87mmol)、市販の2-クロロ-4,6-ジフェニル-1,3,5-トリアジン(3.98g、14.87mmol)、リン酸カリウム水溶液(2M、23.0ml)、トルエン(50ml)、エタノール(25ml)をフラスコに仕込み、系内を十分に窒素置換して65℃まで加温した。
 ここへテトラキス(トリフェニルホスフィン)パラジウム(0)(0.52g、0.45mmol)を加え、85℃で4.0時間攪拌した。析出した不溶物を減圧濾過し、濾取物を50mlの塩化メチレンで懸洗して200mlのエタノールに滴下した。析出物を減圧濾過して乾燥し、化合物6(5.3g、収率61.2%)を得た。
Then, compound 5 (7.1 g, 14.87 mmol), commercially available 2-chloro-4,6-diphenyl-1,3,5-triazine (3.98 g, 14.87 mmol), potassium phosphate aqueous solution (2M, 23.0 ml), toluene (50 ml) and ethanol (25 ml) were placed in a flask, and the inside of the system was sufficiently replaced with nitrogen and heated to 65 ° C.
Tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (0) (0.52 g, 0.45 mmol) was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred at 85 ° C. for 4.0 hours. The precipitated insoluble material was filtered under reduced pressure, and the filtrate was washed with 50 ml of methylene chloride and added dropwise to 200 ml of ethanol. The precipitate was filtered under reduced pressure and dried to obtain Compound 6 (5.3 g, yield 61.2%).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000098
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000098
 窒素気流下、1000mlのフラスコに500mlのテトラヒドロフラン、50mlのエタノール、化合物6(5.3g、9.10mmol)、パラジウム/炭素(10%、約55%水湿品、0.72g)を入れ、50℃で15分間攪拌した。その後、ヒトラジン一水和物(3.1g)を滴下し、この温度で3時間反応した。
 反応液を水湿のセライトで減圧濾過し、濾液を濃縮し、化合物7(4.8g、収率95.1%)を得た。
Under a nitrogen stream, 500 ml tetrahydrofuran, 50 ml ethanol, compound 6 (5.3 g, 9.10 mmol), palladium / carbon (10%, about 55% wet product, 0.72 g) were placed in a 1000 ml flask, and 50 The mixture was stirred at ° C. for 15 minutes. Then, human lazine monohydrate (3.1 g) was added dropwise, and the reaction was carried out at this temperature for 3 hours.
The reaction mixture was filtered under reduced pressure with water-moist Celite, and the filtrate was concentrated to obtain Compound 7 (4.8 g, yield 95.1%).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000099
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000099
 500mlフラスコに、化合物8(8.0g、49mmol)、1-ブロモ-1’-ヨード-3,3’-ビフェニル(17.7g、49mmol)、トルエン120ml、エタノール60ml、2Mのリン酸カリウム水溶液(62ml)を入れ、30分間窒素バブリングを行った。テトラキス(トリフェニルホスフィン)パラジウム(0)(1.43g、1.24mmol)を加えた後、90℃で3時間加熱撹拌した。その後室温まで冷却し、水とトルエンを加え分液洗浄後、有機層を無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥した。その後溶媒を減圧下除去した。得られた残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(ジクロロメタン/へキサン=1/9)にて精製することにより、化合物9の15.5gを無色オイルとして得た。 In a 500 ml flask, compound 8 (8.0 g, 49 mmol), 1-bromo-1'-iodo-3,3'-biphenyl (17.7 g, 49 mmol), toluene 120 ml, ethanol 60 ml, 2M potassium phosphate aqueous solution (17.7 g, 49 mmol). 62 ml) was added and nitrogen bubbling was performed for 30 minutes. After adding tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (0) (1.43 g, 1.24 mmol), the mixture was heated and stirred at 90 ° C. for 3 hours. Then, the mixture was cooled to room temperature, water and toluene were added, and the mixture was separated and washed, and then the organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. Then, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane / hexane = 1/9) to obtain 15.5 g of Compound 9 as a colorless oil.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000100
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000100
 500mlフラスコに、化合物9(15.5g、44mmol)、3-アミノフェニルボロン酸一水和物(6.4g、41mmol)、トルエン100ml、エタノール50ml、2Mのリン酸カリウム水溶液(55ml)を入れ、30分間窒素バブリングを行った。テトラキス(トリフェニルホスフィン)パラジウム(0)(1.3g、1.15mmol)を加えた後、90℃で3.5時間加熱撹拌した。その後室温まで冷却し、水とトルエンを加え分液洗浄後、有機層を無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥した。その後溶媒を減圧下除去した。得られた残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(酢酸エチル/へキサン=2/8)にて精製することにより、化合物10の7.8gを淡黄色水あめ状として得た。 In a 500 ml flask, compound 9 (15.5 g, 44 mmol), 3-aminophenylboronic acid monohydrate (6.4 g, 41 mmol), toluene 100 ml, ethanol 50 ml, and 2 M potassium phosphate aqueous solution (55 ml) were placed. Nitrogen bubbling was performed for 30 minutes. After adding tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (0) (1.3 g, 1.15 mmol), the mixture was heated and stirred at 90 ° C. for 3.5 hours. Then, the mixture was cooled to room temperature, water and toluene were added, and the mixture was separated and washed, and then the organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. Then, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (ethyl acetate / hexane = 2/8) to obtain 7.8 g of Compound 10 as a pale yellow starch syrup.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000101
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000101
 1Lフラスコにトルエンを270ml、エタノールを135ml、化合物11を20.0g(44.8mmol)、1-ブロモ-4-ヨードトルエンを50.72g(179.3mmol)、2Mのリン酸カリウム水溶液(191ml)を入れた溶液を真空脱気後に窒素置換した。窒素気流下に加熱し、30分間攪拌した。その後ビス(トリフェニルホスフィン)パラジウム(II)ジクロリド0.63g(0.90mmol)を加え、6時間還流した。反応液に水を入れ、トルエンで抽出し、無水硫酸マグネシウムおよび活性白土で処理した。トルエン溶液を加熱還流したのち不溶物を濾過し、再結晶して無色固体の化合物12を得た(収量14.2g、収率60.2%)。 In a 1 L flask, 270 ml of toluene, 135 ml of ethanol, 20.0 g (44.8 mmol) of compound 11, 50.72 g (179.3 mmol) of 1-bromo-4-iodotoluene, and 2 M aqueous potassium phosphate solution (191 ml). The solution containing the above was vacuum degassed and then replaced with nitrogen. It was heated under a nitrogen stream and stirred for 30 minutes. Then, 0.63 g (0.90 mmol) of bis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (II) dichloride was added, and the mixture was refluxed for 6 hours. Water was added to the reaction mixture, extracted with toluene, and treated with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and activated clay. After heating and refluxing the toluene solution, the insoluble material was filtered and recrystallized to obtain compound 12 as a colorless solid (yield 14.2 g, yield 60.2%).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000102
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000102
 5-ブロモ-2-ヨードトルエンに代えて1-ブロモ-4-ヨードベンゼンを用いた以外は化合物12の合成と同様の方法で、化合物14を合成した。 Compound 14 was synthesized by the same method as that for compound 12 except that 1-bromo-4-iodobenzene was used instead of 5-bromo-2-iodotoluene.
<部分構造Aを有する高分子化合物(重合体1)の合成>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000103
<Synthesis of polymer compound (polymer 1) having partial structure A>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000103
 化合物12(2.5g、4.7mmol)、化合物13(2.134g、6.1mmol)、化合物10(0.51g、1.4mmol)、化合物7(1.04g、1.9mmol)、tert-ブトキシナトリウム(3.48g、36.2mmol)およびトルエン(71ml)を仕込み、系内を十分に窒素置換して、60℃まで加温した(溶液A1)。
 別に、トリス(ジベンジリデンアセトン)ジパラジウム錯体(86.0mg、0.09mmol)のトルエン14ml溶液に、[4-(N,N-ジメチルアミノ)フェニル]ジ-tert-ブチルホスフィン(Amphos)(199.4mg、0.8mmol)を加え、60℃まで加温した(溶液B1)。
Compound 12 (2.5 g, 4.7 mmol), Compound 13 (2.134 g, 6.1 mmol), Compound 10 (0.51 g, 1.4 mmol), Compound 7 (1.04 g, 1.9 mmol), tert- Sodium butoxy (3.48 g, 36.2 mmol) and toluene (71 ml) were charged, the inside of the system was sufficiently replaced with nitrogen, and the mixture was heated to 60 ° C. (solution A1).
Separately, in a 14 ml solution of tris (dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium complex (86.0 mg, 0.09 mmol) in toluene, [4- (N, N-dimethylamino) phenyl] di-tert-butylphosphine (Amphos) (199). .4 mg, 0.8 mmol) was added and the mixture was heated to 60 ° C. (solution B1).
 窒素気流中、溶液A1に溶液B1を添加し、1.0時間、加熱還流反応した。化合物7、10および13が消失したことを確認し、化合物14(1.78g、3.5mmol)を添加した。2時間加熱還流後、ブロモベンゼン(1.84g、11.7mmol)を添加し、1時間加熱還流反応した。反応液を放冷し、エタノール/水(370ml/70ml)溶液に滴下し、エンドキャップした粗ポリマーを得た。
 このエンドキャップした粗ポリマーをトルエンに溶解し、アセトンに再沈殿し、析出したポリマーを濾別した。得られたポリマーをトルエンに溶解させ、希塩酸にて洗浄し、アンモニア含有エタノールにて再沈殿した。濾取したポリマーをカラムクロマトグラフィーにより精製し、目的物である重合体1を得た(2.5g)。得られた重合体1の分子量等は以下の通りであった。
Solution B1 was added to solution A1 in a nitrogen stream, and a heating reflux reaction was carried out for 1.0 hour. After confirming that compounds 7, 10 and 13 had disappeared, compound 14 (1.78 g, 3.5 mmol) was added. After heating under reflux for 2 hours, bromobenzene (1.84 g, 11.7 mmol) was added, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool and added dropwise to an ethanol / water (370 ml / 70 ml) solution to obtain an end-capped crude polymer.
The end-capped crude polymer was dissolved in toluene, reprecipitated in acetone, and the precipitated polymer was filtered off. The obtained polymer was dissolved in toluene, washed with dilute hydrochloric acid, and reprecipitated with ammonia-containing ethanol. The polymer collected by filtration was purified by column chromatography to obtain the target polymer 1 (2.5 g). The molecular weight and the like of the obtained polymer 1 were as follows.
 重量平均分子量(Mw)=20,600
 数平均分子量(Mn)=15,260
 分散度(Mw/Mn)=1.35
Weight average molecular weight (Mw) = 20,600
Number average molecular weight (Mn) = 15,260
Dispersity (Mw / Mn) = 1.35
[実施例1]
 有機電界発光素子を以下の方法で作製した。
 ガラス基板上にインジウム・スズ酸化物(ITO)透明導電膜を70nmの厚さに堆積したもの(三容真空社製、スパッタ成膜品)を通常のフォトリソグラフィー技術と塩酸エッチングを用いて2mm幅のストライプにパターニングして陽極を形成した。このようにITOをパターン形成した基板を、界面活性剤水溶液による超音波洗浄、超純水による水洗、超純水による超音波洗浄、超純水による水洗の順で洗浄後、圧縮空気で乾燥させ、最後に紫外線オゾン洗浄を行った。
[Example 1]
An organic electroluminescent device was manufactured by the following method.
A transparent conductive film of indium tin oxide (ITO) deposited on a glass substrate to a thickness of 70 nm (manufactured by Sanyo Vacuum Co., Ltd., sputter-deposited product) is 2 mm wide using ordinary photolithography technology and hydrochloric acid etching. The stripes were patterned to form an anode. The substrate on which the ITO pattern is formed is washed in the order of ultrasonic cleaning with an aqueous surfactant solution, water washing with ultrapure water, ultrasonic cleaning with ultrapure water, and water washing with ultrapure water, and then dried with compressed air. Finally, UV ozone cleaning was performed.
 正孔注入層形成用組成物として、下記式(P-1)で表される繰り返し構造を有する正孔輸送性高分子化合物100重量部と、下記式(HI-1)で表される化合物20重量部を秤量し、これらを安息香酸エチルに溶解させて固形分濃度3.0重量%の組成物を調製した。 As the composition for forming the hole injection layer, 100 parts by weight of the hole-transporting polymer compound having a repeating structure represented by the following formula (P-1) and the compound 20 represented by the following formula (HI-1). The parts by weight were weighed and dissolved in ethyl benzoate to prepare a composition having a solid content concentration of 3.0% by weight.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000104
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000104
 この正孔注入層形成用組成物を、大気中で上記基板上にスピンコートし、大気中、ホットプレートで240℃、30分間乾燥させ、膜厚40nmの均一な薄膜を形成し、正孔注入層とした。 This composition for forming a hole injection layer is spin-coated on the substrate in the atmosphere and dried in the air at 240 ° C. for 30 minutes to form a uniform thin film having a film thickness of 40 nm, and hole injection is performed. Layered.
 次に、合成例1で合成した重合体1である下記式(HT-1)で表される電荷輸送性高分子化合物100重量部を、シクロヘキシルベンゼンに溶解させ、3.0重量%の溶液よりなる正孔輸送層形成用組成物を調製した。
 この正孔輸送層形成用組成物を、上記正孔注入層を塗布成膜した基板上に窒素グローブボックス中でスピンコートし、窒素グローブボックス中のホットプレートで230℃、30分間乾燥させ、膜厚40nmの均一な薄膜を形成し、正孔輸送層とした。
Next, 100 parts by weight of the charge-transporting polymer compound represented by the following formula (HT-1), which is the polymer 1 synthesized in Synthesis Example 1, is dissolved in cyclohexylbenzene and prepared from a 3.0% by weight solution. A composition for forming a hole transport layer was prepared.
This composition for forming a hole transport layer is spin-coated in a nitrogen glove box on a substrate coated with the hole injection layer and dried at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes on a hot plate in the nitrogen glove box to form a film. A uniform thin film having a thickness of 40 nm was formed to form a hole transport layer.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000105
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000105
 引続き、発光層の材料として、下記式(H-1)で表される化合物を15重量部、下記式(H-2)で表される化合物を15重量部、下記式(H-3)で表される化合物を70重量部、及び下記式(D-1)で表される化合物を20重量部秤量し、シクロヘキシルベンゼンに溶解させて固形分濃度7.8重量%の溶液を発光層形成用組成物として調製した。 Subsequently, as the material of the light emitting layer, the compound represented by the following formula (H-1) is 15 parts by weight, the compound represented by the following formula (H-2) is 15 parts by weight, and the following formula (H-3) is used. Weigh 70 parts by weight of the compound represented by the compound and 20 parts by weight of the compound represented by the following formula (D-1), dissolve the compound in cyclohexylbenzene, and prepare a solution having a solid content concentration of 7.8% by weight for forming a light emitting layer. Prepared as a composition.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000106
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000106
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000107
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000107
 この発光層形成用組成物を、上記正孔輸送層を塗布成膜した基板上に窒素グローブボックス中でスピンコートし、窒素グローブボックス中のホットプレートで120℃、20分間乾燥させ、膜厚70nmの均一な薄膜を形成し、発光層とした。 This composition for forming a light emitting layer is spin-coated on a substrate coated with the hole transport layer in a nitrogen glove box, dried on a hot plate in the nitrogen glove box at 120 ° C. for 20 minutes, and has a film thickness of 70 nm. A uniform thin film was formed to form a light emitting layer.
 発光層までを成膜した基板を真空蒸着装置に設置し、装置内を2×10-4Pa以下になるまで排気した。 The substrate on which the film was formed up to the light emitting layer was installed in a vacuum vapor deposition apparatus, and the inside of the apparatus was exhausted until it became 2 × 10 -4 Pa or less.
 次に、下記式(HB-1)で表される化合物と8-ヒドロキシキノリノラトリチウムを2:3の膜厚比で、発光層上に真空蒸着法にて1Å/秒の速度で共蒸着し、膜厚30nmの正孔阻止層を形成した。 Next, the compound represented by the following formula (HB-1) and 8-hydroxyquinolinolatrithium are co-deposited on the light emitting layer at a film thickness ratio of 2: 3 by a vacuum deposition method at a rate of 1 Å / sec. Then, a hole blocking layer having a film thickness of 30 nm was formed.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000108
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000108
 続いて、陰極蒸着用のマスクとして2mm幅のストライプ状シャドーマスクを、陽極のITOストライプとは直交するように基板に密着させて、別の真空蒸着装置内に設置した。
 そして陰極として、アルミニウムをモリブデンボートにより加熱して、蒸着速度1~8.6Å/秒で膜厚80nmのアルミニウム層を形成して陰極を形成した。
 以上の様にして、2mm×2mmのサイズの発光面積部分を有する有機電界発光素子を得た。
Subsequently, a striped shadow mask having a width of 2 mm was brought into close contact with the substrate so as to be orthogonal to the ITO stripe of the anode as a mask for cathode vapor deposition, and installed in another vacuum vapor deposition apparatus.
Then, as the cathode, aluminum was heated by a molybdenum boat to form an aluminum layer having a film thickness of 80 nm at a vapor deposition rate of 1 to 8.6 Å / sec to form a cathode.
As described above, an organic electroluminescent device having a light emitting area portion having a size of 2 mm × 2 mm was obtained.
[比較例1]
 発光層の材料組成を、重量比で(H-4):(H-5):(H-3):(D-1)=15:15:70:20に変更したこと以外は、実施例1と同様にして有機電界発光素子を作製した。(H-4)及び(H-5)は下記式で示されるものである。
[Comparative Example 1]
Examples except that the material composition of the light emitting layer was changed to (H-4) :( H-5) :( H-3) :( D-1) = 15: 15: 70: 20 by weight ratio. An organic electric field light emitting device was manufactured in the same manner as in 1. (H-4) and (H-5) are represented by the following equations.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000109
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000109
[素子の評価]
 実施例1及び比較例1で得られた有機電界発光素子に、10mA/cmの電流を印可したときの電圧を測定し、実施例1の電圧から比較例1の電圧を引いた値を相対電圧とした。また、その時の電流発光効率(cd/A)を測定し、比較例1の電流発光効率を1とした場合の実施例1の相対電流発光効率を相対発光効率とした。
 また、これらの有機電界発光素子を40mA/cmで駆動させ、15%輝度減衰寿命(LT85)を測定し、比較例1の15%減衰寿命を1とした場合の比(以下「相対減衰寿命」と記す。)を求めた。
 それらを、表1に示す。
[Evaluation of element]
The voltage when a current of 10 mA / cm 2 is applied to the organic electroluminescent device obtained in Example 1 and Comparative Example 1 is measured, and the value obtained by subtracting the voltage of Comparative Example 1 from the voltage of Example 1 is relative. It was set to voltage. Further, the current luminous efficiency (cd / A) at that time was measured, and the relative current luminous efficiency of Example 1 when the current luminous efficiency of Comparative Example 1 was set to 1 was taken as the relative luminous efficiency.
Further, these organic electroluminescent elements are driven at 40 mA / cm 2 , the 15% luminance attenuation lifetime (LT85) is measured, and the ratio when the 15% attenuation lifetime of Comparative Example 1 is set to 1 (hereinafter, “relative attenuation lifetime”). ".) Was requested.
They are shown in Table 1.
 表1より、正孔輸送層及び発光層に、同一の部分構造Aである式(TzP)で表される構造を有する化合物を含む本発明の有機電界発光素子では、低電圧化し、長寿命化することが分かった。
 ここで、実施例1で用いた式(HT-1)で表される電荷輸送性高分子化合物と式(H-1)で表される化合物は、共にトリアジンにベンゼン環が4つ連結した構造を有するため、共通性が高く、この点も、長寿命化に寄与していると考えられる。
From Table 1, the organic field light emitting device of the present invention containing a compound having the same partial structure A and a structure represented by the formula (TzP) in the hole transport layer and the light emitting layer has a lower voltage and a longer life. I found out that
Here, the charge-transporting polymer compound represented by the formula (HT-1) and the compound represented by the formula (H-1) both used in Example 1 have a structure in which four benzene rings are linked to triazine. Therefore, it has a high degree of commonality, and this point is also considered to contribute to the extension of life.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000110
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000110
[実施例2]
 有機電界発光素子を以下の方法で作製した。
 ガラス基板上にインジウム・スズ酸化物(ITO)透明導電膜を50nmの厚さに堆積したもの(ジオマテック社製、スパッタ成膜品)を通常のフォトリソグラフィー技術と塩酸エッチングを用いて2mm幅のストライプにパターニングして陽極を形成した。このようにITOをパターン形成した基板を、界面活性剤水溶液による超音波洗浄、超純水による水洗、超純水による超音波洗浄、超純水による水洗の順で洗浄後、圧縮空気で乾燥させ、最後に紫外線オゾン洗浄を行った。
[Example 2]
An organic electroluminescent device was manufactured by the following method.
A 2 mm wide stripe of indium tin oxide (ITO) transparent conductive film deposited on a glass substrate to a thickness of 50 nm (a sputtered film product manufactured by Geomatec) using ordinary photolithography technology and hydrochloric acid etching. The anode was formed by patterning. The substrate on which the ITO pattern is formed is washed in the order of ultrasonic cleaning with an aqueous surfactant solution, water washing with ultrapure water, ultrasonic cleaning with ultrapure water, and water washing with ultrapure water, and then dried with compressed air. Finally, UV ozone cleaning was performed.
 正孔注入層形成用組成物として、実施例1で用いた式(P-1)で表される繰り返し構造を有する正孔輸送性高分子化合物3.0重量%と、式(HI-1)で表される化合物0.6重量%とを、安息香酸エチルに溶解させた組成物を調製した。 As the composition for forming the hole injection layer, 3.0% by weight of the hole-transporting polymer compound having a repeating structure represented by the formula (P-1) used in Example 1 and the formula (HI-1). A composition was prepared in which 0.6% by weight of the compound represented by (1) was dissolved in ethyl benzoate.
 この正孔注入層形成用組成物を、大気中で上記基板上にスピンコートし、大気中ホットプレートで240℃、30分間乾燥させ、膜厚40nmの均一な薄膜を形成し、正孔注入層とした。 This composition for forming a hole injection layer is spin-coated on the substrate in the atmosphere and dried on an atmospheric hot plate at 240 ° C. for 30 minutes to form a uniform thin film having a film thickness of 40 nm to form a hole injection layer. And said.
 次に、正孔輸送層材料として下記式(HT-2)で表される電荷輸送性高分子化合物100重量部を、シクロヘキシルベンゼンに溶解させ、3.0重量%の溶液よりなる正孔輸送層形成用組成物を調製した。
 この正孔輸送層形成用組成物を、上記正孔注入層を塗布成膜した基板上に窒素グローブボックス中でスピンコートし、窒素グローブボックス中のホットプレートで230℃、30分間乾燥し、膜厚40nmの均一な薄膜を形成し、正孔輸送層とした。
Next, as the hole transport layer material, 100 parts by weight of the charge transport polymer compound represented by the following formula (HT-2) is dissolved in cyclohexylbenzene, and the hole transport layer is composed of a 3.0% by weight solution. A composition for formation was prepared.
This composition for forming a hole transport layer is spin-coated in a nitrogen glove box on a substrate coated with the hole injection layer and dried in a hot plate in a nitrogen glove box at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes to form a film. A uniform thin film having a thickness of 40 nm was formed to form a hole transport layer.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000111
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000111
 引続き、発光層の材料として、実施例1で用いた前記式(H-1)で表される化合物を50重量部、下記式(H-6)で表される化合物を50重量部、及び前記式(D-1)で表される化合物を15重量部秤量し、シクロヘキシルベンゼンに溶解させて固形分濃度5.0重量%の溶液を発光層形成用組成物として調製した。 Subsequently, as the material of the light emitting layer, 50 parts by weight of the compound represented by the formula (H-1) used in Example 1, 50 parts by weight of the compound represented by the following formula (H-6), and the above. The compound represented by the formula (D-1) was weighed in 15 parts by weight and dissolved in cyclohexylbenzene to prepare a solution having a solid content concentration of 5.0% by weight as a light emitting layer forming composition.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000112
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000112
 この発光層形成用組成物を、上記正孔輸送層を塗布成膜した基板上に窒素グローブボックス中でスピンコートし、窒素グローブボックス中のホットプレートで120℃、20分間乾燥させ、膜厚80nmの均一な薄膜を形成し、発光層とした。 This composition for forming a light emitting layer is spin-coated on a substrate coated with the hole transport layer in a nitrogen glove box, dried on a hot plate in the nitrogen glove box at 120 ° C. for 20 minutes, and has a film thickness of 80 nm. A uniform thin film was formed to form a light emitting layer.
 発光層までを成膜した基板を真空蒸着装置に設置し、装置内を2×10-4Pa以下になるまで排気した。 The substrate on which the film was formed up to the light emitting layer was installed in a vacuum vapor deposition apparatus, and the inside of the apparatus was exhausted until it became 2 × 10 -4 Pa or less.
 次に、下記式(ET-1)で表される化合物と8-ヒドロキシキノリノラトリチウムを2:3の膜厚比で、発光層上に真空蒸着法にて1Å/秒の速度で共蒸着し、膜厚30nmの正孔阻止層を形成した。 Next, the compound represented by the following formula (ET-1) and 8-hydroxyquinolinolatrithium are co-deposited on the light emitting layer at a film thickness ratio of 2: 3 by a vacuum deposition method at a rate of 1 Å / sec. Then, a hole blocking layer having a film thickness of 30 nm was formed.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000113
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000113
 続いて、陰極蒸着用のマスクとして2mm幅のストライプ状シャドーマスクを、陽極のITOストライプとは直交するように基板に密着させて、別の真空蒸着装置内に設置した。
 そして陰極として、アルミニウムをモリブデンボートにより加熱して、蒸着速度1~8.6Å/秒で膜厚80nmのアルミニウム層を形成して陰極を形成した。
 以上の様にして、2mm×2mmのサイズの発光面積部分を有する有機電界発光素子を得た。
Subsequently, a striped shadow mask having a width of 2 mm was brought into close contact with the substrate so as to be orthogonal to the ITO stripe of the anode as a mask for cathode vapor deposition, and installed in another vacuum vapor deposition apparatus.
Then, as the cathode, aluminum was heated by a molybdenum boat to form an aluminum layer having a film thickness of 80 nm at a vapor deposition rate of 1 to 8.6 Å / sec to form a cathode.
As described above, an organic electroluminescent device having a light emitting area portion having a size of 2 mm × 2 mm was obtained.
[比較例2]
 発光層の材料組成を、重量比で(H-4):(H-6):(D-1)=50:50:15に変更したこと以外は、実施例1と同様にして有機電界発光素子を作製した。(H-4)は前記比較例1で示されるものである。
[Comparative Example 2]
Organic electric field emission in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the material composition of the light emitting layer was changed to (H-4) :( H-6) :( D-1) = 50:50:15 by weight ratio. The element was manufactured. (H-4) is shown in Comparative Example 1.
[素子の評価]
 実施例2及び比較例2で得られた有機電界発光素子に通電し、1000cd/mの輝度で発光させたときの電圧及び外部量子効率(EQE(%))を求めた。
 実施例2の電圧から比較例2の電圧を差し引いた値を相対電圧として表2に記した。
 比較例2のEQEを1としたときの実施例2のEQEを相対EQEとして表2に記した。
 また、素子の駆動寿命評価として、この素子に60mA/cmの電流密度で連続通電し、素子の輝度が初期輝度の90%まで低下する時間(LT90(hr))を測定し、比較例2のLT90を1としたときの実施例2のLT90の寿命を相対寿命として表2に記した。
[Evaluation of element]
The voltage and external quantum efficiency (EQE (%)) when the organic electroluminescent devices obtained in Example 2 and Comparative Example 2 were energized and emitted with a brightness of 1000 cd / m 2 were determined.
The value obtained by subtracting the voltage of Comparative Example 2 from the voltage of Example 2 is shown in Table 2 as a relative voltage.
The EQE of Example 2 when the EQE of Comparative Example 2 is 1, is shown in Table 2 as a relative EQE.
Further, as an evaluation of the drive life of the element, the time (LT90 (hr)) in which the element is continuously energized at a current density of 60 mA / cm 2 and the brightness of the element decreases to 90% of the initial brightness is measured, and Comparative Example 2 The life of the LT90 of Example 2 when the LT90 of the above is set to 1 is shown in Table 2 as a relative life.
 表2より、正孔輸送層及び発光層に、同一の部分構造Aである式(TzP)で表される構造を有する化合物を含む本発明の有機電界発光素子では、低電圧化し、長寿命化することが分かった。 From Table 2, the organic field light emitting device of the present invention containing a compound having the same partial structure A and a structure represented by the formula (TzP) in the hole transport layer and the light emitting layer has a lower voltage and a longer life. I found out that
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000114
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000114
[実施例3]
 発光層の材料として、下記式(H-7)で表される化合物を50重量部、下記式(H-8)で表される化合物を50重量部、及び前記式(D-1)で表される化合物を15重量部秤量し、シクロヘキシルベンゼンに溶解させて固形分濃度5.0重量%の溶液を発光層形成用組成物として調製したこと以外は、実施例2と同様にして素子を作製した。
[Example 3]
As the material of the light emitting layer, 50 parts by weight of the compound represented by the following formula (H-7), 50 parts by weight of the compound represented by the following formula (H-8), and the above formula (D-1) are represented. The device was produced in the same manner as in Example 2 except that 15 parts by weight of the compound to be used was weighed and dissolved in cyclohexylbenzene to prepare a solution having a solid content concentration of 5.0% by weight as a composition for forming a light emitting layer. bottom.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000115
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000115
[実施例4]
 発光層の材料として、前記式(H-1)で表される化合物を50重量部、前記式(H-8)で表される化合物を50重量部、及び前記式(D-1)で表される化合物を15重量部秤量し、シクロヘキシルベンゼンに溶解させて固形分濃度5.0重量%の溶液を発光層形成用組成物として調製したこと以外は、実施例2と同様にして素子を作製した。
[Example 4]
As the material of the light emitting layer, the compound represented by the formula (H-1) is represented by 50 parts by weight, the compound represented by the formula (H-8) is represented by 50 parts by weight, and the compound represented by the formula (D-1). The device was produced in the same manner as in Example 2 except that 15 parts by weight of the compound to be used was weighed and dissolved in cyclohexylbenzene to prepare a solution having a solid content concentration of 5.0% by weight as a composition for forming a light emitting layer. bottom.
[比較例3]
 発光層の材料として、前記式(H-4)で表される化合物を50重量部、前記式(H-8)で表される化合物を50重量部、及び前記式(D-1)で表される化合物を15重量部秤量し、シクロヘキシルベンゼンに溶解させて固形分濃度5.0重量%の溶液を発光層形成用組成物として調製したこと以外は、実施例2と同様にして素子を作製した。
[Comparative Example 3]
As the material of the light emitting layer, the compound represented by the formula (H-4) is represented by 50 parts by weight, the compound represented by the formula (H-8) is represented by 50 parts by weight, and the compound represented by the formula (D-1). The device was produced in the same manner as in Example 2 except that 15 parts by weight of the compound to be used was weighed and dissolved in cyclohexylbenzene to prepare a solution having a solid content concentration of 5.0% by weight as a composition for forming a light emitting layer. bottom.
[比較例4]
 正孔輸送層材料として、前記式(HT-2)で表される電荷輸送性高分子化合物の代わりに、下記式(HT-3)で表される電荷輸送性高分子化合物を用いたこと以外は、比較例3と同様にして素子を作製した。
[Comparative Example 4]
As the hole transport layer material, the charge transport polymer compound represented by the following formula (HT-3) is used instead of the charge transport polymer compound represented by the formula (HT-2). Made an element in the same manner as in Comparative Example 3.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000116
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000116
[素子の評価]
 実施例3、4、及び比較例3、4で得られた有機電界発光素子に通電し、1000cd/mの輝度で発光させたときの電圧及び外部量子効率(EQE(%))を求めた。
 実施例3、実施例4、及び比較例3の電圧から比較例4の電圧を差し引いた値を相対電圧として表3に記した。
 比較例4のEQEを1としたときの実施例3、実施例4、及び比較例3のEQEを相対EQEとして表3に記した。
 また、素子の駆動寿命評価として、この素子に60mA/cmの電流密度で連続通電し、素子の輝度が初期輝度の95%まで低下する時間(LT95(hr))を測定し、比較例4のLT95を1としたときの実施例3、実施例4、及び比較例3のLT95の寿命を相対寿命として表3に記した。
[Evaluation of element]
The voltage and external quantum efficiency (EQE (%)) when the organic electroluminescent devices obtained in Examples 3 and 4 and Comparative Examples 3 and 4 were energized and emitted with a brightness of 1000 cd / m 2 were determined. ..
The values obtained by subtracting the voltage of Comparative Example 4 from the voltages of Example 3, Example 4, and Comparative Example 3 are shown in Table 3 as relative voltages.
Table 3 shows the EQEs of Example 3, Example 4, and Comparative Example 3 when the EQE of Comparative Example 4 was 1, as relative EQEs.
Further, as an evaluation of the drive life of the device, the time (LT95 (hr)) at which the brightness of the device drops to 95% of the initial brightness is measured by continuously energizing the device at a current density of 60 mA / cm 2, and Comparative Example 4 Table 3 shows the lifetimes of the LT95s of Example 3, Example 4, and Comparative Example 3 when the LT95 of 1 was set to 1, as relative lifetimes.
 表3より、正孔輸送層及び発光層に、同一の部分構造Aである式(TzP)で表される構造を有する化合物を含む本発明の有機電界発光素子では、低電圧化し、長寿命化することが分かった。 From Table 3, the organic field light emitting device of the present invention containing a compound having the same partial structure A and a structure represented by the formula (TzP) in the hole transport layer and the light emitting layer has a lower voltage and a longer life. I found out that
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000117
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000117
[実施例5]
 発光層の材料として、下記式(H-9)で表される化合物を50重量部、前記式(H-6)で表される化合物を50重量部、及び下記式(D-2)で表される化合物を15重量部秤量し、シクロヘキシルベンゼンに溶解させて固形分濃度5.0重量%の溶液を発光層形成用組成物として調製したこと以外は、実施例3と同様にして素子を作製した。
[Example 5]
As the material of the light emitting layer, 50 parts by weight of the compound represented by the following formula (H-9), 50 parts by weight of the compound represented by the above formula (H-6), and the following formula (D-2) are represented. The device was prepared in the same manner as in Example 3 except that 15 parts by weight of the compound to be used was weighed and dissolved in cyclohexylbenzene to prepare a solution having a solid content concentration of 5.0% by weight as a composition for forming a light emitting layer. bottom.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000118
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000118
[比較例5]
 正孔輸送層材料として、前記式(HT-2)で表される電荷輸送性高分子化合物の代わりに前記(HT-3)で表される電荷輸送性高分子化合物を用いたこと、及び、発光層の材料として、前記式(H-9)で表される化合物を50重量部、前記式(H-6)で表される化合物を50重量部、及び下記式(D-3)で表される化合物を15重量部秤量し、シクロヘキシルベンゼンに溶解させて固形分濃度5.0重量%の溶液を発光層形成用組成物として調製したこと以外は、実施例4と同様にして素子を作製した。
[Comparative Example 5]
As the hole transport layer material, the charge transport polymer compound represented by the formula (HT-3) was used instead of the charge transport polymer compound represented by the formula (HT-2), and the charge transport polymer compound represented by the formula (HT-3) was used. As the material of the light emitting layer, 50 parts by weight of the compound represented by the formula (H-9), 50 parts by weight of the compound represented by the formula (H-6), and the following formula (D-3). 15 parts by weight of the compound to be used was weighed and dissolved in cyclohexylbenzene to prepare a solution having a solid content concentration of 5.0% by weight as a composition for forming a light emitting layer. bottom.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000119
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000119
[素子の評価]
 実施例5及び比較例5で得られた有機電界発光素子に通電し、1000cd/mの輝度で発光させたときの電圧及び外部量子効率(EQE(%))を求めた。
 実施例5の電圧から比較例5の電圧を差し引いた値を相対電圧として表4に記した。
 比較例5のEQEを1としたときの実施例5のEQEを相対EQEとして表4に記した。
 また、素子の駆動寿命評価として、この素子に60mA/cmの電流密度で連続通電し、素子の輝度が初期輝度の95%まで低下する時間(LT95(hr))を測定し、比較例5のLT95を1としたときの実施例5のLT95の寿命を相対寿命として表4に記した。
[Evaluation of element]
The voltage and external quantum efficiency (EQE (%)) when the organic electroluminescent devices obtained in Example 5 and Comparative Example 5 were energized and emitted with a brightness of 1000 cd / m 2 were determined.
The value obtained by subtracting the voltage of Comparative Example 5 from the voltage of Example 5 is shown in Table 4 as a relative voltage.
The EQE of Example 5 when the EQE of Comparative Example 5 is set to 1 is shown in Table 4 as a relative EQE.
Further, as an evaluation of the drive life of the element, the time (LT95 (hr)) in which the element is continuously energized at a current density of 60 mA / cm 2 and the brightness of the element decreases to 95% of the initial brightness is measured, and Comparative Example 5 The life of the LT95 of Example 5 when the LT95 of the above is set to 1 is shown in Table 4 as a relative life.
 表4より、正孔輸送層及び発光層に、同一の部分構造Aである式(TzP)で表される構造を有する化合物を含む本発明の有機電界発光素子では、低電圧化し、長寿命化することが分かった。 From Table 4, the organic field light emitting device of the present invention containing a compound having the same partial structure A and a structure represented by the formula (TzP) in the hole transport layer and the light emitting layer has a lower voltage and a longer life. I found out that
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000120
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000120
[実施例6]
 正孔輸送層材料として、前記式(HT-2)で表される電荷輸送性高分子化合物の代りに下記式(HT-4)で表される電荷輸送性高分子化合物を用いたこと、及び、発光層の材料として、下記式(H-10)で表される化合物を50重量部、下記式(H-11)で表される化合物を25重量部、下記式(H-12)で表される化合物を25重量部、及び下記式(D-4)で表される化合物を30重量部秤量し、シクロヘキシルベンゼンに溶解させて固形分濃度5.0重量%の溶液を発光層形成用組成物として調製したこと以外は、実施例2と同様にして素子を作製した。
[Example 6]
As the hole transport layer material, the charge transport polymer compound represented by the following formula (HT-4) was used instead of the charge transport polymer compound represented by the formula (HT-2). As the material of the light emitting layer, 50 parts by weight of the compound represented by the following formula (H-10), 25 parts by weight of the compound represented by the following formula (H-11), and the following formula (H-12). 25 parts by weight of the compound to be used and 30 parts by weight of the compound represented by the following formula (D-4) are weighed and dissolved in cyclohexylbenzene to prepare a solution having a solid content concentration of 5.0% by weight for forming a light emitting layer. The element was produced in the same manner as in Example 2 except that it was prepared as a product.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000121
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000121
[比較例6]
正孔輸送層材料として、前記(HT-4)で表される電荷輸送性高分子化合物の代りに前記式(HT-3)で表される電荷輸送性高分子化合物を用いた他は、実施例6と同様にして素子を作製した。
[Comparative Example 6]
As the hole transport layer material, the charge transport polymer compound represented by the formula (HT-3) was used instead of the charge transport polymer compound represented by (HT-4). The element was manufactured in the same manner as in Example 6.
[素子の評価]
 実施例6及び比較例6で得られた有機電界発光素子に通電し、1000cd/mの輝度で発光させたときの外部量子効率(EQE(%))を求めた。比較例6のEQEを1としたときの実施例6のEQEを相対EQEとして表5に記した。
 また、素子の駆動寿命評価として、この素子に15mA/cmの電流密度で連続通電し、素子の輝度が初期輝度の90%まで低下する時間(LT90(hr))を測定し、比較例6のLT90を1としたときの実施例6のLT90の寿命を相対寿命として表5に記した。
[Evaluation of element]
The external quantum efficiency (EQE (%)) when the organic electroluminescent devices obtained in Example 6 and Comparative Example 6 were energized and emitted with a brightness of 1000 cd / m 2 was determined. The EQE of Example 6 when the EQE of Comparative Example 6 is set to 1 is shown in Table 5 as a relative EQE.
Further, as an evaluation of the drive life of the element, the time (LT90 (hr)) at which the brightness of the element decreases to 90% of the initial brightness is measured by continuously energizing the element at a current density of 15 mA / cm 2, and Comparative Example 6 The life of the LT90 of Example 6 when the LT90 of the above is set to 1 is shown in Table 5 as a relative life.
 表5より、正孔輸送層及び発光層に、同一の部分構造Aを有する化合物を含む本発明の有機電界発光素子では、低電圧化し、長寿命化することが分かった。 From Table 5, it was found that the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention containing a compound having the same partial structure A in the hole transport layer and the light emitting layer has a lower voltage and a longer life.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000122
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000122
 本発明を特定の態様を用いて詳細に説明したが、本発明の意図と範囲を離れることなく様々な変更が可能であることは当業者に明らかである。
 本出願は、2020年2月20日付で出願された日本特許出願2020-027324に基づいており、その全体が引用により援用される。
Although the present invention has been described in detail using specific embodiments, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various modifications can be made without departing from the intent and scope of the invention.
This application is based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2020-0272324 filed on February 20, 2020, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.
 1 基板
 2 陽極
 3 正孔注入層
 4 正孔輸送層
 5 発光層
 6 正孔阻止層
 7 電子輸送層
 8 電子注入層
 9 陰極
 10 有機電界発光素子
1 Substrate 2 Anode 3 Hole injection layer 4 Hole transport layer 5 Light emitting layer 6 Hole blocking layer 7 Electron transport layer 8 Electron injection layer 9 Cathode 10 Organic electric field light emitting device

Claims (19)

  1.  基板上に、陽極、陰極、及び該陽極と該陰極の間に有機層を有する有機電界発光素子であって、
     前記有機層は、正孔輸送層と、前記正孔輸送層に隣接する発光層とを有し、
     前記正孔輸送層に含まれる材料の少なくとも一つと、前記発光層に含まれる材料の少なくとも一つが、ともに下記式(31)で表される同一の部分構造Aを有する、有機電界発光素子。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (式(31)において、
     環HAは、単環又は2~6縮合環の、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環を表す。
     式(31)中のベンゼン環は置換基を有していてもよい。
     Arは、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基から選ばれる2以上の基が複数個連結した一価の基を表す。
     n1は、0又は環HAにArが置換可能な数以下の整数を表す。
     n1が2以上の場合、複数のArは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。)
    An organic electroluminescent device having an anode, a cathode, and an organic layer between the anode and the cathode on a substrate.
    The organic layer has a hole transport layer and a light emitting layer adjacent to the hole transport layer.
    An organic electric field light emitting device in which at least one of the materials contained in the hole transport layer and at least one of the materials contained in the light emitting layer both have the same partial structure A represented by the following formula (31).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (In equation (31)
    Ring HA represents an aromatic heterocycle of a monocyclic ring or a 2-6 condensed ring which may have a substituent.
    The benzene ring in formula (31) may have a substituent.
    Ar 0 is an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent and Represents a monovalent group in which a plurality of two or more groups selected from aromatic heterocyclic groups which may have a substituent are linked.
    n1 represents an integer less than or equal to the number in which Ar 0 can be replaced with 0 or ring HA.
    When n1 is 2 or more, a plurality of Ar 0s may be the same or different. )
  2.  前記正孔輸送層に含まれる部分構造Aを有する材料及び前記発光層に含まれる部分構造Aを有する材料の少なくとも一つが、部分構造Aを2以上有する、請求項1に記載の有機電界発光素子。 The organic electric field light emitting device according to claim 1, wherein at least one of the material having the partial structure A contained in the hole transport layer and the material having the partial structure A contained in the light emitting layer has two or more partial structures A. ..
  3.  前記式(31)で表される部分構造Aが、下記式(33)~式(35)のいずれかで表される構造である、請求項1又は2に記載の有機電界発光素子。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (式(33)~式(35)中、
     Ar、n1は式(31)におけると同義である。式(33)~式(35)中のベンゼン環は置換基を有していてもよい。
     X、Yは、各々独立に、C原子又はN原子を表す。
     X、YがC原子の場合、Arが結合していてもよい。)
    The organic electric field light emitting device according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the partial structure A represented by the formula (31) is a structure represented by any of the following formulas (33) to (35).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (In formula (33) to formula (35),
    Ar 0 and n1 are synonymous with those in the equation (31). The benzene ring in the formulas (33) to (35) may have a substituent.
    X and Y each independently represent a C atom or an N atom.
    When X and Y are C atoms, Ar 0 may be bonded. )
  4.  前記式(35)で表される部分構造において、X及びYがN原子である、請求項3に記載の有機電界発光素子。 The organic electroluminescent device according to claim 3, wherein X and Y are N atoms in the partial structure represented by the above formula (35).
  5.  前記正孔輸送層に含まれる部分構造Aを有する材料が、下記式(1)で表される繰り返し単位を有する高分子化合物である、請求項1~4のいずれかに記載の有機電界発光素子。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    (式(1)中、
     Aは部分構造Aを表す。
     Gは置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基、又はN原子を表す。
     Arは、置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族複素環基、或いは、置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族複素環基から選ばれる2以上の基が直接若しくは連結基を介して複数個連結した二価の基を表す。
     Ar20は、直接結合、置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族炭化水素基が2以上複数個連結した二価の基を表す。)
    The organic field light emitting device according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the material having the partial structure A contained in the hole transport layer is a polymer compound having a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1). ..
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    (In equation (1),
    A represents a partial structure A.
    G represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group that may have a substituent, or an N atom.
    Ar 2 may have a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or a substituent. A divalent group in which a plurality of two or more groups selected from a good divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group and a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent are directly or via a linking group are linked. Represents.
    Ar 20 is directly bonded, has a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, or a plurality of divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent are linked. Represents a divalent group. )
  6.  前記Gが、置換基を有していてもよいベンゼン環、置換基を有していてもよいフルオレン環、置換基を有していてもよいスピロフルオレン環のいずれかよりなる基である、請求項5に記載の有機電界発光素子。 Claimed that G is a group consisting of any of a benzene ring which may have a substituent, a fluorene ring which may have a substituent, and a spirofluorene ring which may have a substituent. Item 5. The organic electric field light emitting element according to Item 5.
  7.  前記GがN原子である、請求項5に記載の有機電界発光素子。 The organic electroluminescent device according to claim 5, wherein G is an N atom.
  8.  前記式(1)で表される繰り返し単位が、下記式(2)-1~(2)-3のいずれかで表される繰り返し単位である、請求項7に記載の有機電界発光素子。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    (式(2)-1~式(2)-3中、
     Aは前記式(1)におけるAと同義である。
     Qは、-C(R)(R)-、-N(R)-又は-C(R11)(R12)-C(R13)(R14)-を表す。
     R~Rは、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよいアルコキシ基、又は置換基を有していてもよいアラルキル基を表す。
     R~R及びR11~R14は、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよいアルコキシ基、置換基を有していてもよいアラルキル基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基を表す。
     a、bは各々独立に0~4の整数である。
     c1~c5は各々独立に0~3の整数である。
     但し、c3とc5の少なくとも一方は1以上である。
     d1~d4は各々独立に1~4の整数である。
     R、R、R、Rが該繰り返し単位中に複数ある場合は、R、R、R、Rは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。)
    The organic electric field light emitting device according to claim 7, wherein the repeating unit represented by the formula (1) is a repeating unit represented by any of the following formulas (2) -1 to (2) -3.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    (In equation (2) -1 to equation (2) -3,
    A is synonymous with A in the above formula (1).
    Q represents -C (R 5 ) (R 6 )-, -N (R 7 )-or -C (R 11 ) (R 12 ) -C (R 13 ) (R 14 )-.
    R 1 to R 4 each independently represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, or an aralkyl group which may have a substituent.
    R 5 to R 7 and R 11 to R 14 may independently have an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, and a substituent. Represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have an aralkyl group or a substituent.
    a and b are independently integers of 0 to 4.
    c1 to c5 are independently integers of 0 to 3.
    However, at least one of c3 and c5 is 1 or more.
    d1 to d4 are independently integers of 1 to 4.
    When there are a plurality of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and R 4 in the repeating unit, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and R 4 may be the same or different. )
  9.  前記式(1)における-Ar20-Aが、下記式(15)で表される、請求項5~8のいずれかに記載の有機電界発光素子。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    (式(15)中、
     X、Yは、各々独立に、C原子又はN原子を表す。X、Y及びNを有する環は、式(31)における環HAに該当する。
     Arは、置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族炭化水素基が2以上複数個連結した二価の基を表す。
     Ar、Arは、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基から選ばれる2以上の基が複数個連結した一価の基を表す。
     ただし、Ar、Ar、Arの少なくとも一つにおいて、環HAに結合する構造はベンゼン環である。
     *はGとの結合部位を表す。)
    The organic electroluminescent device according to any one of claims 5 to 8, wherein -Ar 20- A in the formula (1) is represented by the following formula (15).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    (In equation (15),
    X and Y each independently represent a C atom or an N atom. The ring having X, Y and N corresponds to the ring HA in the formula (31).
    Ar 1 is a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group in which two or more divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent are linked. Represents a group.
    Ar 3 and Ar 4 may independently have an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Represents a monovalent group in which a plurality of two or more groups selected from a good aromatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent are linked.
    However, in at least one of Ar 1 , Ar 3 , and Ar 4 , the structure bonded to the ring HA is a benzene ring.
    * Represents the binding site with G. )
  10.  前記式(1)における-Ar20-Aが、下記式(16)で表される、請求項9に記載の有機電界発光素子。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
    (式(16)中、
     X、Y、*は前記式(15)におけると同義である。
     X、Y及びNを有する環は、式(15)同様、環HAに該当する。
     Ar’は、直接結合又は前記式(15)において、Arの環HAに結合する構造がベンゼン環である場合の残基を表す。
     Ar’、Ar’は、水素原子又はそれぞれ前記式(15)において、Ar、Arの環HAに結合する構造がベンゼン環である場合の残基を表す。)
    The organic electroluminescent device according to claim 9, wherein -Ar 20- A in the formula (1) is represented by the following formula (16).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
    (In equation (16),
    X, Y, and * are synonymous with those in the above equation (15).
    The ring having X, Y and N corresponds to ring HA as in the formula (15).
    Ar 1 'is the direct bond or the formula (15) represents the residue of a case structure of bonding to the ring of HA Ar 1 is a benzene ring.
    Ar 3 ', Ar 4', in the hydrogen atom or each said formula (15) represents the residue of a case structure that binds to Ar 3, Ar 4 rings HA is a benzene ring. )
  11.  前記正孔輸送層に含まれる部分構造Aを有する材料が、さらに下記式(3)で示される繰り返し単位を有する、請求項5~10のいずれかに記載の有機電界発光素子。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
    (式(3)中、
     Ar13は、部分構造Aを含まない、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基を表す。
     Ar14は、置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族複素環基、或いは、置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族複素環基から選ばれる2以上の基が直接若しくは連結基を介して複数個連結した二価の基を表す。)
    The organic electric field light emitting device according to any one of claims 5 to 10, wherein the material having the partial structure A contained in the hole transport layer further has a repeating unit represented by the following formula (3).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
    (In equation (3),
    Ar 13 represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group which does not contain a partial structure A and may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent.
    Ar 14 may have a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or a substituent. A divalent group in which a plurality of two or more groups selected from a good divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group and a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent are directly or via a linking group are linked. Represents. )
  12.  前記発光層が前記部分構造Aを有する低分子化合物を含み、該低分子化合物が下記式(10)~式(12)のいずれかで表される、分子量5,000以下の化合物である、請求項1~11に記載の有機電界発光素子。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
    (式(10)~(12)中、
     Aは前記部分構造Aである。
     Bは単結合又は任意の部分構造を表す。
     na、nb及びncは1~5の整数を表す。
     na、nb、ncが2以上の場合、複数のA、B、A-Bは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。)
    Claimed that the light emitting layer contains a small molecule compound having the partial structure A, and the small molecule compound is a compound having a molecular weight of 5,000 or less represented by any of the following formulas (10) to (12). Item 2. The organic electric field light emitting element according to Items 1 to 11.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
    (In equations (10) to (12),
    A is the partial structure A.
    B represents a single bond or any substructure.
    na, nb and nc represent integers from 1 to 5.
    When na, nb, and nc are 2 or more, the plurality of A, B, and AB may be the same or different. )
  13.  前記式(10)で表される低分子化合物が下記式(10A)で表される、請求項12に記載の有機電界発光素子。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
    (式(10A)中、
     HAは、下記構造式(10A-a)、(10A-b)及び(10A-c)で表される三価の芳香族複素環基のいずれかを表す。
     Xa、Ya、及びZaは、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の二価の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の二価の芳香族複素環基を表す。
     Xa、Ya及びZaは、各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基を表す。
     g11、h11、及びj11は各々独立に0~6の整数を表す。
     g11、h11、j11の少なくとも一つは1以上の整数である。
     g11、h11、j11が2以上の場合、Xa、Ya、Zaは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
     R31は水素原子又は置換基を表す。4個のR31は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
    (式(10A-a)~式(10A-c)中、*は結合位置を表す。)
    The organic electroluminescent device according to claim 12, wherein the small molecule compound represented by the formula (10) is represented by the following formula (10A).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
    (In formula (10A),
    HA represents any of the trivalent aromatic heterocyclic groups represented by the following structural formulas (10A-a), (10A-b) and (10A-c).
    Xa 1 , Ya 1 , and Za 1 each independently have a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, which may have a substituent, or a carbon which may have a substituent. Represents a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group of numbers 3 to 30.
    Each of Xa 2 , Ya 2 and Za 2 independently has a hydrogen atom, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon number which may have a substituent. Represents 3 to 30 aromatic heterocyclic groups.
    g11, h11, and j11 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 6.
    At least one of g11, h11, and j11 is an integer of 1 or more.
    When g11, h11, and j11 are 2 or more, Xa 1 , Ya 1 , and Za 1 may be the same or different.
    R 31 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. The four R 31s may be the same or different. )
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
    (In formulas (10A-a) to (10A-c), * represents the bonding position.)
  14.  前記式(10)で表される低分子化合物が下記式(10A-1)~(10A-3)で表される、請求項13に記載の有機電界発光素子。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
    (式(10A-1)~(10A-3)中、
     Xa、Ya、Za、Xa、Ya、Zaは、式(10)におけると同義である。
     R33は水素原子又は置換基を表す。複数のR33は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
     g11’、h11’及びj11’は、各々独立に、0~5の整数を表す。
     g11’、h11’、j11’が2以上の場合、複数のXa、Ya、Zaは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。)
    The organic electroluminescent device according to claim 13, wherein the small molecule compound represented by the formula (10) is represented by the following formulas (10A-1) to (10A-3).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
    (In formulas (10A-1) to (10A-3),
    Xa 1 , Ya 1 , Za 1 , Xa 2 , Ya 2 , and Za 2 are synonymous with those in equation (10).
    R 33 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. The plurality of R 33s may be the same or different.
    g11', h11' and j11'independently represent integers from 0 to 5.
    When g11', h11', and j11' are 2 or more, the plurality of Xa 1 , Ya 1 , and Za 1 may be the same or different. )
  15.  前記式(10)で表される低分子化合物が下記式(10B)で表される、請求項12に記載の有機電界発光素子。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
    (式(10B)中、
     Aは、前記式(10)におけると同義である。
     Xb、Yb、及びZbは、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の二価の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の二価の芳香族複素環基を表す。
     p12、q12、及びr12は各々独立に0~6の整数を表す。
     p12、q12、r12が2以上の場合、複数のXb、Yb、Zbは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
     q13、r13は各々独立に0又は1を表す。
     但し、q12とq13は同時に0ではなく、r12とr13は同時に0ではない。
     q13が0の場合のYb及びr13が0の場合のZbは、各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基を表す。
     q13が1の場合のYbは直接結合である。
     r13が1の場合のZbは直接結合である。)
    The organic electroluminescent device according to claim 12, wherein the small molecule compound represented by the formula (10) is represented by the following formula (10B).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
    (In formula (10B),
    A has the same meaning as in the above formula (10).
    Xb 1 , Yb 1 , and Zb 1 each independently may have a substituent or a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, or a carbon which may have a substituent. Represents a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group of numbers 3 to 30.
    p12, q12, and r12 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 6.
    When p12, q12, and r12 are 2 or more, the plurality of Xb 1 , Yb 1 , and Zb 1 may be the same or different.
    q13 and r13 independently represent 0 or 1, respectively.
    However, q12 and q13 are not 0 at the same time, and r12 and r13 are not 0 at the same time.
    Yb 2 when q13 is 0 and Zb 2 when r13 is 0 independently have a hydrogen atom, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Represents an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have.
    When q13 is 1, Yb 2 is a direct bond.
    When r13 is 1, Zb 2 is a direct bond. )
  16.  前記式(10)で表される低分子化合物が下記式(10B-1)で表される、請求項15に記載の有機電界発光素子。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
    (式(10B-1)中、
     A、Xb、Yb、Zb、Yb、Zb、q13、r13は、前記式(10B)におけると同義である。
     p12’、q12’及びr12’は各々独立に0~5の整数を表す。
     p12’、q12’、r12’が2以上の場合、複数のXb、Yb、Zbは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
     q15及びr15は各々独立に4又は5である。
     R33は水素原子又は置換基である。
     式(10B-1)中の複数のR33は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。)
    The organic electroluminescent device according to claim 15, wherein the small molecule compound represented by the formula (10) is represented by the following formula (10B-1).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
    (In equation (10B-1),
    A, Xb 1 , Yb 1 , Zb 1 , Yb 2 , Zb 2 , q13, and r13 are synonymous with those in the above formula (10B).
    p12', q12' and r12'independently represent integers from 0 to 5.
    When p12', q12', and r12'are 2 or more, a plurality of Xb 1 , Yb 1 , and Zb 1 may be the same or different.
    q15 and r15 are 4 or 5 independently, respectively.
    R 33 is a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
    The plurality of R 33s in the formula (10B-1) may be the same or different. )
  17.  前記式(12)で表される低分子化合物が下記式(12A)で表される、請求項12に記載の有機電界発光素子。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
    (式(12A)中、
     環HA、Arは、前記式(31)におけると同義である。
     ncは前記式(12)におけると同義である。
     Xc及びYcは、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の二価の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の二価の芳香族複素環基を表す。
     Xc及びYcは各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基を表す。
     s11及びt11は各々独立に0~6の整数を表す。
     s11、t11が2以上の場合、複数のXc、Ycは、同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
     R31は水素原子又は置換基を表す。
     u11は置換基R31が置換可能な数である。
     u12は置換基Arが置換可能な数である。
     u11が2以上の場合、複数のR31は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。)
    The organic electroluminescent device according to claim 12, wherein the small molecule compound represented by the formula (12) is represented by the following formula (12A).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
    (In formula (12A),
    Rings HA and Ar 0 are synonymous with those in the above formula (31).
    nc has the same meaning as in the above formula (12).
    Each of Xc 1 and Yc 1 independently has a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Represents a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group of.
    Each of Xc 2 and Yc 2 has a hydrogen atom, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Represents an aromatic heterocyclic group.
    Each of s11 and t11 independently represents an integer of 0 to 6.
    When s11 and t11 are 2 or more, the plurality of Xc 1 and Yc 1 may be the same or different.
    R 31 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
    u11 is the number of substitutable substituents R 31.
    u12 is a number in which the substituent Ar 0 can be substituted.
    If u11 is 2 or more, plural R 31 may be different even in the same. )
  18.  請求項1~17のいずれかに記載の有機電界発光素子を備える、有機EL表示装置。 An organic EL display device including the organic electroluminescent device according to any one of claims 1 to 17.
  19.  請求項1~17のいずれかに記載の有機電界発光素子を備える、有機EL照明。 Organic EL lighting including the organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 17.
PCT/JP2021/005683 2020-02-20 2021-02-16 Organic electroluminescent element, organic el display device, and organic el lighting WO2021166900A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202180015866.8A CN115136339A (en) 2020-02-20 2021-02-16 Organic electroluminescent element, organic EL display device, and organic EL lighting
KR1020227027066A KR20220143826A (en) 2020-02-20 2021-02-16 Organic electroluminescent device, organic EL display device, and organic EL lighting
JP2022501902A JPWO2021166900A1 (en) 2020-02-20 2021-02-16

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020-027324 2020-02-20
JP2020027324 2020-02-20

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021166900A1 true WO2021166900A1 (en) 2021-08-26

Family

ID=77391268

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2021/005683 WO2021166900A1 (en) 2020-02-20 2021-02-16 Organic electroluminescent element, organic el display device, and organic el lighting

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2021166900A1 (en)
KR (1) KR20220143826A (en)
CN (1) CN115136339A (en)
TW (1) TW202136369A (en)
WO (1) WO2021166900A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113736080A (en) * 2021-10-08 2021-12-03 中国地质大学(北京) Hierarchical pore covalent organic polymer material and preparation method and application thereof

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2002319491A (en) * 2000-08-24 2002-10-31 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Light-emitting element and novel polymer organic electroluminescent element
WO2004066685A1 (en) * 2003-01-24 2004-08-05 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Organic electroluminescence device
JP2012062450A (en) * 2010-09-17 2012-03-29 Idemitsu Kosan Co Ltd Novel polymerizable monomer and polymer compound, and material for organic device, material for organic electroluminescence, organic device, and organic electroluminescent element using the same
JP2015005396A (en) * 2013-06-20 2015-01-08 三菱化学株式会社 Organic el element manufacturing method, organic el element, display device and illumination device
WO2015105014A1 (en) * 2014-01-08 2015-07-16 住友化学株式会社 Metal complex and light emitting element using same
JP2018104675A (en) * 2016-12-27 2018-07-05 三星電子株式会社Samsung Electronics Co.,Ltd. Polymer compound, composition, liquid composition, thin film, electroluminescent element material and electroluminescent element
WO2020171190A1 (en) * 2019-02-20 2020-08-27 三菱ケミカル株式会社 Polymer, organic electroluminescent element, organic el display device, and organic el lighting

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2013080696A1 (en) 2011-11-29 2013-06-06 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Organic el element

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2002319491A (en) * 2000-08-24 2002-10-31 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Light-emitting element and novel polymer organic electroluminescent element
WO2004066685A1 (en) * 2003-01-24 2004-08-05 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Organic electroluminescence device
JP2012062450A (en) * 2010-09-17 2012-03-29 Idemitsu Kosan Co Ltd Novel polymerizable monomer and polymer compound, and material for organic device, material for organic electroluminescence, organic device, and organic electroluminescent element using the same
JP2015005396A (en) * 2013-06-20 2015-01-08 三菱化学株式会社 Organic el element manufacturing method, organic el element, display device and illumination device
WO2015105014A1 (en) * 2014-01-08 2015-07-16 住友化学株式会社 Metal complex and light emitting element using same
JP2018104675A (en) * 2016-12-27 2018-07-05 三星電子株式会社Samsung Electronics Co.,Ltd. Polymer compound, composition, liquid composition, thin film, electroluminescent element material and electroluminescent element
WO2020171190A1 (en) * 2019-02-20 2020-08-27 三菱ケミカル株式会社 Polymer, organic electroluminescent element, organic el display device, and organic el lighting

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113736080A (en) * 2021-10-08 2021-12-03 中国地质大学(北京) Hierarchical pore covalent organic polymer material and preparation method and application thereof
CN113736080B (en) * 2021-10-08 2022-04-26 中国地质大学(北京) Hierarchical pore covalent organic polymer material and preparation method and application thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2021166900A1 (en) 2021-08-26
KR20220143826A (en) 2022-10-25
CN115136339A (en) 2022-09-30
TW202136369A (en) 2021-10-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR101807891B1 (en) Polymer, organic electroluminescence element material, composition for organic electroluminescence element, organic electroluminescence element, display device, and lighting device
JP5707672B2 (en) Polymer compound, network polymer compound obtained by crosslinking polymer compound, composition for organic electroluminescence device, organic electroluminescence device, organic EL display and organic EL lighting
JP4946923B2 (en) Organic electroluminescence device
JP6879342B2 (en) Polymers, compositions for organic electroluminescent devices, organic electroluminescent devices, organic EL display devices and organic EL lighting
JP7306345B2 (en) aromatic compounds
KR20180128094A (en) Monoamine compound, charge-transporting material, composition for charge-transporting film, organic electroluminescent element, organic el display device and organic el lighting
JP5720191B2 (en) Arylamine polymer, charge transport material, composition for organic electroluminescence device, organic electroluminescence device, organic EL display device and organic EL illumination
WO2013191137A1 (en) Polymer compound, charge transporting polymer, composition for organic electroluminescent elements, organic electroluminescent element, organic el display device, and organic el lighting
JP5326417B2 (en) Charge transport film and organic electroluminescence device
JP6866576B2 (en) Polymers, compositions for organic electroluminescent devices, organic electroluminescent devices, organic EL display devices and organic EL lighting
WO2020171190A1 (en) Polymer, organic electroluminescent element, organic el display device, and organic el lighting
JP2023025007A (en) Polymer, composition for organic electroluminescent element, organic electroluminescent element, organic el display device, organic el lighting, and manufacturing method for organic electroluminescent element
KR102496777B1 (en) Polymer, composition for organic electroluminescent element, organic electroluminescent element, organic el display device, and organic el illumination
WO2021166900A1 (en) Organic electroluminescent element, organic el display device, and organic el lighting
WO2021125011A1 (en) Polymer, composition for organic electroluminescent element, composition for forming hole transport layer or hole injection layer, organic electroluminescent element, organic el display device, and organic el illuminator
WO2022250044A1 (en) Iridium complex compound, composition containing iridium complex compound, organic electroluminescent element and method for producing same
WO2022059725A1 (en) Polymer
JPWO2021166900A5 (en)
WO2020251031A1 (en) Composition for organic electroluminescent elements, organic electroluminescent element, display device and lighting device
JP7276059B2 (en) Composition for organic electroluminescent device, organic electroluminescent device, display device and lighting device
JP5644196B2 (en) Compound, charge transport material, composition for organic electroluminescence device, organic electroluminescence device, organic EL display device and organic EL illumination
JP7463755B2 (en) Aromatic diamine derivatives
JP7367574B2 (en) aromatic compounds
WO2022138790A1 (en) Composition for forming luminescent layer of organic electroluminescent element, organic electroluminescent element, organic el display device, and organic el illumination
JP2012119471A (en) Composition for organic electroluminescent element, organic electroluminescent element, organic el display device, and organic el illumination

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21756426

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022501902

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21756426

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1